120945

HP Color Laserjet 2820 Manual

306
Zoom out
Zoom in
Previous page
1/440
Next page
HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840
Service Manual
HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840
all-in-one
Service Manual
Copyright and License
© 2004 Copyright Hewlett-Packard
Development Company, LP
Reproduction, adaptation, or translation
without prior written permission is
prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.
The information contained in this document
is subject to change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying such
products and services. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty. HP shall not be liable
for technical or editorial errors or omissions
contained herein.
Part number Q3948-90943
Edition 1, 12/2004
Safety information
WARNING!
Potential Shock Hazard
Always follow basic safety precautions
when using this product to reduce risk of
injury from fire or electric shock.
Read and understand all instructions in the
device user guide.
Observe all warnings and instructions
marked on the product.
Use only a grounded electrical outlet when
connecting the device to a power source. If
you do not know whether the outlet is
grounded, check with a qualified electrician.
Do not touch the contacts on the end of
any of the sockets on the device. Replace
damaged cords immediately.
Unplug this product from wall outlets
before cleaning.
Do not install or use this product near
water or when you are wet.
Install the product securely on a stable
surface.
Install the product in a protected location
where no one can step on or trip over the
power cord and where the power cord will
not be damaged.
If the product does not operate normally,
see the online User Guide.
Refer all servicing questions to qualified
personnel.
Information regarding FCC Class B, Parts
15 and 68 requirements can be found in
the device user guide.
Trademark Credits
Adobe Photoshop and PostScript are
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Corel is a trademark or registered
trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel
Corporation Limited.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are
U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The
Open Group.
ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY
STAR® logo are U.S. registered marks of
the United States Environmental Protection
Agency.
Table of contents
1 Product information
Chapter contents.....................................................................................................................................1
Device configurations..............................................................................................................................2
HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one..........................................................................................2
HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one..........................................................................................2
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one..........................................................................................3
Device features........................................................................................................................................4
Device parts.............................................................................................................................................6
Front view................................................................................................................................6
Back view................................................................................................................................6
Model and serial numbers......................................................................................................7
Software components............................................................................................................................12
System requirements............................................................................................................12
Software and supported operating systems.........................................................................12
Software tips.........................................................................................................................14
Gaining access to the device features.................................................................14
Obtaining the latest printing software...................................................................14
Other print system software.................................................................................14
Software for Windows...........................................................................................................15
Printer drivers.......................................................................................................15
Using Help...........................................................................................15
Software for Macintosh.........................................................................................................15
HP Director...........................................................................................................15
PPDs (Mac OS 9.2.2)...........................................................................................15
PDEs (Mac OS 10.2 and 10.3)............................................................................16
HP Toolbox...........................................................................................................................16
Embedded Web server (EWS).............................................................................................16
Software installation..............................................................................................................16
Typical installation................................................................................................16
Minimum installation.............................................................................................17
Uninstalling the printing software..........................................................................................17
Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall.......................................................17
Uninstalling software for Macintosh.....................................................................18
Specifications.........................................................................................................................................19
Media specifications..............................................................................................................................23
Supported media weights and sizes.....................................................................................23
General guidelines................................................................................................................24
Paper and print media...........................................................................................................25
Special media print speeds...................................................................................................25
Printing and storage environment.........................................................................................26
ENWW iii
Envelopes.............................................................................................................................27
Envelope storage.................................................................................................27
Envelope construction..........................................................................................27
Envelopes with double side-seams......................................................................28
Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps...............................................................28
Labels....................................................................................................................................28
Transparencies.....................................................................................................................29
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement.........................................................................................30
Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty Statement...........................................................31
Print-cartridge information ....................................................................................................................32
Refilled print cartridges.........................................................................................................32
HP LaserJet printing supplies...............................................................................................32
HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program information.....................................32
Regulatory statements...........................................................................................................................33
FCC Requirements (United States)......................................................................................33
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States)..........................................................34
EU statement for telecom operation.....................................................................................34
New Zealand telecom statements........................................................................................34
IC CS-03 requirements.........................................................................................................34
Declarations of conformity....................................................................................................36
Declaration of conformity.....................................................................................36
Declaration of conformity.....................................................................................36
Country-/region-specific safety statements..........................................................................38
Laser safety statement.........................................................................................38
Canadian DOC statement....................................................................................38
Korean EMI statement.........................................................................................38
Finnish laser statement........................................................................................39
2 Installation and operation
Chapter contents...................................................................................................................................41
Operating environment .........................................................................................................................42
Interface ports........................................................................................................................................43
Control-panel features...........................................................................................................................44
Input trays..............................................................................................................................................46
Output paths..........................................................................................................................................47
Top output bin.......................................................................................................................47
Rear output bin.....................................................................................................................47
Loading media.......................................................................................................................................48
Loading tray 1.......................................................................................................................48
Loading optional tray 2.........................................................................................................49
Loading documents to scan..................................................................................................50
HP Toolbox............................................................................................................................................53
Viewing HP Toolbox..............................................................................................................53
Status tab..............................................................................................................................54
Fax tab..................................................................................................................................54
Scan to tab............................................................................................................................55
Troubleshooting tab..............................................................................................................55
Documentation tab................................................................................................................55
Device Settings pages..........................................................................................................56
System Settings tab.............................................................................................56
iv ENWW
Print Settings tab..................................................................................................57
Fax Settings tab...................................................................................................57
Copy Settings tab.................................................................................................57
Network Settings tab............................................................................................57
HP Toolbox links...................................................................................................................58
Other links.............................................................................................................................58
Embedded Web server..........................................................................................................................59
Features................................................................................................................................59
3 Maintenance
Chapter contents...................................................................................................................................61
Life expectancies of components..........................................................................................................62
Cleaning the device...............................................................................................................................64
Cleaning the device exterior and scanner............................................................................64
Cleaning the paper path.......................................................................................................65
Managing supplies.................................................................................................................................68
Supplies life...........................................................................................................................68
Checking and ordering supplies...........................................................................................68
To check status and order supplies using the control panel................................68
To check status and order supplies using the HP Toolbox.................................69
Storing supplies....................................................................................................................69
Replacing and recycling supplies.........................................................................................69
HP policy for non-HP supplies..............................................................................................69
Resetting the device for non-HP supplies............................................................69
HP fraud hotline....................................................................................................................70
4 Theory of operation
Chapter contents...................................................................................................................................71
Introduction............................................................................................................................................72
Engine control system...........................................................................................................................76
Basic sequence of operation................................................................................................76
Power-on sequence..............................................................................................................78
Motors and fans....................................................................................................................79
Laser/scanner system...........................................................................................................................80
Pickup and feed system........................................................................................................................81
Optional tray 2.......................................................................................................................83
Jam detection........................................................................................................................84
Photosensors and switches..................................................................................................85
Solenoids and clutches.........................................................................................................87
Printed circuit assemblies.....................................................................................................89
Image-formation system........................................................................................................................91
Image-formation process......................................................................................................93
Latent-image-formation stage...............................................................................................94
Step 1: primary charging......................................................................................94
Step 2: laser-beam exposure...............................................................................94
Developing stage..................................................................................................................95
Step 3: auxiliary developing.................................................................................95
Step 4: developing...............................................................................................95
Transfer stage.......................................................................................................................96
Step 5: primary transfer........................................................................................96
ENWW v
Step 6: secondary transfer...................................................................................96
Step 7: separation................................................................................................97
Fusing stage.........................................................................................................................98
Step 8: fusing.......................................................................................................98
Step 9: roller charging (auxiliary transfer belt cleaning roller).............................98
Step 10: roller charging (transfer-belt cleaning roller).........................................99
Step 11: transfer belt cleaning.............................................................................99
Step 12: drum cleaning......................................................................................100
Print cartridge......................................................................................................................102
Imaging-drum E-label.........................................................................................................103
Scanner and ADF functions and operation.........................................................................................104
Scanner functions ..............................................................................................................104
Scanner operation...............................................................................................................104
ADF operation.....................................................................................................................105
ADF paper path and ADF sensors.....................................................................................105
ADF jam detection..............................................................................................................106
Fax functions and operation................................................................................................................107
PSTN operation..................................................................................................................107
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones.........................................................................107
The fax subsystem..............................................................................................................107
Formatter in the fax subsystem..........................................................................................108
LIU in the fax subsystem....................................................................................................108
Safety isolation...................................................................................................108
Safety-protection circuitry...................................................................................108
Data path............................................................................................................109
Hook state..........................................................................................................109
Downstream current detection...........................................................................109
Hook switch control............................................................................................109
Ring detect.........................................................................................................110
Line current control............................................................................................110
Billing (metering) tone filters..............................................................................110
Fax page storage in flash memory.....................................................................................110
Stored fax pages................................................................................................111
Advantages of flash memory storage ...............................................................111
5 Removal and replacement
Chapter contents.................................................................................................................................113
Removal and replacement strategy ....................................................................................................114
Required tools.....................................................................................................................114
Screws................................................................................................................................114
Electrostatic discharge........................................................................................................115
Before performing service...................................................................................................116
After performing service......................................................................................................116
Post-service tests................................................................................................................116
Test 1 (print-quality test)....................................................................................116
Test 2 (copy-quality test)....................................................................................117
Test 3 (fax-quality test).......................................................................................117
Test 4 (memory-card test)..................................................................................117
Parts removal order............................................................................................................118
User-replaceable parts........................................................................................................................119
vi ENWW
Replacing the print cartridges.............................................................................................119
Replacing the imaging drum...............................................................................................121
Replacing the ADF..............................................................................................................123
Replacing the ADF pickup-roller assembly ........................................................................124
Removing the ADF separation pad....................................................................................130
Replacing the ADF scanner glass......................................................................................132
Replacing the fuser assembly.............................................................................................133
Replacing the control-panel bezel......................................................................................134
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad.......................................................135
Covers.................................................................................................................................................142
Removing the left cover......................................................................................................142
Removing the right cover....................................................................................................145
Removing the right rear cover............................................................................................146
Removing the scanning assembly......................................................................................148
Removing the left rear cover...............................................................................................153
Removing the left upper cover............................................................................................153
Removing the right upper cover..........................................................................................155
Replacing the memory-card assembly (HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only).............157
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover................................................................................158
Removing the back cover...................................................................................................161
Removing the top cover assembly.....................................................................................162
Removing the upper multipurpose cover............................................................................165
Removing the density sensor and top-of-page sensor.......................................................167
Removing the multipurpose roller cover.............................................................................168
Removing the lower multipurpose cover............................................................................169
Main assemblies..................................................................................................................................172
Removing the control panel................................................................................................172
Removing the left support assembly..................................................................................173
Removing the right support assembly................................................................................174
Removing the laser/scanner assembly...............................................................................175
Removing the transfer-roller plate......................................................................................177
Removing the transfer roller...............................................................................................178
Removing the formatter assemblies...................................................................................180
Removing the formatter cage.............................................................................180
Removing the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).........................................182
Removing the E-label reader (for imaging-drum E-labels).................................................185
Removing the DC controller................................................................................................187
Removing the top plate.......................................................................................................189
Removing the gear assembly.............................................................................................192
Removing the waste-toner sensor......................................................................................195
Removing the rotary-drive assembly..................................................................................196
Removing the print-cartridge carousel................................................................................199
Aligning the carousel gears................................................................................................203
Removing the registration-roller assembly.........................................................................204
Removing the toner-catch tray............................................................................................204
Removing the feed-drive shaft and belts............................................................................205
Removing the power supply cover plate.............................................................................214
Removing the paper-top sensor.........................................................................................218
Removing the fuser-wrap sensor........................................................................................219
Motors and fans...................................................................................................................................222
ENWW vii
Removing the fuser motor..................................................................................................222
Removing the carousel-engagement motor.......................................................................223
Removing the air duct and fan............................................................................................223
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs).......................................................................................................225
Removing the sub-high-voltage transformer PCA..............................................................225
Removing the high-voltage transformer PCA.....................................................................226
Removing the low-voltage PCA..........................................................................................226
Trays....................................................................................................................................................229
Removing tray 1 (multipurpose tray)..................................................................................229
Removing optional tray 2 (250-sheet tray).........................................................................230
Removing the optional tray 2 pickup roller.........................................................................233
Replacing the optional tray 2 separation pad.....................................................................235
6 Troubleshooting
Support strategy..................................................................................................................................238
Troubleshooting process.....................................................................................................................239
Troubleshooting checklist...................................................................................................239
Control-panel messages......................................................................................................................244
Alert and warning messages..............................................................................................244
Critical error messages.......................................................................................................253
Clearing jams.......................................................................................................................................256
Media jams occur in the device..........................................................................................256
Tips to avoid media jams ..................................................................................256
Where to look for jams.......................................................................................256
To clear a media jam inside the device.............................................................257
To clear output area jams..................................................................................258
Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF)..............................................260
To clear a media jam from the automatic document feeder (ADF) ..................260
Print problems......................................................................................................................................263
Print quality problems.........................................................................................................263
Improving print quality........................................................................................263
Understanding print-quality settings..................................................263
To temporarily change print-quality settings.....................263
To change print-quality settings for all future jobs............263
Identifying and correcting print defects..............................................................263
Print-quality checklist.........................................................................264
General print quality issues...............................................................265
Solving issues with color documents................................................271
Media-handling problems...................................................................................................272
Print-media guidelines........................................................................................272
Solving print-media problems............................................................................273
Performance problems.......................................................................................................274
Scan problems.....................................................................................................................................276
Solving scanned image problems.......................................................................................276
Scan quality problems........................................................................................................277
Preventing problems..........................................................................................277
Solving scan-quality problems...........................................................................278
Scan-specific error messages............................................................................................279
Copy problems.....................................................................................................................................280
Preventing problems...........................................................................................................280
viii ENWW
Image problems..................................................................................................................280
Media-handling problems...................................................................................................282
Performance problems.......................................................................................................283
Fax problems.......................................................................................................................................285
Problems receiving faxes....................................................................................................285
Problems sending faxes.....................................................................................................287
Voice call problems.............................................................................................................288
Media-handling problems...................................................................................................289
Performance problems.......................................................................................................289
Memory card problems........................................................................................................................291
Missing or wrong files.........................................................................................................291
Index page not printing.......................................................................................................291
Proof sheet not printing.......................................................................................................292
Proof sheet not scanning....................................................................................................292
Issues with photo printing...................................................................................................293
Functional tests....................................................................................................................................295
Engine test..........................................................................................................................295
Half self-test check..............................................................................................................296
Heating element test...........................................................................................................296
Cartridge high-voltage contact test.....................................................................................299
Paper-path test...................................................................................................................299
Service-mode functions.......................................................................................................................301
NVRAM initialization...........................................................................................................301
Secondary service menu....................................................................................................301
To print secondary service reports.....................................................................303
Troubleshooting tools..........................................................................................................................306
Device pages and reports...................................................................................................306
Demo page.........................................................................................................306
Configuration page.............................................................................................306
Supplies Status page.........................................................................................306
Usage page........................................................................................................306
Engine-test page................................................................................................307
Error log..............................................................................................................307
Fax reports..........................................................................................................................307
Fax activity log...................................................................................................307
Fax call report....................................................................................................307
T.30 protocol trace.............................................................................................308
HP Toolbox.........................................................................................................................317
To view HP Toolbox...........................................................................................317
Troubleshooting tab...........................................................................................317
Service menu......................................................................................................................318
Restoring the factory-set defaults......................................................................318
Cleaning the paper path.....................................................................................318
Setting the scanner bulb power save time.........................................................319
Reducing paper curl...........................................................................................319
Service-only tools................................................................................................................320
Timing charts......................................................................................................320
Locations of connectors.....................................................................................322
DC controller connections..................................................................................325
Printer calibration...............................................................................................326
ENWW ix
Repetitive image defect ruler.............................................................................327
Main wiring diagram...........................................................................................328
Updating or recovering the firmware code..........................................................................................330
Firmware update by using flash executable.......................................................................330
Firmware-recovery DIMM...................................................................................................330
7 Parts and diagrams
Chapter contents.................................................................................................................................333
Ordering parts and supplies................................................................................................................334
Parts....................................................................................................................................334
Related documentation and software.................................................................................334
Supplies..............................................................................................................................334
Accessories.........................................................................................................................................335
Accessories.........................................................................................................................335
Replacement kits................................................................................................................337
Automatic document feeder and scanner assembly..........................................................339
Assembly locations (1 of 2).................................................................................................342
Assembly locations (2 of 2).................................................................................................344
Covers.................................................................................................................................................346
Internal assemblies..............................................................................................................................350
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs).......................................................................................................380
Alphabetical parts list...........................................................................................................................382
Numerical parts list..............................................................................................................................399
Index....................................................................................................................................................................417
x ENWW
1 Product information
Chapter contents
● Device configurations
●
Device features
●
Device parts
●
Software components
●
Specifications
●
Media specifications
● Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
●
Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty Statement
●
Print-cartridge information
●
Regulatory statements
ENWW Chapter contents 1
Device configurations
The device is available in the following configurations.
HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one
The HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one printer, scanner, copier is a four-color laser printer that prints
letter-size pages up to 20 pages per minute (ppm) in black-and-white, A4-size pages up to 19 ppm,
and it prints letter/A4-size pages up to 4 ppm in color. It includes a PCL 6 printer driver and has HP
postscript level 3 emulation.
■ Trays. The device comes with a multipurpose tray (tray1) that holds up to 125 sheets of 20 lb.
paper or 10 envelopes.
■ Print cartridges. This model comes standard with color print cartridges (cyan, yellow, and
magenta) that can print up to 2,000 pages at 5% coverage. It comes with a black print cartridge
that can print up to 5,000 pages at 5% coverage. (A typical business letter has 5% coverage.)
■ Connectivity. The device provides a Hi-Speed universal serial bus (USB) 2.0 port and includes
a 10/100Base-T network port.
■ Memory. The device comes standard with a 96-megabyte (MB) random access memory (RAM).
■ Paper handling. The device comes with a flatbed scanner and a 50-page automatic document
feeder (ADF).
■ Expandability. The device has one available DIMM slot for memory expansion and additional
font support. The memory is expandable to 224 MB.
HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one
The HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one printer, scanner, fax, copier has the same features as the
HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one, and it includes a V.34 fax modem and a 4 MB flash fax-storage
memory. Also, this model comes standard with high-capacity color print cartridges that can print up
to 4,000 pages at 5% coverage.
2 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one
The HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one printer, scanner, fax, copier has the same features as the
HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one, and also includes a 250-sheet tray (tray 2) for standard sizes.
This model features rated memory-card slots as well.
ENWW Device configurations 3
Device features
Table 1-1 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one features
Feature Description
Color printing ■ Provides laser printing in full color by using the four process colors: cyan,
magenta, yellow, and black (CMYK).
Copy ■ Provides full-color copying from the letter/A4-sized scanner glass.
■ Includes an automatic document feeder (ADF) that allows faster, more
efficient copy jobs with multiple-page documents.
Fax ■ The HP Color LaserJet 2830/2840 all-in-one models include full-functionality
fax capabilities with a V.34 fax, including a phone book, fax polling, and
delayed-fax features.
Scan ■ Provides 1200 pixels per inch (ppi), 24-bit full-color scanning from letter/A4-
sized scanner glass.
■ Includes automatic document feeder (ADF) that allows faster, more efficient
scan jobs with multiple-page documents.
Fast print speed
■ Prints in black on letter-size paper up to 20ppm and on A4-size paper up to
19 ppm. Prints in color on A4/letter up to 4 ppm.
Excellent print quality
■ Provides true 600 by 600 dots per inch (dpi) with Image Ret 2400 text and
graphics.
■ Offers adjustable settings to optimize print quality.
■ The HP UltraPrecise print cartridge has a finer toner formulation that provides
sharper text and graphics.
Printer driver features
■ Provides fast printing performance, built-in Intellifont and TrueType scaling
technologies, and advanced imaging capabilities are benefits of the PCL 6
printer language.
Automatic language-switching ■ The device automatically determines and switches to the appropriate printer
language (such as PostScript® or PCL 6) for the print job.
Interface connections
■ Includes a Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port (not supported for Windows NT®).
■ Includes a 10/100 ethernet (RJ45) network port.
Networking ■ Provides TCP/IP
■ LPD
■ 9100
4 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Feature Description
Memory card slot (HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only)
The device can read the following memory-card types:
■ CompactFlash
■ Ultra CompactFlash
■ Smart Media
■ Memory Stick
■ Secure Digital
■ Multi Media Card
■ XD Card
For more information, see the device user guide.
Enhanced memory and memory
expansion
■ The device comes with 96 MB of memory and can be expanded to 224 MB
by using the DIMM slot. Most documents can be printed with the standard
amount of memory with the aid of Memory Enhancement technology (MEt).
MEt automatically compresses data, virtually doubling the device memory
and accommodating more complex printing with the available memory.
Energy savings
■ The device automatically conserves electricity by substantially reducing
power consumption when it is not printing.
■ As an ENERGY STAR® partner, Hewlett-Packard Company has determined
that this product meets ENERGY STAR® guidelines for energy efficiency.
ENERGY STAR® is a U.S. registered service mark of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency.
Economical printing ■ N-up printing (printing more than one page on a sheet) and two-sided printing
using manual duplexing saves paper.
Supplies ■ Provides a Supplies Status page with print-cartridge and imaging-drum
gauges that show the supply levels that remain. For HP supplies only.
■ Uses a no-shake cartridge design.
■ Provides authentication for HP print cartridges.
■ Offers an online supplies-ordering feature through HP Toolbox.
Accessibility
■ Includes an online user guide that is compatible with text screen-readers.
■ Provides print cartridges and an imaging drum that can be installed and
removed by using one hand.
■ All doors and covers can be opened by using one hand.
Table 1-1 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one features (continued)
ENWW Device features 5
Device parts
Before using the device, familiarize yourself with the parts of the device.
Front view
1 Power switch
2 Top (face-down) output bin
3 Control panel
4 Scanner release button
5 Memory card slots (HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only)
6 Tray 1
7 Tray 2 (included with the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only)
Back view
8 Memory cover
9 Fax ports (HP Color LaserJet 2830/2840 all-in-one models only)
10 Hi-Speed USB 2.0 port
11 Network port
12 ADF output bin
13 ADF input tray
6 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
14 Rear (face-up) output door
15 Power connector
16 Tray 2 paper-length adjustment control
Model and serial numbers
The model number and serial number are listed on an identification label located underneath the top
door.
The label contains information about the country/region of origin and the revision level,
manufacturing date, production code, and production number of the product. The label also contains
power rating and regulatory information.
Figure 1-1 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (1 of 12)
Figure 1-2 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (2 of 12)
ENWW Device parts 7
Figure 1-3 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (3 of 12)
Figure 1-4 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (4 of 12)
Figure 1-5 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (5 of 12)
8 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Figure 1-6 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (6 of 12)
Figure 1-7 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (7 of 12)
Figure 1-8 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (8 of 12)
ENWW Device parts 9
Figure 1-9 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (9 of 12)
Figure 1-10 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (10 of 12)
Figure 1-11 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (11 of 12)
10 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Figure 1-12 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one identification labels (12 of 12)
ENWW Device parts 11
Software components
System requirements
To run the device software on your computer, the computer must meet the following minimum
requirements:
Windows-based systems
■ Windows NT 4.0: Pentium II processor (Pentium III or greater recommended), 64 MB RAM, 10
MB hard disk space, SVGA 800x600 16-bit color display (print driver only)
■ Windows 98 SE, Millennium Edition (Me): Pentium II processor (Pentium III or greater
recommended), 64 MB RAM, 100 MB hard disk space, SVGA 800x600 16-bit color display,
Internet Explorer v5.01 SP2 or greater (print driver, scan driver only)
■ Windows 2000, XP (32-bit home and professional versions): Pentium II processor (Pentium
III or greater recommended), 192 MB RAM, 550 MB hard disk space, SVGA 800x600 16-bit color
display (full install)
Mac-based systems
■ Mac OS 9.2.2: G3 or greater, 64 MB RAM, 30 MB disk space, SVGA 800x600 16-bit color
display (full install)
■ Mac OS X - 10.2.8 or 10.3.x: G4, G5 processor or greater, 128 MB RAM, 30 MB disk space,
SVGA 800x600 16-bit color display (full install)
Software and supported operating systems
For easy device setup and access to the full range of device features, HP strongly recommends that
the user installs the software that is provided. Not all software is available in all languages. See the
device getting started guide for installation instructions, and see the Readme file for the latest
software information.
The most recent drivers, additional drivers, and other software are available from the Internet and
other sources. If the user does not have access to the Internet, see
Ordering parts and supplies.
The device supports the following operating systems:
■ Microsoft Windows 98 SE, Windows 2000, Windows Me, and Windows XP (32-bit)
■ Windows NT 4.0 and Windows XP (64-bit): driver only, other device software is not available
■ Macintosh OS 9.2.2 and OS 10.2 and 10.3
■
UNIX
™
, Linux, and OS/2 (limited functionality)
■ Windows Server 2003 (printer driver, only from the Web)
The following tables list the software that is available for each operating system. Full software
installation is available only for Windows 2000 and Windows XP systems that meet the
recommended system requirements.
12 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Table 1-2 HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one software
Feature Windows
2000, XP
1
Windows 98
SE, Me
Windows NT Macintosh
OS 9.2.2
Macintosh
OS 10.2, 10.3
UNIX, Linux
OS/2
Windows
Installer
PCL 6 printer
driver
PS printer driver
Scanning
software
HP Toolbox
software
Macintosh
Installer
Fax software—
HP Color
LaserJet
2830/2840 all-
in-one models
only
Storage driver
(memory card)
—HP Color
LaserJet 2840
all-in-one only
Device
Configuration
Utility
HP Director
HP Image Zone
HP Document
Viewer
Macintosh
PostScript
printer
description
(PPD) and
printer dialog
extensions
(PDE)
IBM drivers
2
Model scripts
3
1
The 64-bit version of Windows XP supports printer drivers only.
2
Available on the HP Web site.
3
Available on the HP Web site. Not specific to this device.
ENWW Software components 13
Software tips
The following are some tips for working with the device software.
Gaining access to the device features
The device features are available in the printer driver. Some features such as custom paper sizes
and page orientation might also be available in the program that is being used to create a file.
Change settings in the program, if possible, because changes that are made in the program override
changes that are made in the printer driver.
Gain access to advanced device features through the printer driver (or the Print dialog box for
Macintosh operating systems). To open a Windows print driver, complete the following steps:
1 On the Windows taskbar, click Start, click Settings, and then click Printers.
● In Windows XP (corporate version), click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
A dialog box opens.
2 Right-click the printer that you want to modify, and then select Printing Preferences.
The driver opens so that you can make changes.
A number of device features and functions are also available through HP Toolbox (not available for
Macintosh). For more information about HP Toolbox, see
HP Toolbox.
The device CD-ROMs include the HP Scanning software. For more information about the
HP Scanning software, see the software online Help.
Obtaining the latest printing software
When you want to check for and install upgrades to the software, you can download drivers from the
World Wide Web.
To download drivers
1 Go to
http://www.hp.com. Click the support & drivers block.
2
Type color laserjet 2800 as the product name.
3 Select the device model that the customer has.
4 Select the correct OS and the desired software.
The Web page for the drivers might be in English, but you can download the drivers themselves
in several languages.
If the user does not have Internet access, contact HP Customer Care. See
Ordering parts and
supplies or the flyer that came in the device box. See the Readme file for additional release
information.
Other print system software
The device CD-ROMs include the HP Scanning software. See the Readme file that is provided on
the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one CD-ROMs for additional included software and for
supported languages.
14 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Software for Windows
When the user installs the software for Windows, the user can directly connect the device to a
computer by using a USB cable, or the user can connect the device to the network by using the
internal print server. See the device getting started guide for installation instructions, and see the
Readme file for the latest software information.
The following software is available to all users of the device, whether the device was connected
directly to a computer by using a USB cable, or whether the device was connected to the network by
using a print server.
Printer drivers
A printer driver is a software component that provides access to device features and provides the
means for the computer to communicate with the device. For help using the printer driver, see
Using
Help.
Select a printer driver based on the way the customer uses the device.
■ Use the PCL 6 printer driver to take full advantage of the device features.
■ Use the PostScript (PS) printer driver for compatibility with PS needs. Certain device features are
not available in this printer driver.
The device automatically switches between HP postscript level 3 emulation and PCL printer
languages depending on the driver selected.
Using Help
The printer driver has Help dialog boxes that can be activated from the Help button in the printer
driver, the F1 key on the computer keyboard, or the question mark symbol (?) in the upper-right
corner of the printer driver. These Help dialog boxes give detailed information about the specific
printer driver. Help for the printer driver is separate from the Help for the software program.
Software for Macintosh
For Mac 9.2.2, the Apple LaserWriter 8 driver must be installed in order to use the PPD file. Use the
Apple LaserWriter 8 driver that came with the Macintosh computer. For Mac OS 10.2 and 10.3, use
the Print Center to print.
The device includes the following software for Macintosh computers.
HP Director
HP Director is a software program that is used when working with documents. When the document is
loaded into the automatic document feeder (ADF) and the computer is connected directly to the
device, HP Director appears on the computer screen to initiate faxing or scanning, or to change
settings on the device through the Macintosh Configure Device application.
Also included is the HP all-in-one Setup Assistant, which sets up the fax and print queues.
PPDs (Mac OS 9.2.2)
PostScript printer descriptions (PPDs), in combination with the LaserWriter driver, provide access to
the device features and allow the computer to communicate with the device. An installation program
for the PPDs is provided on the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one CD-ROM for Macintosh.
ENWW Software components 15
PDEs (Mac OS 10.2 and 10.3)
Printer dialog extensions (PDEs) are code plug-ins that provide access to device features, such as
information about the number of copies, two-sided printing, and quality settings. An installation
program for the PDEs and other software is provided on the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-
in-one CD-ROM for Macintosh.
HP Toolbox
You must perform a complete software installation to use HP Toolbox.
HP Toolbox provides links to device status information and help information, such as the device user
guide, and tools for diagnosing and solving problems. See
HP Toolbox for more information.
NOTE For Macintosh computers, HP Toolbox is not supported.
Embedded Web server (EWS)
The EWS is a Web-based interface that provides simple access to device status and device
configurations, including network configurations and Smart Printing Supplies (SPS) functionality.
You can gain access to the EWS through the network connection to the device. Type the device IP
address in a Web browser to display the device EWS homepage in the browser. From the
homepage, you can use the tabs and left navigation menu to check the status of the device,
configure the device, or check the status of the supplies.
Supported browsers include:
■ Internet Explorer 5.0 or later
■ Netscape Navigator 4.75 or later
■ Opera 6.05 or later
■ Safari 1.2 or later
Software installation
Use the CD-ROMs that came with the device to install the software for the proper operating system.
If your computer meets the recommended minimum requirements, you have two options when
installing the software.
Typical installation
NOTE This option is not available if your computer does not meet the minimum
requirements. For more information about the minimum requirements, see the box in which
the device was packed.
16 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
This is the recommended installation option. Select this option to install the software needed to print
and scan from your computer, plus the following programs:
■ HP Toolbox: This program lets you easily monitor and set up the device settings from your
computer, and it offers device Help and troubleshooting. With HP Toolbox, you have desktop
access to the device fax phone book and logs.
For more information about HP Toolbox, see
HP Toolbox.
■ HP Image Zone: This program lets you view, manage, and edit images, it lets you load images
directly from a camera or memory card, and it helps you share those images with others. It also
includes programs for scanning and for producing creative projects, such as brochures and flyers.
For more information about HP Image Zone, see the HP Image Zone online Help after you have
installed the software.
■ HP Document Viewer: This program lets you view and annotate PDF and TIFF files, and it lets
you export documents to other software programs. It also includes optical character recognition
(OCR) software that lets you scan paper documents and convert them into electronic documents
that can be edited.
For more information about HP Document Viewer, see the HP Document Viewer online Help
after you have installed the software.
Minimum installation
Windows 98 SE and Windows Me operating systems, as well as systems with insufficient memory
(see
System requirements), must perform a minimum installation to ensure that your computer
continues to operate at optimal levels.
This procedure installs the software necessary to print and scan from your computer. You will not be
able to scan from the device, however. For the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one printer, scanner,
fax, copier, the minimum installation also allows you to view memory cards in the device from
Windows Explorer.
Uninstalling the printing software
Uninstall software by using the following directions for your operating system.
Using Add or Remove Programs to uninstall
Use the Add or Remove Programs method in Windows to remove the device software. This
method does not require you to have the software CD.
1 Click Start, point to Settings, and click Control Panel.
● In Windows XP, click Start, and then click Control Panel
2 Double-click Add or Remove Programs.
3 Scroll through the list of software programs and click HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-
one.
4 Click Remove.
ENWW Software components 17
Uninstalling software for Macintosh
To remove the printing software from your Macintosh, open the Finder, navigate to Applications/HP
LaserJet aio/HP Uninstaller, and then run the application.
18 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Specifications
Table 1-3 Physical specifications
Product Height Depth Width
Weight
1
HP Color LaserJet
2820 all-in-one and
HP Color LaserJet
2830 all-in-one
20.6 in (525 mm) 20.9 in (532 mm) 19.6 in (498 mm) 58.8 lbs (26.7 kg)
HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one with
tray 2 (250-sheet)
22.6 in (573 mm) 20.9 in (532 mm) 19.6 in (498 mm) 64.5 lbs (29.3 kg)
1
Listed weight does not include print cartridges or imaging drum, which add (9.15 lbs (3.4 kg)) to the device weight.
Table 1-4 Supplies specifications
Imaging-drum life (based on 5 percent coverage) ■ 20,000 pages when printing only in black
■ 5,000 pages when printing in color
■ 6,000 to 8,000 pages is the average life
Print-cartridge life (based on 5 percent coverage) ■ Black: 5,000 pages
■ Yellow, cyan, and magenta: 2,000 pages each
■ Extended life yellow, cyan, and magenta: 4,000 pages
each
Table 1-5 Electrical specifications
Item 110-volt models 220-volt models
Power supply 110 to 127 V (+- 10%) 220 to 240 V (+- 10%)
50 / 60 Hz (+- 2Hz) 50 / 60 Hz (+- 2Hz)
Power consumption (typical)
During printing (color) 224 W (average) 217 W (average)
During printing (black and white) 400 W (average) 400 W (average)
During standby 20 W (average) 20 W (average)
Off mode 0 W (average) 0 W (average)
Heat output
Idle 64 BTU/hr 64 BTU/hr
CAUTION Power requirements are based on the country/region where the device is sold. Do
not convert operating voltages. This will damage the device and void the product warranty.
ENWW Specifications 19
Table 1-6 Environmental specifications
Recommended
1
Operating
1
Storage
1
(device and print cartridge)
Temperature
20° to 27° C
(68° to 81° F)
15° to 32.5° C
(59° to 90.5° F)
0° to 40° C
(32° to 104° F)
Relative humidity 20 to 70 percent 10 to 80 percent 95 percent or less
1
Values are subject to change. See http://www.hp.com/support/clj2800series for current information.
Table 1-7 Acoustic emissions (HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one)
Sound Power Level
Declared per ISO 9296
1
Printing (20 ppm)
L
WAd
= 6.6 Bels (A) [66 dB (A)]
SPL-Bystander Position
Declared per ISO 9296
1
Printing (20 ppm)
L
pAm
= 52 dB(A)
1
Acoustic values are subject to change. See http://www.hp.com/support/clj2800series for current information.
Table 1-8 Skew specifications
1
Category Specification
Print skew – vertical ■ ≤ 1.5 mm / 260 mm for cut-sheet media
■ ≤ 3.0 mm / 220 mm for envelopes, postcards, or A5 media
First line/leading edge skew ■ 5.0 mm ±2.5 mm for cut-sheet media
■ 15.0 mm ±3.5 for envelopes, postcards, or A5 media
Left margin ■ 5.0 mm ±2.0 mm for cut-sheet media
■ 10 mm ±2.5 mm for envelopes, postcards, or A5 media
Parallelism ■ ≤ 1.5 mm for cut-sheet media
■ N/A for envelopes, postcards, or A5 media
Image or text stretching – vertical ■ ≤ 1.0% for cut-sheet media
■ N/A for envelopes, postcards, or A5 media
Image or text stretching – horizontal ■ - 0.4%, +1.6% for cut-sheet media
■ N/A for envelopes, postcards, or A5 media
1
The media registration defines how a sheet of media is positioned relative to the electrophotographic image on the drum.
The specified tolerances do not include variation in the media dimensions from nominal. All vertical lines will be parallel to
the reference, or left edge of the media, within the specifications.
20 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Table 1-9 Fax specifications
Category Specification
Fax transmission speed 3 seconds per page
Right/left margins for printed pages 6.3 mm (0.25 inch)
Top/bottom margins for printed pages 5.08 mm (0.2 inch)
Fax compatibility Group 3
Fax coding schemes Modified Huffman
Modified read
Modified modified read
Jbig is not supported
Modem speed Up to 33,600 bits per second (bps)
Speed dialing Yes
Distinctive ring detect Yes
Fax resolution (standard) 203 by 98 dots per inch (dpi)
Fax resolution (fine) 203 by 196 dpi
Fax resolution (superfine) 300 by 300 dpi (no halftone)
Fax resolution (photo) 300 by 300 dpi (halftone enabled)
Table 1-10 Printable area specifications
Area
Media type
1
Margin size
Non-masked print area Cut sheet ■ Top: 2 mm
■ Bottom: 2 mm
■ Left: 2 mm
■ Right: 2 mm
Recommended print area Cut sheet ■ Top: 2.8 mm
■ Bottom: 4 mm
■ Left: 3 mm
■ Right: 3 mm
Image assurance area Cut sheet ■ Top: 5 mm
■ Bottom: 5 mm
■ Left: 5 mm
■ Right: 5 mm
ENWW Specifications 21
Area
Media type
1
Margin size
Envelope ■ Top: 10 mm
■ Bottom: 10 mm
■ Left: 10 mm
■ Right: 10 mm
1
Other media types (labels, heavy media, glossy, etc.) have the same printable area as paper of the same size.
Table 1-10 Printable area specifications (continued)
22 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Media specifications
This section contains information about the sizes, weights, and capacities of media that each tray
supports.
Supported media weights and sizes
For optimum results, use conventional 75 to 90 g/m
2
(20 to 24 lb) photocopy paper. Verify that the
paper is of good quality and is free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles, curls,
and bent edges.
NOTE The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. The
capacity of trays and bins can vary depending on media weight and thickness and
environmental conditions. Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP Color
LaserJet printers. Inkjet and monochrome transparencies are not supported for this device. Do
not use inkjet photo media, which can melt and damage the device.
Table 1-11 Tray 1 specifications
Media
Dimensions
1
Weight
Capacity
2
Paper Minimum: 76 by 127 mm (3
by 5 inches)
60 to 177 g/m
2
(16 to 47 lb) Up to 125 sheets of 75 g/m
2
(20 lb) paper
Maximum: 216 by 356 mm
(8.5 by 14 inches)
Glossy paper Same as the preceding
listed minimum and
maximum sizes.
75 to 120 g/m
2
(20 to 32 lb)
Maximum stack height: 12 mm
(0.47 inches)
HP Cover paper
3
203 g/m
2
(75 lb cover)
50 (typically)
Transparencies and
opaque film
Thickness: 0.10 to 0.13 mm
(3.9 to 5.1 mils)
50 (typically)
Labels
4
Thickness: up to 0.23 mm
(up to 9 mils)
50 (typically)
Envelopes
Up to 90 g/m
2
(16 to 24 lb)
Up to 10
1
The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.
2
Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.
3
Hewlett-Packard does not guarantee results when printing with other types of heavy paper.
4
Smoothness: 100 to 250 (Sheffield).
Table 1-12 Optional tray 2 specifications
Media
Dimensions
1
Weight
Capacity
2
Letter 216 by 279 mm (8.5 by 11
inches)
60 to 105 g/m
2
(16 to 28 lb) 250 sheets of 75 g/m
2
(20
lb) paper
A4
210 by 297 mm (8.3 by 11.7
inches)
A5 148 by 210 mm (5.8 by 8.3
inches)
B5 (ISO) 176 by 250 mm (6.9 by 9.9
inches)
ENWW Media specifications 23
Media
Dimensions
1
Weight
Capacity
2
B5 (JIS) 182 by 257 mm (7.2 by 10
inches)
Executive 191 by 267 mm (7.3 by 10.5
inches)
Legal 216 by 356 mm (8.5 by 14
inches)
8.5 by 13 inches 216 by 330 mm (8.5 by 13
inches)
1
The device supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media. Check the printer driver for supported sizes.
2
Capacity can vary depending on the media weight and thickness, and environmental conditions.
Table 1-13 Automatic document feeder (ADF) paper sizes
Media Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity
Minimum-size paper 127 by 127 mm (5 by 5 in)
60 to 90 g/m
2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
50 sheets (75 g/m
2
; 20 lb
bond)
Maximum-size paper 216 by 381 mm (8.5 by 15 in)
60 to 90 g/m
2
(16 to 24 lb
bond)
50 sheets (75 g/m
2
; 20 lb
bond)
NOTE Use the flatbed scanner for faxing (HP Color LaserJet 2830/2840 all-in-one models
only), copying, and scanning if the original is fragile, thin, thick, too small for the ADF, or a
photograph. Also use the flatbed scanner to employ the "fit to page" feature for copying. The
flatbed scanner provides the best fax, copy, and scan resolution.
General guidelines
Some media might meet all of the guidelines in this manual and still not produce satisfactory results.
This problem might be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and humidity
levels, or other variables over which Hewlett-Packard has no control.
Before purchasing large quantities of print media, always test a sample and make sure that the print
media meets the requirements specified in the device user guide and in the HP LaserJet Printer
Family Print Media Guide, which you can view on the Web at
http://www.hp.com/support/
ljpaperguide. For ordering information, see Ordering parts and supplies.
CAUTION Using media that does not meet HP specifications can cause problems for the
device, requiring repair. This repair is not covered by the Hewlett-Packard warranty or service
agreements.
This device accepts a variety of media, such as cut-sheet paper (including up to 100 percent
recycled-fiber-content paper), envelopes, labels, transparencies, glossy paper, HP LaserJet Tough
paper, and custom-size paper. Properties such as weight, composition, grain, and moisture content
Table 1-12 Optional tray 2 specifications (continued)
24 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
are important factors affecting device performance and output quality. Media that does not meet the
guidelines outlined in this manual can cause the following problems:
■ Poor print quality
■ Increased jams
■ Premature wear on the device, requiring repair
Paper and print media
Table 1-14 Print media specifications
Category Specifications
Acid content 5.5 pH to 8.0 pH
Caliper 0.094 to 0.18 mm (3.0 to 7.0 mils)
Curl in ream Flat within 5 mm (0.02 inch)
Cut-edge conditions Cut with sharp blades with no visible fray
Fusing compatibility Must not scorch, melt, offset, or release hazardous emissions when heated
to 210°C (410°F) for 0.1 second
Grain Long Grain
Moisture content 4% to 6% by weight
Smoothness 100 to 250 Sheffield
For complete print-media specifications for all HP LaserJet devices, see the HP LaserJet Printer
Family Print Media Guide. To download the guide in PDF format, go to
www.hp.com/support/
ljpaperguide.
Special media print speeds
The device print speed can be affected when you use special media, such as heavy paper or
cardstock, glossy paper, or envelopes. The table below shows the print speed for various media
types.
Table 1-15 Special media print speeds
Print modes Print type Multipurpose tray Optional tray 2
Normal and Heavy mode Continuous printing 4 ppm color
A4: 19 ppm black
Letter: 20 ppm black
Legal: 2.0 ppm color/ 16.0
ppm black
4 ppm color
A4: 19 ppm black
Letter: 20 ppm black
First page out (face down) Normal Letter/A4:
<26.8s color
Normal Letter/A4:
<26.8s color
ENWW Media specifications 25
Print modes Print type Multipurpose tray Optional tray 2
<17.6s black
Heavy Letter/A4:
<32.8s color
<23.6s black
<17.6s black
Heavy Letter/A4:
<32.8s color
<23.6s black
Heavy and Glossy mode
(more than 105g/m
2
, 1/2
speed)
Continuous printing Letter/A4:
2.45 ppm color
3.99 ppm black
N/A
First page out (face down) Letter/A4:
<31.6s color
<21.3s black
N/A
Heavy Glossy and Glossy
Film mode (1/4 speed)
Continuous printing Letter/A4:
2.0 ppm color
N/A black
N/A
First page out (face down) Letter/A4:
39.8s color
N/A black
N/A
Envelope Continuous printing 2.57 ppm color
4.48 ppm black
N/A
First page out (face down) <30.1s color
<19.8s black
N/A
Printing and storage environment
Ideally, the printing and media-storage environment should be at or near room temperature, and not
too dry or too humid. Remember that paper is hygroscopic; it absorbs and loses moisture rapidly.
Heat works with humidity to damage paper. Heat causes the moisture in paper to evaporate, while
cold causes it to condense on the sheets. Heating systems and air conditioners remove most of the
humidity from a room. As paper is opened and used, it loses moisture, causing streaks and
smudging. Humid weather or water coolers can cause the humidity to increase in a room. As paper is
opened and used it absorbs any excess moisture, causing light print and dropouts. Also, as paper
loses and gains moisture it can distort. This issue can cause jams.
As a result, paper storage and handling are as important as the paper-making process itself. Paper
storage environmental conditions directly affect the feed operation and print quality.
Care should be taken not to purchase more paper than can be easily used in a short time (about
three months). Paper stored for long periods can experience heat and moisture extremes, which can
cause damage. Planning is important to prevent damage to a large supply of paper.
Table 1-15 Special media print speeds (continued)
26 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Unopened paper in sealed reams can remain stable for several months before use. Opened
packages of paper have more potential for environmental damage, especially if they are not wrapped
with a moisture-proof barrier.
The media-storage environment should be properly maintained to ensure optimum device
performance. The required condition is 20° to 24°C (68° to 75°F), with a relative humidity of 45% to
55%. The following guidelines should be helpful when evaluating the storage environment:
■ Print media should be stored at or near room temperature.
■ The air should not be too dry or too humid (to moderate the hygroscopic properties of paper).
■ The best way to store an opened ream of paper is to rewrap it tightly in its moisture-proof
wrapping. If the device environment is subject to extremes, unwrap only the amount of paper to
be used to prevent unwanted moisture changes.
■ Avoid storing paper and print media near heating and air conditioning vents or near windows and
doors that are frequently open.
Envelopes
Use only tray 1 to print on envelopes. Select the type of envelope that you are using from the Print
dialog box or the printer driver.
In your program, set the margins for the envelope. The following table gives typical address margins
for a commercial #10 or DL envelope.
Table 1-16 Envelope margin specifications
Type of address Top margin Left margin
Return address 15 mm (0.6 inch) 15 mm (0.6 inch)
Delivery address 51 mm (2 inches) 89 mm (3.5 inches)
■ For the best print quality, position margins no closer than 15 mm (0.6 inch) from the edges of the
envelope.
■ Avoid printing over the area where the envelope seams meet.
Envelope storage
Proper storage of envelopes helps contribute to print quality. Envelopes should be stored flat. If air is
trapped in an envelope and creates an air bubble, then the envelope might wrinkle during printing.
Envelope construction
Envelope construction is critical. Envelope fold lines can vary considerably, not only between
manufacturers, but also within a box from the same manufacturer. Successful printing on envelopes
ENWW Media specifications 27
depends upon the quality of the envelopes. When selecting envelopes, consider the following
components:
■
Weight: The weight of the envelope paper should not exceed 90 g/m
2
(24 lb) or jamming might
occur.
■ Construction: Before printing, envelopes should lie flat with less than 6 mm (0.25 inch) curl, and
should not contain air.
■ Condition: Envelopes should not be wrinkled, nicked, or otherwise damaged.
■ Temperature: Use envelopes that are compatible with the heat and pressure of the device. The
fusing temperature of this device is 210°C (410°F).
■ Size: Use only envelopes that are within the following size ranges.
■ Minimum: 6 x 127 mm (3 x 5 inches)
■ Maximum: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
Envelopes with double side-seams
Double side-seam construction has vertical seams at both ends of the envelope rather than diagonal
seams. This style might be more likely to wrinkle. Be sure the seam extends all the way to the corner
of the envelope as shown in the illustration.
1
2
1 Acceptable
2 Unacceptable
Envelopes with adhesive strips or flaps
Envelopes with a peel-off adhesive strip or with more than one flap that folds over to seal must use
adhesives that are compatible with the heat and pressure in the device. The extra flaps and strips
might cause wrinkling, creasing, or even jams and might damage the fuser.
Labels
Select the type of label that you are using from the Print dialog box or the printer driver.
28 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
CAUTION To avoid damaging the device, use only labels that are recommended for laser
printers. To prevent serious jams, always use tray 1 to print on labels and always use the
straight-through paper path. Never print on the same sheet of labels more than once or print
on a partial sheet of labels.
When selecting labels, consider the quality of each component:
■ Adhesives: The adhesive material should be stable at 210°C (410°F), which is the device fusing
temperature.
■ Arrangement: Only use labels with no exposed backing between them. Labels can peel off
sheets with spaces between the labels, causing serious jams.
■ Curl: Before printing, labels must lie flat with no more than 13 mm (0.5 inch) of curl in any
direction.
■ Condition: Do not use labels that have wrinkles, bubbles, or other indications of separation.
Transparencies
Use only tray 1 to print on transparencies. Select Transparencies from the Print dialog box or the
printer driver.
The device supports printing in color on transparencies. Transparencies that are used in the device
must be able to withstand 210°C (410°F), which is the device fusing temperature.
CAUTION To avoid damage to the device, use only transparencies that are recommended
for use in laser printers.
ENWW Media specifications 29
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY
HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one One year limited warranty
HP warrants to you, the end-user customer, that HP hardware and accessories will be free from
defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase, for the period specified above. If
HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will, at its option, either repair or
replace products which prove to be defective. Replacement products may be either new or
equivalent in performance to new.
HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the
date of purchase, for the period specified above, due to defects in material and workmanship when
properly installed and used. If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period, HP will
replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects.
HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free. If HP is
unable, within a reasonable time, to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted, you
will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product.
HP products may contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or may have been
subject to incidental use.
Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from (a) improper or inadequate maintenance or
calibration, (b) software, interfacing, parts or supplies not supplied by HP, (c) unauthorized
modification or misuse, (d) operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the
product, or (e) improper site preparation or maintenance.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND
NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some countries/regions, states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an
implied warranty, so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you. This warranty gives you
specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country/region to country/
region, state to state, or province to province.
HP's limited warranty is valid in any country/region or locality where HP has a support presence for
this product and where HP has marketed this product. The level of warranty service you receive may
vary according to local standards. HP will not alter form, fit or function of the product to make it
operate in a country/region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY
STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE,
IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA), OR OTHER
DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE. Some countries/regions,
states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages,
so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION
TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT
TO YOU.
30 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty
Statement
This HP product is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship.
This warranty does not apply to products that (a) have been refilled, refurbished, remanufactured, or
tampered with in any way, (b) experience problems resulting from misuse, improper storage, or
operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the printer product, or (c) exhibit
wear from ordinary use.
To obtain warranty service, please return the product to place of purchase (with a written description
of the problem and print samples) or contact HP customer support. At HP's option, HP will either
replace products that prove to be defective or refund your purchase price.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, THE ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND NO
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, IS EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE FOR DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL (INCLUDING LOST PROFIT
OR DATA), OR OTHER DAMAGE, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE.
THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION
TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT
TO YOU.
ENWW Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited Warranty Statement 31
Print-cartridge information
At 5% page coverage, a black print cartridge will print approximately 5,000 pages. Color print
cartridges (yellow, cyan, and magenta) will print 2,000 pages each, and high-capacity color print
cartridges (yellow, cyan, and magenta) will print 4,000 pages each. These estimates are only
approximate; usage conditions and print patterns can cause results to vary.
Refilled print cartridges
While HP does not prohibit the use of refilled print cartridges during the warranty period or while the
product is under a maintenance contract, it is not recommended for the following reasons:
■ Repairs resulting from the use of refilled cartridges are not covered under HP warranty or
maintenance contracts.
■ HP has no controls or processes to ensure that a refilled cartridge functions at the high level of
reliability of a new HP LaserJet print cartridge. HP also cannot predict the long-term reliability
effect on the product from using different toner formulations found in refilled cartridges.
■ The print quality of HP LaserJet print cartridges influences the customer’s perception of the
product. HP has no control over the actual print quality of a refilled cartridge.
■ Parts that are critical to print quality might not be replaced when the cartridge is refilled with toner.
HP LaserJet printing supplies
In many countries/regions, this product's printing supplies (for example the print cartridge) can be
returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program. An easy-to-use
and free take-back program is available in more than 30 countries/regions. Multilingual program
information and instructions are included in every new HP LaserJet print cartridge and supplies
package.
HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program information
Since 1990, the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program has collected millions of used
LaserJet print cartridges that otherwise might have been discarded in the world's landfills. The
HP LaserJet print cartridges and supplies are collected and bulk shipped to our resource and
recovery partners, who disassemble the cartridges. Remaining materials are separated and
converted into raw materials for use by other industries to make a variety of useful products.
U.S. returns
For a more environmentally responsible return of used cartridges and supplies, HP encourages the
use of bulk returns. Simply bundle two or more cartridges together and use the single, pre-paid, pre-
addressed UPS label that is supplied in the package that the new cartridge comes in. For more
information in the U.S., call 800-340-2445 or visit the HP LaserJet Supplies Web site at
www.hp.com/
recycle.
Non-U.S. returns
Non-U.S. customers should call the local HP Sales and Service office or visit the
www.hp.com/
recycle Web site for further information regarding availability of the HP Supplies Returns and
Recycling program.
32 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Regulatory statements
FCC Requirements (United States)
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy. If not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, it may
cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase separation between equipment and receiver.
Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located.
Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician.
Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the
user's authority to operate this equipment.
Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules.
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On the back of this equipment is a label that
contains, among other information, the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number
(REN) for this equipment. If requested, this information must be provided to the telephone company.
The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the telephone line.
Excessive RENs on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an
incoming call. In most, but not all, areas, the sum of the RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be
certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line, as determined by the total RENs,
contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area.
This equipment uses the following USOC jacks: RJ11C.
An FCC-compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This equipment
is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular
jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment cannot be used on telephone company-provided
coin service. Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs. If this equipment causes
harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that temporary
discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company
will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint
with the FCC if you believe it is necessary. The telephone company may make changes in its
facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the operation of the equipment. If
this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for you to make the
necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service. If trouble is experienced with this
equipment, please see the numbers in the front of this manual for repair and (or) warranty
information. If the trouble is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may
request you remove the equipment from the network until the problem is resolved. The following
repairs can be done by the customer: Replace any original equipment that came with the device.
This includes the print cartridge, the supports for trays and bins, the power cord, and the telephone
cord. It is recommended that the customer install an AC surge arrestor in the AC outlet to which this
ENWW Regulatory statements 33
device is connected. This is to avoid damage to the equipment caused by local lightning strikes and
other electrical surges.
Telephone Consumer Protection Act (United States)
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer
or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such message
clearly contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the
transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or
individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business,
other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided cannot be a 900 number or any other
number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program
this information into your facsimile, see the device user guide.
EU statement for telecom operation
This product is intended to be connected to the analog Public Switched Telecommunication
Networks (PSTN) of European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions. It meets requirements of EU
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries appropriate CE conformity marking. For more
details, see Declaration of Conformity issued by the manufacturer in another section of this manual.
However, due to differences between individual national PSTNs, the product may not guarantee
unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point. Network
compatibility depends on the correct setting being selected by the customer in preparation of its
connection to the PSTN. Please follow the instructions provided in the user manual. If you
experience network compatibility issues, please contact your equipment supplier or Hewlett-Packard
help desk in the country/region of operation. Connecting to a PSTN termination point may be the
subject of additional requirements set out by the local PSTN operator.
New Zealand telecom statements
The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has
accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no
endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of warranty. Above all, it
provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of
Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is
compatible with all of Telecom's network services.
This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to
the same line.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service.
IC CS-03 requirements
Notice: The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means the
equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational, and safety
requirements as prescribed in the appropriate Terminal Equipment Technical Requirement document
(s). The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the user's satisfaction. Before
installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible for the equipment to be
connected to the facilities of the local telecommunications company. The equipment must also be
installed using an acceptable method of connection. The customer should be aware that compliance
with the above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations. Repairs to
certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative designated by the supplier. Any
repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment. Users should
34 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone
lines, and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution can
be particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should
contact the appropriate electric inspection authority, or electrician, as appropriate. The Ringer
Equivalence Number (REN) of this device is 0.7.
Notice: The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an
indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone interface.
The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the
requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Number of all the devices does not exceed five
(5.0). The standard connecting arrangement code (telephone jack type) for equipment with direct
connections to the telephone network is CA11A.
ENWW Regulatory statements 35
Declarations of conformity
Declaration of conformity
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Manufacturer's Name: Hewlett-Packard Company
Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard,
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product
Product Name: HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one
Regulatory Model Number
3)
:
BOISB-0408-00
Product Options: ALL
conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety: IEC 60950:1999 / EN60950: 2000
IEC 60825-1:1993 + A1:1996 +A2:2001 / EN 60825-1:1994 + A11:1996 + A2:2001 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943-1995
EMC:
CISPR 22:1998 / EN 55022:1998 - Class B
1)
EN 61000-3-2:2000
EN 61000-3-3:1995\A1:2001
EN 55024:1998\A1:2001
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B
2)
/ ICES-003, Issue 3 GB9254-1998
Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and carries
the CE-Marking accordingly.
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems. Compliance testing of product to
standard with exception of Clause 9.5, which is not yet in effect.
2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the marketing
name or the product number(s).
Boise, Idaho, USA
December 1, 2004
For regulatory topics only:
Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130,
Australia,
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE /
Standards Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, D-71034, Böblingen, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho 83707-0015,
(Phone: 208-396-6000)
36 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Manufacturer's Name: Hewlett-Packard Company
Manufacturer's Address: 11311 Chinden Boulevard,
Boise, Idaho 83714-1021, USA
declares, that the product
Product Name: HP Color LaserJet 2830 and 2840 all-in-one
Regulatory Model Number
3)
:
BOISB0408-01
Product Options: ALL
conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety: IEC 60950:1999 / EN60950: 2000
IEC 60825-1:1993 + A1:1996 +A2:2001 / EN 60825-1:1994 + A11:1996 + A2:2001 (Class 1 Laser/LED Product)
GB4943-1995
EMC:
CISPR 22:1998 / EN 55022:1998 - Class B
1)
EN 61000-3-2:2000
EN 61000-3-3:1995\A1:2001
EN 55024:1998\A1:2001
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B
2)
/ ICES-003, Issue 3 GB9254-1998
TELECOM: TBR-21:1998; EG 201 121:1998
Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, the R&TTE
Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE-Marking accordingly.
1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard Personal Computer Systems. Compliance testing of product to
standard with exception of Clause 9.5, which is not yet in effect.
2) This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3) For regulatory purposes, this product is assigned a Regulatory model number. This number should not be confused with the marketing
name or the product number(s).
Boise, Idaho, USA
December 1, 2004
For regulatory topics only:
Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd.,, 31-41 Joseph Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130,
Australia,
European Contact: Your Local Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett-Packard GmbH, Department HQ-TRE /
Standards Europe, Herrenberger Strasse 140, D-71034, Böblingen, (FAX: +49-7031-14-3143)
USA Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, PO Box 15, Mail Stop 160, Boise, Idaho 83707-0015,
(Phone: 208-396-6000)
ENWW Regulatory statements 37
Declaration of conformity
Declaration of Conformity
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Country-/region-specific safety statements
Laser safety statement
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is
mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The printer is certified as a "Class 1" laser
product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance
Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968.
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and
external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
WARNING! Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than those
specified in the device user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation.
Canadian DOC statement
Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements.
«Conforme àla classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilité électromagnétiques (CEM).»
Korean EMI statement
38 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
Finnish laser statement
LASERTURVALLISUUS
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 -laserkirjoitin on käyttäjän kannalta turvallinen luokan
1 laserlaite. Normaalissa käytössä kirjoittimen suojakotelointi estää lasersäteen pääsyn
laitteen ulkopuolelle.
Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on määritetty standardin EN60825-1 (1994) mukaisesti.
VAROITUS!
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa
käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
VARNING!
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren
utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.
HUOLTO
HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 -kirjoittimen sisällä ei ole käyttäjän huollettavissa
olevia kohteita. Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu
henkilö. Tällaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota väriainekasetin vaihtamista,
paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita käyttäjän käsikirjassa lueteltuja, käyttäjän tehtäväksi
tarkoitettuja ylläpitotoimia, jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoistyökaluja.
VARO!
Mikäli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan, olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle laitteen
ollessa toiminnassa. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING!
Om laserprinterns skyddshölje öppnas då apparaten är i funktion, utsättas användaren för
osynlig laserstrålning. Betrakta ej strålen.
Tiedot laitteessa käytettävän laserdiodin säteilyominaisuuksista:
Aallonpituus 770-800 nm
Teho 5 mW
Luokan 3B laser
ENWW Regulatory statements 39
40 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW
2 Installation and operation
Chapter contents
● Operating environment
●
Interface ports
●
Control-panel features
●
Input trays
●
Output paths
●
Loading media
● HP Toolbox
●
Embedded Web server
ENWW Chapter contents 41
Operating environment
Place the device on a sturdy, level surface in a well-ventilated area that meets the following
environmental requirements:
■ Temperature: 15° to 32.5° C (59° to 90.5° F)
■ Humidity: 10 percent to 80 percent relative humidity (no condensation)
■ Away from direct sunlight, open flames, and ammonia fumes
■ With sufficient space around the device for access and ventilation
Figure 2-1 Space required
42 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
Interface ports
The device has two interface ports: a 10/100Base-T (RJ-45) network port and a Hi-Speed USB 2.0
port.
The HP Color LaserJet 2830/2840 all-in-one models also have fax ports.
1
Network port
2
High-speed USB 2.0 port
3
Fax ports (HP Color LaserJet 2830/2840 all-in-one models only)
ENWW Interface ports 43
Control-panel features
Use the following illustrations to identify the device control-panel components for your device.
Figure 2-2 HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one printer, scanner, copier
1 Alphanumeric buttons. Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the device control-panel display or
to enter copy quantity.
2 Menu and cancel controls. Use these controls to select menu options, determine the device status, and
cancel the current job.
3 Rotate carousel button and status lights. Use these controls to check device status and to rotate the
print-cartridge carousel when replacing cartridges.
4 Copy controls. Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying.
5 Scan controls. Use these controls to scan to e-mail or to a folder.
Figure 2-3 HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one printer, scanner, fax, copier
1 Fax controls. Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings.
2 Alphanumeric buttons. Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the device control-panel display
and dial telephone numbers for faxing.
3 Menu and cancel controls. Use these controls to select menu options, determine the device status, and
cancel the current job.
4 Rotate carousel button and status lights. Use these controls to check device status and to rotate the
print-cartridge carousel when replacing cartridges.
5 Copy controls. Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying.
6 Scan controls. Use these controls to scan to e-mail or to a folder.
44 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
Figure 2-4 HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one printer, scanner, fax, copier
1 Fax controls. Use the fax controls to change commonly used fax settings.
2 Alphanumeric buttons. Use the alphanumeric buttons to type data into the device control-panel display
and dial telephone numbers for faxing.
3 Menu and cancel controls. Use these controls to select menu options, determine the device status, and
cancel the current job.
4 Rotate carousel button and status lights. Use these controls to check device status and to rotate the
print-cartridge carousel when replacing cartridges.
5 Copy controls. Use these controls to change commonly used default settings and to start copying.
6 Photo and scan controls. Use these controls to print photos from a memory card, or to scan to e-mail or
to a folder.
ENWW Control-panel features 45
Input trays
The HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one comes with one or more input trays.
Table 2-1 Input tray configuration
Device model Standard input trays Optional input trays
HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one tray 1 (125-sheet) tray 2 (250-sheet)
HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one tray 1 (125-sheet) tray 2 (250-sheet)
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one tray 1 (125-sheet)
tray 2 (250-sheet)
(none)
NOTE Because tray 2 is not included with all models, it is referred to as optional tray 2 in this
document.
By default, the device draws first from tray 1. If tray 1 is empty, the device draws from optional tray 2.
46 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
Output paths
The device comes with the top output bin and rear output door for printing to a straight-through paper
path. Print jobs emerge from the top output bin when the rear output door is closed. Print jobs
emerge from the back of the device when the rear output door is open.
Top output bin
Use the top output bin when printing most jobs, including jobs on average-weight paper, letterhead,
and transparencies. The top output bin can hold up to 125 sheets. Prevent more than 125 sheets
from accumulating in the top output bin, or jams can occur.
Rear output bin
Use the rear output door (straight-through paper path) if problems occur when printing to the top
output bin, or when printing on such media as cardstock, envelopes, labels, or photo paper. Remove
each sheet as it exits the device.
Figure 2-5 Output paths
1 Top output bin
2 Rear output bin door
ENWW Output paths 47
Loading media
Load special print media, such as envelopes, labels, and transparencies, in tray 1 only.
NOTE Because tray 2 is not included for all models, it is referred to as optional tray 2 in this
documentation.
Loading tray 1
Tray 1 (the multipurpose tray) holds up to 125 sheets of paper or other print media, or it holds up to
10 envelopes.
CAUTION Avoid adding print media to tray 1 while the device is printing, or jams can occur.
Do not fan paper before loading it into trays, and avoid overloading trays.
To load tray 1
1 Open tray 1.
2 Slide out the tray extender. If the print media being loaded is longer than 23 cm (9 inches), also
open the additional tray extender.
3 Slide the media-width guides slightly wider than the print media.
48 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
4 Place print media into the tray with the side to be printed upon face-up, and the top, short edge in
first.
NOTE If you are manually duplexing, see the device user guide for loading instructions.
5 Slide the media-width guides inward until they lightly touch the print media stack on both sides
without bending it. Make sure that the print media fits under the tabs on the media-width guides.
CAUTION Wait for the device to finish printing before closing tray 1. Closing the tray
before the device finishes can cause jams.
6 On the back of the device, lower the rear output door if you are printing on special media, such
as labels, envelopes, or heavy or light paper, to prevent curl.
CAUTION Remove each page as it exits the device to avoid a jam error message.
Loading optional tray 2
Paper includes average-weight letterhead and prepunched paper. For additional information about
letterhead and prepunched paper, see the device user guide.
CAUTION Print on special print media such as labels and transparencies from tray 1 only.
Printing on special print media from optional tray 2 can cause jams. Do not fan paper before
loading it into trays, and avoid overloading trays.
ENWW Loading media 49
To load optional tray 2
1 Pull optional tray 2 out of the device and remove any paper.
2 Move the media-width guides to match the size of paper that you are loading. Optional tray 2
accepts several standard paper sizes.
3 Extend the paper-length adjustment control at the rear of the tray until the arrow on the markings
on the tray points to the size that you are loading.
4 Load the paper. If this is special paper such as letterhead, load it with the side to be printed upon
face-down and the top edge toward the front of the tray.
NOTE If you are duplexing manually, see the device user guide for loading instructions.
5 Make sure that the stack of paper is flat in the tray at all four corners, and keep it below the
height tabs on the media-length guide in the rear of the tray. Push down on the metal media-lift
plate to lock it into place.
6 Slide the tray into the device. If you set the rear of the tray to one of the longer sizes, the back of
the tray will protrude from the back of the device.
Loading documents to scan
Use these instructions to load originals into your device for scanning. For the best quality scans, use
the flatbed scanner.
50 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
To load originals onto the flatbed scanner
1 Make sure that the automatic document feeder (ADF) contains no media.
2 Lift the flatbed scanner cover.
3 Place the original document face-down on the flatbed scanner with the upper-left corner of the
document at the lower-right corner of the glass.
4 Gently close the lid.
The document is ready to be scanned.
CAUTION To prevent damaging the device, do not allow the scanner lid to fall onto the
flatbed scanner surface. Always close the scanner lid when the device is not in use.
To load originals into the automatic document feeder (ADF)
NOTE The ADF capacity is up to 50 sheets of 75 g/m
2
(20 lb) media.
The minimum size for media in the ADF is 127 by 127 mm (5 by 5 inches). For smaller sizes,
use the flatbed scanner. The maximum size for media in the ADF is 216 by 381 mm (8.5 by 15
inches).
1 Make sure that the flatbed scanner contains no media.
2 Close the flatbed scanner cover and put the top end of the stack of originals into the ADF input
tray, with the media stack face-up and the first page to be copied on top of the stack.
CAUTION To prevent damaging the device, do not use an original that contains
correction tape, correction fluid, paper clips, or staples. Also, do not load photographs,
small originals, or fragile originals into the ADF.
3 Slide the stack into the ADF until it does not move any farther.
The control panel displays the message Document Loaded.
ENWW Loading media 51
4 Adjust the media guides until they are snug against the media.
5 The document is now ready to be copied.
52 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
HP Toolbox
HP Toolbox is a Web application that you can use for the following tasks:
■ Check the device status.
■ Configure the device settings.
■ View troubleshooting information.
■ View online documentation.
NOTE HP Toolbox is not supported for Windows 98 SE, Windows Me, Windows NT, and
Macintosh operating systems (see
Software and supported operating systems). To use
HP Toolbox, you must have TCP/IP protocol installed on your computer.
NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use HP Toolbox. However, if
you click a link in the Other Links area, you must have Internet access to go to the site that is
associated with the link. See
Other links for more information.
Viewing HP Toolbox
You can view HP Toolbox when the device is directly connected to your computer or when it is
connected to the network. You must perform a complete software installation to use HP Toolbox.
To view HP Toolbox
1 Open HP Toolbox in one of these ways:
● In the Windows system tray, double-click the HP ToolboxDevice Status and Alerts icon.
● On the Windows Start menu, click Programs (or All Programs in Windows XP), click HP,
click HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840, and then click HP Toolbox.
NOTE After you open the URL, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly
in the future.
2 HP Toolbox opens in a Web browser. The HP Toolbox software contains the following sections:
●
Status tab
●
Fax tab
●
Scan to tab
●
Troubleshooting tab
●
Documentation tab
●
Device Settings pages
●
HP Toolbox links
●
Other links
ENWW HP Toolbox 53
Status tab
The Status tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ Device Status. View device status information. This page indicates device conditions such as a
jam or an empty tray. After you correct a problem with the device, click Refresh Status to update
the device status.
■ Supplies Status. View detailed supplies status such as the estimated percent of toner remaining
in the print cartridge and the number of pages that have been printed with the current print
cartridge. This page also has links to order supplies and to find recycling information.
■ Set up Status Alerts. Set up the device to send you pop-up alerts for certain events, such as
low toner levels.
■ Set up E-mail Alerts. Set up the device to send you e-mail alert messages for certain events,
such as low toner levels.
■ Device Configuration. View a detailed description of the current device configuration, including
the amount of memory installed and whether optional trays are installed.
■ Network Configuration. View a detailed description of the current network configuration,
including the IP address and network status. This link appears only if the device is connected to
a network.
■ Print Info Pages. Print the Configuration page and various other information pages that are
available for the device, such as the Supplies Status page and the Demo page.
■ Event Log. View a history of device errors. The most recent error is at the top of the list.
Fax tab
Use the Fax tab to perform fax tasks from your computer. The Fax tab contains links to the following
main pages:
■ Fax Tasks. Perform such tasks as sending a fax or clearing the fax memory, or set the fax
receive mode.
■ Fax Phone Book. Add, edit, or delete entries in the device phone book.
■ Fax Send Log. View all of the recent faxes that have been sent from the device.
■ Fax Receive Log. View all of the recent faxes that have been received by the device.
■ Fax Data Properties. Manage the space used to store faxes on your computer. These settings
apply only if you have chosen to send or receive faxes remotely from your computer.
■ Fax Reports. Print any or all of the fax reports from your computer.
■ Detailed Fax Settings. Use links to the Fax Setup Wizard or the Fax Settings tab to change
the device fax settings.
■ How Do I?. View Help topics for device fax tasks.
54 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
Scan to tab
Use the Scan to tab to set up the device S
CAN
T
O
button. The S
CAN
T
O
button allows you to scan
from the device, rather than scanning from a software program on your computer.
NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one printer, scanner, fax, copier has a S
CAN
TO
EMAIL
button that you can also set up with this tab.
The Scan to tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ Scan to E-mail or Folder. Activate or deactivate the scan-to feature. You also can add, edit, or
delete destination e-mail addresses or folders for this feature.
■ Scan Preferences. Change the scan preference settings for the device scan-to feature,
including scan resolution and file type.
■ How Do I?. View Help topics for device tasks that involve the S
CAN
T
O
or S
CAN
TO
EMAIL
(HP Color
LaserJet 2830 all-in-one only).
Troubleshooting tab
The Troubleshooting tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ Control Panel Messages. View descriptions of device control-panel messages.
■ Clearing Jams. View information about locating and clearing jams.
■ Print Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve print problems.
■ Scan Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve scan problems.
■ Copy Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve copy problems.
■ Fax Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve fax problems.
■ Memory Card Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve memory-card problems.
■ Connectivity Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve networking problems.
■ Troubleshooting Tools. Employ such troubleshooting tools as a cleaning page or a color
troubleshooting page to maintain the device.
■ Animated Demonstrations. View animated Help demonstrations for the device.
Documentation tab
The Documentation tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ Print: How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for print problems.
■ Fax: How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for fax problems.
■ Copy: How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for copy problems.
■ Scan: How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for scan problems.
ENWW HP Toolbox 55
■ Photo: How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for memory-card problems.
■ Network: How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for network problems.
■ Other: How Do I? View the How Do I? Help for other device problems.
■ User Guide. View information about the device usage, warranty, specifications, and support that
you are currently reading. The device User Guide is available in both HTML and PDF format.
■ Readme. View important information about the device that is not available in the device user
guide. The late-breaking readme contains last-minute information about the device (in English
only).
Device Settings pages
When you click the Device Settings button, HP Toolbox displays the device settings available for
your device. The Device Settings screen has the following tabs:
■ System Settings
■ Print Settings
■ Fax Settings
■ Copy Settings
■ Network Settings
NOTE Printer driver settings can override settings that are made in HP Toolbox.
System Settings tab
The System Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ Device Information. View information about the device, such as the device description and a
contact person.
■ Paper Handling. Change the device paper-handling settings, such as default paper size and
default paper type.
■ Print Quality. Change the device print-quality settings, such as color calibration and grayscale
printing.
■ Print Density. Change the device print-density settings, such as contrast and shadows.
■ Print Modes. Change the device mode settings for a each media type, such as letterhead,
prepunched, or glossy paper.
■ System Setup. Change the device system settings, such as device language and jam recovery.
■ Volumes. Change the device volume settings, such as the telephone line (HP Color LaserJet
2830/2840 all-in-one models only) and alarm volumes.
■ Date/Time. Change the device date and time settings.
■ Service. Gain access to various procedures required to maintain the device.
56 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
■ Device Polling. Change the device polling settings, which determine how often HP Toolbox
collects data from the device.
■ Save/Restore Settings. Save the current settings for the device to a file on your computer. Use
this file to load the same settings onto another device or to restore these settings to this device at
a later time.
Print Settings tab
The Print Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ Printing. Change the default device print settings, such as number of copies and paper
orientation.
■ PCL6. View and change the PCL6 settings.
■ PostScript. View and change the PS settings.
■ Memory Card. View and change the default device memory-card settings (HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only).
Fax Settings tab
The Fax Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ General. Change such basic fax settings as the fax header and error reporting.
■ Fax Send. Change such fax send settings as resolution and redial.
■ Fax Receive. Change such fax receive settings as the answer mode and the fit-to-page option.
■ Fax Setup Wizard. Start the Fax Setup Wizard to set up the device fax settings.
Copy Settings tab
The Copy Settings tab contains links to the following main pages:
■ Copy. Change such default copy settings as number of copies and contrast.
■ Reduce/Enlarge. Change the reduction-enlargement settings for the device.
Network Settings tab
NOTE The Network Settings tab appears only if the device is connected to a network.
The network administrator can use the Network Settings tab to control the network-related settings
for the device when it is connected to an IP-based network.
ENWW HP Toolbox 57
HP Toolbox links
The HP Toolbox links at the left of the screen provide links to the following options:
■ Select a device. Select from all of the HP Toolbox-enabled devices.
■ View current alerts. View the current alerts for all devices that have been set up. (You must be
printing to view the current alerts.)
■ Text only page. View HP Toolbox as a site map that links to text-only pages.
Other links
This section contains links that connect you to the Internet. You must have Internet access in order
to use any of these links. If you use a dial-up connection and did not connect when you first opened
HP Toolbox, you must connect before you can visit these Web sites. Connecting might require that
you close HP Toolbox and reopen it.
■ HP Instant Support. View the HP Instant Support Web site.
■ Product Registration. View the HP product registration Web site.
■ Order Supplies. Order device supplies at the HP Web site.
■ Product Support. View the support site for the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one. At
the site, you can search for help with a specific problem.
58 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
Embedded Web server
This device is equipped with an embedded Web server, which allows access to information about
device and network activities. A Web server provides an environment in which web programs may
run, much in the same way that an operating system, such as Windows, provides an environment for
programs to run on your computer. The output from these programs can then be displayed by a Web
browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer, Safari, or Netscape Navigator.
An embedded Web server resides on a hardware device (such as a printer) or in firmware, rather
than as software that is loaded on a network server.
The advantage of an embedded Web server is that it provides an interface to the device that anyone
with a network-connected computer and a standard Web browser can access. There is no special
software to install or configure, but you must have a supported Web browser on your computer. To
access the embedded Web server, type the IP address for the device in the address line of the
browser. (To find the IP address, print a Configuration page. For more information about printing a
Configuration page, see
Configuration page.
NOTE For Macintosh operating systems, you can use the EWS over a USB connection.
Features
The HP embedded Web server allows you to view device and network card status and manage
printing functions from your computer. With the HP embedded Web server, you can do the following:
■ View device status information
■ Determine the remaining life on all supplies and order new ones
■ View and change tray configurations
■ View and change the device control-panel menu configuration
■ View and print internal pages
■ Add or customize links to other Web sites
■ Select the language in which to display the embedded Web server pages
■ View and change network configuration
■ View support content that is device-specific and specific to the current device state
ENWW Embedded Web server 59
60 Chapter 2 Installation and operation ENWW
3 Maintenance
Chapter contents
● Life expectancies of components
●
Cleaning the device
●
Managing supplies
ENWW Chapter contents 61
Life expectancies of components
Inspect supplies when you service the device. Replace components as needed, based on failure or
wear, rather than on usage.
The following table lists approximate schedules for replacing supplies.
Table 3-1 Life expectancies of components
Description Part number Estimated life (in number
of pages at 5 percent
coverage
1
)
Remarks
Print cartridge, black (user
replaceable)
Q3960-67901
Q3960-67902 (EMEA)
5,000
Print cartridge, cyan (user
replaceable)
Q3971-67901
Q3971-67902 (EMEA)
2,000
Print cartridge, cyan (user
replaceable)
Q3961-67901
Q3961-67902 (EMEA)`
4,000 High-capacity cartridge
Print cartridge, yellow (user
replaceable)
Q3972-67901
Q3972-67902 (EMEA)
2,000
Print cartridge, yellow (user
replaceable)
Q3962-67901
Q3962-67902 (EMEA)
4,000 High-capacity cartridge
Print cartridge, magenta
(user replaceable)
Q3973-67901
Q3973-67902 (EMEA)
2,000
Print cartridge, magenta
(user replaceable)
Q3963-67901
Q3963-67902 (EMEA)
4,000 High-capacity cartridge
Imaging drum Q3964-67901 20,000 (black only)
5,000 (color)
The average life is 6,000 to
8,000 pages.
Transfer roller
RF5-4067-000CN 100,000 Can affect print quality and
paper movement.
Device pickup roller
RB3-0160-000CN 100,000 Look for glazing and/or
cracks.
Device separation pad
RF5-4012-000 100,000 Can affect document
movement.
Fuser assembly, 110-127 V)
RG5-7602-000 100,000 Can affect print quality and
document movement.
Fuser assembly, 220-240 V) RG5-7603-000 100,000 Can affect print quality and
document movement.
Separation pad, optional
tray 2
RB2-9960-000 100,000 Can affect document
movement.
ADF pickup roller Q3948-67903 50,000 Can affect document
movement.
62 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
Description Part number Estimated life (in number
of pages at 5 percent
coverage
1
)
Remarks
ADF separation pad Q3948-67904 50,000 Can affect document
movement.
ADF assembly Q3948–60189 50,000
Scanning assembly Q3948–60191 50,000
1
The estimated print-cartridge life is based on letter- or A4-sized paper with an average of 5% toner coverage and a
medium density setting.
Table 3-1 Life expectancies of components (continued)
ENWW Life expectancies of components 63
Cleaning the device
Cleaning the device exterior and scanner
The section contains information about cleaning the device exterior and scanner.
To clean the exterior
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the exterior of the device.
To clean the scanner glass
Dirty glass, from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and so on, slows down performance and affects the
accuracy of special features such as fit-to-page and copy.
NOTE If streaks or other defects appear only on copies produced using the automatic
document feeder (ADF), clean the scanner strip (step 3). It is not necessary to clean the
scanner glass.
1 Turn off the device, unplug the power cord from the electrical socket, and raise the lid.
2 Clean the glass by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass
cleaner.
CAUTION Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the device; these can damage the device. Do not place liquids
directly on the glass. They might seep under it and damage the device.
3 Clean the scanner strip by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with
nonabrasive glass cleaner.
4 To prevent spotting, dry the glass by using a chamois or cellulose sponge.
64 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
To clean the lid backing
Minor debris can accumulate on the white document lid backing that is located under the flatbed
scanner cover.
1 Turn off the device, unplug the power cord from the electrical socket, and raise the lid.
2 Clean the white document lid backing by using a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened
with a mild soap and warm water. Also, clean the scanner strip next to the ADF scanner glass.
3 Wash the backing gently to loosen debris; do not scrub the backing.
4 Dry the backing by using a chamois or soft cloth.
CAUTION Do not use paper-based wipes because they might scratch the backing.
5 If this does not clean the backing well enough, repeat the previous steps and use isopropyl
alcohol to dampen the cloth or sponge, and then wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth
to remove any residual alcohol.
Cleaning the paper path
During the printing process, paper, toner and dust particles can accumulate inside the device. Over
time, this buildup can cause print-quality problems such as toner specks or smearing. This device
has a cleaning mode that can correct and prevent these types of problems.
ENWW Cleaning the device 65
To clean the paper path from HP Toolbox
Use HP Toolbox to clean the paper path. This is the recommended cleaning method. If you do not
have access to HP Toolbox, use the method in
To clean the paper path from the device control panel.
1 Make sure that the device is turned on and in the Ready state.
2 Open HP Toolbox.
3 On the Troubleshooting tab, click Maintenance, click Cleaning Page and then click Print. A
page with a pattern prints from the device.
4 At the device, remove any print media that might be in tray 1.
5 Remove the page that printed and load it face-down into tray 1.
6 At the computer, click Clean.
To clean the paper path from the device control panel
If you do not have access to HP Toolbox, you can print and use a cleaning page from the device
control panel.
1 Press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to find the Service menu.
3 Press E
NTER
.
4 Use the < or the > button to find Cleaning Mode.
5 Press E
NTER
.
6 Load plain letter or A4 paper when you are prompted.
7 Press E
NTER
again to confirm and begin the cleaning process.
A page feeds through the device slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
Cleaning the pickup roller
If the device regularly picks up multiple sheets of media at one time or picks up no sheets at all,
clean or replace the pickup roller. Before replacing the pickup roller, try to clean it. To clean the
pickup roller, use the following instructions.
NOTE If the device does not pick up media from the tray, the cause is almost always a dirty
or damaged pickup roller. If cleaning the pickup roller does not resolve the problem, replace
the pickup roller. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad for instructions.
1 Turn off the device, and then unplug the power cord.
2 Remove the pickup roller. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad.
3 Dampen a lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol, and scrub the roller.
66 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
4 Using a dry lint-free cloth, wipe the pickup roller to remove loosened dirt.
Figure 3-1 Cleaning the pickup roller (1 of 2)
5 Allow the pickup roller to dry completely, and then reinstall it in the device.
Figure 3-2 Cleaning the pickup roller (2 of 2)
6 Reconnect the device power cord, and then turn on the device.
Cleaning the separation pad
1
Turn off the device, and then unplug the power cord.
2 Remove the separation pad. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad.
3 Dampen a lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol, and scrub the separation pad.
4 Reinstall the separation pad.
5 Plug in the device, and then turn on the device.
ENWW Cleaning the device 67
Managing supplies
For warranty information about these supplies, see Print Cartridge and Imaging Drum Limited
Warranty Statement.
Supplies life
The life of the imaging drum depends on the number of black-only or color pages that print jobs
require. Imaging-drum life is also affected each time the device calibrates because calibrating causes
the imaging drum to rotate. Imaging-drum life is measured in terms of number of rotations rather than
number of pages printed.
The type and length of print jobs also affects drum life. A series of short print jobs uses more drum
life than an equivalent number of pages printed in a single large job. To extend drum life, print
multiple copies of a print job at one time rather than sending the same job to the device multiple times.
The life of a print cartridge depends on the amount of toner that print jobs require. When printing text
at 5% coverage, black print cartridges last an average of 5,000 pages and cyan, magenta, and
yellow print cartridges last an average of 2,000 pages. High-capacity cyan, magenta, and yellow print
cartridges last an average of 4,000 pages. (A typical business letter has 5% coverage.)
Checking and ordering supplies
You can check the supplies status by using the device control panel, printing a Supplies Status page,
or viewing HP Toolbox. Hewlett-Packard recommends that you place an order for a replacement
print cartridge when you first receive the Low message for a print cartridge. The Low message
indicates that approximately two weeks of life remain. When you use a new, authentic HP print
cartridge or imaging drum, you can obtain the following types of supplies information:
■
Amount of cartridge or drum life remaining
■ Estimated number of pages that can be printed
■ Number of pages printed
■ Other supplies information
NOTE If the device is connected to the network, you can set HP Toolbox to notify you by e-
mail when a print cartridge is low or the imaging drum is near the end of its useful life. If the
device is directly connected to a computer, you can set HP Toolbox to notify you when
supplies are low.
To check status and order supplies using the control panel
Do one of the following:
■ Check the messages on the device control panel. These messages indicate when a print
cartridge or the imaging drum is low or empty. The control panel also indicates when a non-
HP print cartridge is first installed. See
Control-panel messages.
■ Print a Supplies Status page. Check the supplies levels on the Supplies Status page.
If the supplies levels are low, you can order supplies through your local HP dealer, by telephone, or
online. See
Parts and diagrams for part numbers. See www.hp.com/go/ljsupplies to order online.
68 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
To check status and order supplies using the HP Toolbox
You can configure the HP Toolbox to notify you when the supplies are low. You can choose to
receive alerts by e-mail or as a pop-up message or taskbar icon. To order supplies by using the
HP Toolbox, in the Other Links area, click Order supplies.
For more information, see
Other links.
Storing supplies
Follow these guidelines for storing print cartridges and the imaging drum:
■ Do not remove the print cartridge or imaging drum from its package until you are ready to use it.
CAUTION To prevent damage, do not expose the print cartridge or imaging drum to light
for more than a few minutes.
■ See Table 1-6 Environmental specifications for operating- and storage-temperature ranges.
■ Store the supply in a horizontal position.
■ Store the supply in a dark, dry location away from heat and magnetic sources.
Replacing and recycling supplies
To install a new HP print cartridge or imaging drum, follow the instructions included in the box that
contains the new supply, or see the device getting started guide.
To recycle supplies, place the used supply in the box in which the new supply arrived. Use the
enclosed return label to send the used supply to HP for recycling. For complete information, see the
recycling guide that is included with each new HP supply item. See
HP Printing Supplies Returns
and Recycling Program information for more information about HP's recycling program.
HP policy for non-HP supplies
Hewlett-Packard Company cannot recommend the use of non-HP supplies, either new or
remanufactured. Because they are not HP products, HP cannot influence their design or control their
quality. Service or repairs that are required as a result of using a non-HP supply will not be covered
under the device warranty.
When you insert a supply into the device, the device informs you if the supply is not a genuine
HP supply. If you insert a genuine HP supply that has reached the low state from another HP device,
the device identifies the supply as non-HP. Simply return the supply to the original device to
reactivate HP features and functionality.
Resetting the device for non-HP supplies
When you install a non-HP print cartridge or imaging drum, the light next to the print cartridge or
imaging drum you replaced blinks and the Attention light is on. In order to print with this supply, you
must press C
ANCEL
the first time you install this non-HP supply. The control-panel display will not
indicate when this type of supply is low or empty.
CAUTION The device will not stop printing when a non-HP supply is empty. Device damage
can occur if the device attempts to print with an empty print cartridge or imaging drum.
ENWW Managing supplies 69
HP fraud hotline
Call the HP fraud hotline if the supplies status lights indicate that the print cartridge or imaging drum
is not an HP product and you think that it is genuine. Hewlett-Packard will help determine if the
product is genuine and take steps to resolve the problem.
Your print cartridge or imaging drum might not be a genuine HP product if you notice the following
issues:
■ You are experiencing a large number of problems with the print cartridge or imaging drum.
■ The print cartridge or imaging drum does not look like an HP product usually does (for example,
the pull tab or the box is different).
In the United States, call toll-free: 877-219-3183.
Outside the United States, you can call collect. Dial the operator and ask to place a collect call to this
telephone number: 770-263-4745. If you do not speak English, a representative at the HP fraud
hotline who speaks your language will assist you. Or, if someone who speaks your language is not
available, a language line interpreter will connect approximately one minute after the beginning of the
call. The language line interpreter is a service that translates between you and the representative for
the HP fraud hotline.
70 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW
4 Theory of operation
Chapter contents
● Introduction
●
Engine control system
●
Laser/scanner system
●
Pickup and feed system
●
Image-formation system
●
Scanner and ADF functions and operation
● Fax functions and operation
ENWW Chapter contents 71
Introduction
This chapter presents an overview of the relationships between major components in the device, and
includes a detailed discussion of the image-formation system. The following systems are discussed:
■ Engine control system
■ Laser/scanner system
■ Pickup and feed system
■ Image-formation system
■ Scanner and ADF functions and operation
■ Fax functions and operation
NOTE The service CD-ROM contains sound files of normal device operations. Refer to
those files if you are in doubt of what a "normal" device should sound like.
72 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
ENWW Introduction 73
Figure 4-1 Cross-section of the device
74 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Table 4-1 Device systems
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Laser/scanner RG5-6890-000CN
2 Developing cylinder roll (contained in print cartridge)
3 Photosensitive drum (contained in imaging drum)
4 Primary charging roller (contained in imaging drum)
5 Imaging drum Q3964A
6 Transfer belt (contained in imaging drum)
7 Density sensor RH7-7158-000CN
8 Primary transfer roller (contained in imaging drum)
9 Transfer-belt cleaning roller (contained in imaging drum)
10 Registration shutter (contained in registration roller
assembly)
11 Pickup roller RG5-6952-000CN
12 Tray 1 RG5-7601-000CN
13 Separation pad RF5-4012-000CN
14 Registration roller RG5-6939-000CN
15 Secondary transfer roller RF5-4067-000CN
16 Auxiliary transfer-belt cleaning roller (contained in imaging drum)
17 Feed belts (8) RB3-0063-000CN
18 Carousel RG5-7587-000CN
19 Print cartridge (several; see
Table 7-2
Accessories for part numbers)
20 Fusing film (contained in fuser)
21 Pressure roller (contained in fuser)
22 Fuser delivery roller (contained in fuser)
23 Face-down delivery rollers RG5-7595-000CN (lower) and
RG5-7637-000CN (upper)
ENWW Introduction 75
Engine control system
The engine control system coordinates all device functions. It drives the laser/scanner system, the
image formation system, and the pickup and feed system.
The engine control system contains the following components:
■ DC controller
■ High-voltage power-supply PCA
■ Low-voltage power unit:
■ Fuser-control circuit
■ Low-voltage power-supply PCA
Figure 4-2 Engine control system (includes the basic configuration of the device)
Basic sequence of operation
Operation sequences are controlled by the CPU in the DC controller in the engine control system.
Table 4-2 Basic sequence of operation describes engine operations for each period of a print
operation.
Table 4-2 Basic sequence of operation
Period Duration Purpose Remarks
WAIT (wait)
From the time the power
switch is turned on until
transfer-belt cleaning is
complete.
Clears potential from the
drum surface and cleans the
transfer belt.
See Figure 4-3 Power-on
sequence for a complete
description of the WAIT
(power-on) period.
STBY (standby)
From the end of the WAIT or
LSTR period until either a
print command is sent from
the formatter or the power is
turned off.
Prepares the device to
receive print commands.
INTR (initial rotation)
From the time of the print
command until detection of
the HP1 (transfer-belt home-
Prepares the photosensitive
drum for printing.
76 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Period Duration Purpose Remarks
position detection) signal for
the first color.
PRINT (print)
From the end of the INTR
period until detection of the
transfer-belt home-position
signal for the secondary
transfer.
Forms the image on the
photosensitive drum and
transfers the toner image to
the transfer belt.
LSTR (last rotation)
From the end of the PRINT
period until the main motor
stops rotating.
Transfers the toner image
on the transfer belt to the
media and delivers the
printed media.
After LSTR, the device
returns to STBY.
Table 4-2 Basic sequence of operation (continued)
ENWW Engine control system 77
Power-on sequence
The power-on sequence is represented by the flowchart in Figure 4-3 Power-on sequence.
Figure 4-3 Power-on sequence
78 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Motors and fans
Figure 4-4 Motors and fans
Table 4-3 Motors and fans
Reference Description Part number
1 Engaging motor RH7-1629-000CN
2 Developing-rotary motor RH7-1651-000CN
3 Toner-cartridge motor RH7-1625-000CN
4 Fuser motor RH7-1628-000CN
5 Main motor RH7-4063-000CN
6 Cooling fan RH7-1630-000CN
ENWW Engine control system 79
Laser/scanner system
The laser/scanner system receives video signals from the DC controller, and then it converts the
signals into latent images on the photosensitive drum. The DC controller controls the laser/scanner.
Figure 4-5 Laser/scanner system
80 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Pickup and feed system
The pickup and feed system consists of several types of feed rollers and sensors. The DC controller
drives the paper and feed system by controlling two motors, two clutches, and the solenoid.
Two photo-interrupters (PS1 and PS711) detect media as it passes. If media does not reach or pass
each sensor within the specified time period, the DC controller determines that a jam has occurred
and alerts the video controller circuit.
The following components are identified in
Figure 4-6 Pickup and feed system:
■
PS1 fusing-delivery paper sensor
■
PS711 registration paper sensor
■
PS718 tray 1 (multipurpose tray) paper sensor
■
PS720 fuser wrap-jam sensor
■
DCM701 main motor
■ PM702 fuser motor
■
SL92 tray 1 pickup solenoid
■
CL1 registration clutch
■ CL2 roller-engaging clutch
ENWW Pickup and feed system 81
Figure 4-6 Pickup and feed system
82 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Optional tray 2
The DC controller drives the optional tray 2 operation sequence. It signals the driver PCA in optional
tray 2 (250-sheet paper tray). In optional tray 2, the device main motor drives the tray solenoids.
The following components are identified in
Figure 4-7 Optional tray 2 (250-sheet paper tray):
■
DCM701 gear-train motor (device)
■
SL9 pickup solenoid (optional tray 2)
■ PS716 paper sensor (optional tray 2)
■ PS717 paper-feed sensor
Figure 4-7 Optional tray 2 (250-sheet paper tray)
ENWW Pickup and feed system 83
Jam detection
The registration sensor (PS711) and the fuser sensor (PS1) detect media that is moving through the
device. If a jam is detected, the DC controller immediately stops the printing process and sends a
message to the video controller circuit.
A jam can be detected under any of the following conditions:
■ Pickup delay jam. The leading edge of the print media does not reach the registration sensor
(PS711) within 1.1 seconds (tray 1) or 1.7 seconds (optional tray 2).
■ Pickup stationary jam. The registration clutch is on, and the registration sensor (PS711) does not
detect the trailing edge of the media within 3.4 seconds after the start of a re-pickup operation.
■ Fuser wrap-jam. The main CPU detects media inside the fuser front sensor (PS720) when the
power is turned on or after the top cover is closed.
■ Delivery delay jam. The registration clutch is on, and the fuser-delivery sensor (PS1) does not
detect the leading edge of the media within 2.3 seconds after the start of a re-pickup operation.
■ Delivery stationary jam. The leading edge of media does not pass the fuser-delivery sensor
(PS1) within 2.4 seconds after it has passed the registration sensor (PS711).
■ Door-open jam. The main CPU detects that the top cover is open during a print operation.
■ Residual jam. The main CPU detects one or more of the following conditions:
■ Power is turned on.
■ The device door is closed after a jam occurrence.
■ The registration sensor (PS711) and fusing-delivery sensor (PS1) detect media.
■ Paper pickup failure. The sensor (PS717) near the feed roller does not detect media moving
through the device.
84 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Photosensors and switches
Figure 4-8 Photosensors and switches (1 of 2)
Figure 4-9 Photosensors and switches (2 of 2)
Table 4-4 Photosensors and switches
Reference Table (item
number)
Description Part number
1 7-17 (23) Tray 1 sensor WG8–5593–000CN
2 7-14 (A21)
Roller-engaging sensor
1
RG5-7579-000CN
3 7-15 (A62)
Developing-rotary-engaging sensor
1
RG5-7589-000CN
4 7-17 (A14)
Fuser-delivery sensor
1
RG3-7602-000CN (110 V)
RG5-7608-000CN (220 V)
5 7-17 (38) Front fuser-detection sensor WG8-5593-000CN
6 7-10 (9) Door-open detection switch RH7-6051-000CN
ENWW Pickup and feed system 85
Reference Table (item
number)
Description Part number
7 7-18
Power switch
1
RH3-2260-000CN (110 V)
RH3-2261-000CN (220 V)
1
This part can be ordered only as part of an assembly. The part number listed is the part number for the assembly.
Table 4-4 Photosensors and switches (continued)
86 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Solenoids and clutches
Figure 4-10 Solenoids
Table 4-5 Solenoids
Reference Table (item
number)
Description Part number
1 7-16 (3)
Developing-rotary-stopper solenoid
1
RG5-7842-000CN
2 7-8 (16) Tray 1 pickup solenoid RH7-5383-000CN
1
This part can be ordered only as part of an assembly. The part number listed is the part number for the assembly.
Figure 4-11 Clutches
ENWW Pickup and feed system 87
Table 4-6 Clutches
Reference Table (item
number)
Description Part number
1 7-14 (3) Roller-engaging clutch RH7-5335-000CN
2 7-9 (10) Registration clutch RH7-5389-000CN
88 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Printed circuit assemblies
Figure 4-12 Printed circuit assemblies (1 of 2)
Figure 4-13 Printed circuit assemblies (2 of 2)
Table 4-7 Printed circuit assemblies
Reference Table (item
number)
Description Part number
1 7-18 (8) Developing-rotary/toner-level detection PCA RG5-7609-000CN
2 7-18 (1) Transfer-belt home-position detection PCA RG5-7612-000CN
3 7-18 (5) Waste-toner-detection PCA RG5-7648-000CN
4 7-18 (7) Density-detection PCA RH7-7158-000CN
5 7-18 (6) Registration-detection PCA RG5-7613-000CN
6 7-18 (2) DC controller RG5-7646-000CN
7 7-18 (9) Sub high-voltage power-supply PCA RG5-7616-000CN
8 7-18 (4) High-voltage power-supply PCA RG5-7647-000CN
9 7-18 (3) Power supply RH3-2260-000CN (110 V)
ENWW Pickup and feed system 89
Reference Table (item
number)
Description Part number
RH3-2261–000CN (220 V)
Table 4-7 Printed circuit assemblies (continued)
90 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Image-formation system
The image-formation system, which forms a toner image on media, consists of several
interdependent systems:
■
Electrostatic latent-image-formation system
■
Developing system
■
Transfer block
■
Fuser
■ Transfer belt cleaning block
■
Imaging drum (with ITB)
■ Photosensitive drum
ENWW Image-formation system 91
Figure 4-14 Image-formation system
92 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Image-formation process
Laser printing requires the interaction of several different technologies including electronics, optics,
and electrophotographics to produce a printed page. Each process functions independently and must
be coordinated with the other device processes. Image formation consists of the following five
processes:
1 Latent-image formation
2 Developing
3 Image transfer
4 Fusing
5 Transfer-belt cleaning
The five processes are divided into twelve steps, which are shown in the Image-formation process
graphic and are described in the following sections.
Figure 4-15 Image-formation process
ENWW Image-formation system 93
Latent-image-formation stage
Step 1: primary charging
A DC bias is applied to the primary charging roller, which transfers a uniform negative potential to the
photosensitive drum.
Figure 4-16 Primary charging
Step 2: laser-beam exposure
The laser beam scans the photosensitive drum to neutralize negative charges on parts of the drum.
An electrostatic latent image is formed on the drum where negative charges were neutralized.
Figure 4-17 Laser-beam exposure
94 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Developing stage
The developing cylinder comes in contact with the photosensitive drum to deposit toner onto the
electrostatic latent image.
NOTE The charges on the exposed area on the drum are shown as positive in Figure 4-18
Developing block. The charges are actually negative, but they are more positive than the
charges on the developing cylinder.
Figure 4-18 Developing block
Step 3: auxiliary developing
The DC bias applied to the blade imports a uniform negative potential to the toner.
Step 4: developing
Toner acquires a negative charge through friction from the developing cylinder and the blade. When
the negatively charged toner comes in contact with the drum, the toner adheres to the electrostatic
latent image. The image on the drum becomes visible because of the toner.
Figure 4-19 Developing
ENWW Image-formation system 95
Transfer stage
Step 5: primary transfer
The primary transfer roller, to which a DC positive bias is applied, imparts a positive charge on the
transfer belt. The negatively charged toner on the drum is transferred to the positively charged
transfer belt. This procedure is repeated for each color (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black).
The DC positive bias is increased for each successive color to make sure that all of the colors
adhere to the transfer belt.
Figure 4-20 Primary transfer
Step 6: secondary transfer
The secondary transfer roller, to which a DC positive bias is applied, imparts a positive charge to the
print media. When the print media comes in contact with the transfer belt, the toner is transferred to
the print media.
NOTE When secondary transfer is complete, a DC negative bias is applied to the secondary
transfer roller to prevent toner on the transfer belt from adhering to the secondary transfer
roller.
96 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Figure 4-21 Secondary transfer
Step 7: separation
The elasticity of the print media causes it to separate from the transfer belt. A static charge eliminator
aids separation by weakening any electrostatic adhesion.
Figure 4-22 Separation
ENWW Image-formation system 97
Fusing stage
The heat of the fuser bonds the toner to the media.
Step 8: fusing
The DC negative bias applied to the fusing film strengthens the holding force of the toner on the print
media and prevents the toner from scattering.
Figure 4-23 Fusing
Step 9: roller charging (auxiliary transfer belt cleaning roller)
During secondary transfer, not all of the toner on the transfer belt is transferred to the print media.
Toner that remains on the belt is called "residual toner."
The auxiliary transfer belt cleaning roller, to which a DC positive bias is applied, imparts a positive
charge to the residual toner, strengthening its hold on the transfer belt. This prevents toner from
falling off of the transfer belt and scattering in the device.
Figure 4-24 Roller charging (auxiliary transfer belt cleaning roller)
98 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Step 10: roller charging (transfer-belt cleaning roller)
The transfer-belt cleaning roller, to which a DC positive bias is applied, imparts a positive charge to
the residual toner on the transfer belt. This positive charge is stronger than the positive charge
applied in step 8, so the earlier charge now behaves like a negative charge.
Figure 4-25 Roller charging (transfer-belt cleaning roller)
Step 11: transfer belt cleaning
A DC positive bias is applied to the transfer belt to produce a difference in potential between the belt
and the photosensitive drum. This causes residual toner to transfer to the drum.
ENWW Image-formation system 99
Figure 4-26 Transfer-belt cleaning
Step 12: drum cleaning
The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off of the photosensitive drum, where the waste toner
screws collect the toner and deposit it into the waste toner case.
100 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Figure 4-27 Drum cleaning
ENWW Image-formation system 101
Print cartridge
The device has four print cartridges: yellow, magenta, cyan, and black. Each print cartridge contains
a developing cylinder, toner-feed roller, and stirrer. The developer motor rotates these parts so that
each print cartridge can use toner to form a visible image on the drum.
The carousel motor rotates the E-label reader, which communicates E-label information to the DC
controller.
The developing rotary/toner level detection PCA uses an LED (light emitter) and a photodiode (light
receiver) to determine the toner level in each print cartridge.
Figure 4-28 Print cartridge
102 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Imaging-drum E-label
The E-label is nonvolatile memory, which is built into the imaging drum and stores usage information.
When the imaging drum is installed in the device, the E-label makes constant contact with the E-label
reader. The E-label reader sends memory information to the DC controller, which updates the
information and sends it back to the E-label.
The DC controller instructs the E-label to read information when:
■ The device is turned on.
■ The top cover is closed.
■ A command is sent from the video controller.
The DC controller instructs the E-label to write information when:
■ A specified period occurs during printing.
■ A command is sent from the video controller.
If the E-label reader fails to read or write information four times in a row, the DC controller notifies the
video controller that an abnormality exists in the imaging drum.
Figure 4-29 Print-cartridge E-label
ENWW Image-formation system 103
Scanner and ADF functions and operation
The following sections describe how the document scanner and the automatic document feeder
(ADF) function.
Scanner functions
The scanner uses a light source, a color-separation method, and a charge-coupled device array
(CCD) to collect optical information about the document and transform that into an image file. The
scanner consists of these elements:
■ A lamp (cold-cathode fluorescent lamp)
■ Five mirrors and a lens
■ A CCD
Figure 4-30 Optical system
The scanner lamp illuminates a small strip of the document (called the raster line). The mirrors direct
the light through the lens to the CCD. The CCD senses and records the light, creating an analog
representation of the raster line. If the ADF is being used, the document then advances in the ADF to
the next raster line. If the flatbed is being used, the scanner module advances to the next raster line.
This advancing and collection process continues to the end of the sheet.
The image data is collected in the motor controller board, where it is processed and sent to the
formatter. The formatter then handles the image data, outputting it as a copy, sending it through the
LIU as a fax , or directing it to the computer as scanner output.
The image data collected is 600 pixels per inch (ppi). Each pixel has 8 bits for each of the three
colors (256 gray scale levels for each color) or a total of 24 bits per pixel (24-bit color).
Scanner operation
At startup and periodically at other times, the scanner assembly moves systematically to locate its
home position. It then calibrates to a white strip located under the glass at the right end of the scan
tub.
104 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
If the product detects a document in the ADF when a copy or scan is initiated (from the software or
the control panel), the scan module moves to the left side of the scan tub and stops. The image is
acquired as the paper is fed through the ADF past the scanner module.
If no document is detected in the ADF, or if the model does not have an ADF, the scan module
acquires the image from the flatbed glass while slowly moving within the scan tub.
ADF operation
Standby (paper-loading) mode: In standby mode, the pickup roller is up and the stack-stop is
down, preventing the user from inserting the original document too far. When a document is inserted
correctly, the paper-present sensor detects its presence.
The standard operation of the ADF consists of the pick, feed, and lift steps.
Pick: When it receives a copy or scan command, the ADF motor engages the gear train to lower the
pickup-roller assembly and raise the stack-stop. The first roller, called the pre-pick roller, moves the
top few sheets forward into the ADF. The next roller is the pickup roller. This roller contacts the ADF
separation pad, which separates multiple pages into single sheets.
Feed: The single sheet continues through the path. Along the way, the form sensor, which is a set
distance from the ADF glass, detects the sheet. This alerts the scanner to start when the page
reaches the glass. The scanner acquires the image, one raster line at a time, until it detects the end
of the page. The page is then ejected. The pick and feed steps are repeated as long as paper is
detected in the ADF input tray.
Lift: When no more paper is detected in the ADF input tray and the form sensor detects the trailing
edge of the last page, the last sheet is ejected and the motor turns in a sequence that lifts the pick
roller assembly to standby (paper-loading) mode again.
The ADF will not function when the ADF lid is open. The paper path is incomplete if the ADF lid is
lifted from the glass.
ADF paper path and ADF sensors
The following diagram shows the ADF paper path.
PAGE EJECTS FULLY
OUTPUT AREA
ADF glass
Prescan rollers
INPUT TRAY
Form sensor
Postscan
rollers
Pre-pick roller
Picks top sheet
Stack stop
Pick roller
Paper present sensor
ADF door
open flag
Separation pad
Cleanout
Figure 4-31 ADF paper path
ENWW Scanner and ADF functions and operation 105
The paper-present sensor determines if paper is in the ADF. The form sensor detects the top and
bottom edges of the document. One other sensor detects an open ADF door.
ADF jam detection
The ADF has two sensors that detect paper. The paper-present sensor detects the presence of
media in the ADF input tray. The form sensor detects media moving through the ADF. If a jam is
detected, the ADF immediately stops the paper feeding and a jam message appears on the control-
panel display.
A jam can be detected under any of the following conditions:
■ Document-feeder jam—When documents are detected in the ADF input tray, and a command
to copy, scan or fax is received, the scan module travels to the left side of the scan assembly
and stops beneath the ADF scanner glass. The ADF then attempts three times, or for about ten
seconds, to advance the paper to the form sensor. If the paper does not advance, the scan
module travels back to the home position on the right side of the scanner assembly. The
message Document feeder mispick. Reload. appears on the control-panel display.
■ Long-document jam—If the paper has advanced to trigger the form sensor, but the trailing edge
is not detected within the time allowed for a 381-mm (15-inch) document (the maximum
allowable page length for the ADF), the scanner returns to the home position at the right side of
the scanner assembly. The message Doc feeder jam. Clear, Reload. appears on the control-
panel display.
■ Stall jam—When a page that is less than 381 mm (15 inches) long has advanced to the form
sensor but has not left it within the expected time, the paper has probably stalled or jammed. The
scanner returns to the home position at the right side of the scanner assembly. The message
Doc feeder jam. Clear, Reload. appears on the control-panel display.
■ Other—If the paper stops in the ADF and the scan module remains under the ADF scanner
glass, an internal firmware error has probably occurred. This is usually remedied by cycling the
power.
106 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
Fax functions and operation
The following sections describe the fax capabilities of the product.
PSTN operation
The public switched telephone network (PSTN) operates by having a central office (CO) that
generates a constant voltage on the TIP and RING wires (48 V, usually). A device goes on-hook by
connecting impedance (such as 600 ohms for the U.S.) across TIP and RING, allowing a line current
to flow. The CO can detect this current and can send impulses like dial tones. The product generates
more signaling tones, such as dialing digits, to tell the CO how to connect the call. The product can
also detect tones, such as a busy tone from the CO, that tell it how to behave.
When the call is finally connected, the CO behaves as if it were a piece of wire connecting the
sender and receiver. This is the period during which all of the fax signaling and data transfer occurs.
When a call is completed, the circuit opens again and line current flow ceases, removing the CO
connection from both the sender and the receiver.
All of this is done with a two-wire arrangement. The two wires are called TIP and RING on all phone
systems. On most phone systems, the wires appear on pins 3 and 4 of the RJ-11 modular jack (the
one on the LIU). These two wires do not have to be polarized because all the equipment works with
either TIP or RING on pin 3 and the other wire on pin 4. This means that cables of either polarity can
interconnect and will still work.
These are the basic functions of PSTN operation that are assumed in the design of the fax
subsystem. The product generates and detects the signaling tones, currents, and data signals that
are required to transmit and receive faxes on the PSTN.
To receive faxes when you hear fax tones
In general, incoming faxes to the device are automatically received. However, if other devices are
connected to the same phone line, the device may not be set to answer automatically.
If the device is connected to a phone line that receives both fax and phone calls, and you hear fax
tones when you answer the extension phone, receive the fax in one of two ways:
■ If you are near the device, press S
TART
F
AX
on the control panel.
■ Press 1-2-3 in sequence on the extension phone keypad, listen for fax transmission sounds, and
then hang up.
NOTE For the 1-2-3 sequence to work, the extension phone setting must be set to On in the
Fax setup menu.
The fax subsystem
The formatter, LIU, firmware, and software all contribute to the fax functionality. The designs of the
formatter and LIU, along with parameters in the firmware, determine the majority of the regulatory
requirements for telephony on the product.
The fax subsystem is designed to support V.34 fax transmission, lower speeds (such as V.17 fax),
and older fax machines.
ENWW Fax functions and operation 107
Formatter in the fax subsystem
The formatter contains the modem chipset (DSP and CODEC) that controls the basic fax functions of
tone generation and detection, along with channel control for the fax transmissions.
The CODEC and its associated circuitry act to control transmit and receive gains, and to compensate
for transmission signal coupling into the receive channel. The formatter also contains circuitry that
adds termination impedance to help match the telephone network impedance.
LIU in the fax subsystem
Two versions of the LIU are used in the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one. One is used in
the North American, South American, and Asian countries/regions. The other is used primarily in
European countries/regions.
The following are features that are different in the European version:
■ A different voltage-protection device
■ Current limiting of the DC current
■ Filtering for the countries/regions that use billing or metering tones
■ Control of the impedance of the DC circuit through the SHUNT signal
Because the TIP and RING are not polarized, all LIU circuitry that connects to TIP and RING is
bidirectional. The LIU operates identically when TIP and RING are reversed.
Safety isolation
The most important function of the LIU is the safety isolation between the high-voltage, transient-
prone environment of the telephone network (TNV [telephone network voltage]) and the low-voltage
analog and digital circuitry of the formatter (SELV [secondary extra-low voltage]). This safety
isolation provides both customer safety and product reliability in the telecom environment.
Any signals that cross the isolation barrier do so either optically or magnetically. The breakdown
voltage rating of barrier-critical components is greater than 1.5 kV.
Safety-protection circuitry
In addition to the safety barrier, the LIU protects against RING and over-current events.
Telephone over-voltages can be either differential mode or common mode. The RING can be
transient in nature (a lightning-induced surge or ESD) or continuous (a power line crossed with a
phone line). The LIU protection circuitry provides margin against combinations of RING events.
Common mode protection is provided by the selection of high-voltage-barrier critical components
(transformer, relay, and optoisolators). The safety barrier of the LIU PCB traces and the clearance
between the LIU and surrounding components also contribute to common mode protection.
A voltage suppressor (a crowbar-type SIDACTOR) provides differential protection. This device
becomes low impedance at approximately 300 V differential, and crowbars to a low voltage. A series
thermal switch works in conjunction with the crowbar for continuous RING events, such as crossed
power lines.
When the differential RING is continuous, the resulting over-current causes the thermal switch to
become high impedance, disconnecting RING from the network and protecting the crowbar from
108 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
thermal overload. The thermal switch automatically resets to low impedance after the over-current
condition is removed, reconnecting RING to the network.
Data path
The magnetically coupled signals that cross the isolation barrier go either through a transformer or a
relay. The TIP and RING signals use a transformer to cross the isolation barrier.
TIP and RING are the two-wire paths for all signals from the telephone network. All signaling and
data information comes across them, including fax tones and fax data.
The telephone network uses DC current to determine the hook state of the telephone, so line current
must be present during a call. On some line interfaces this current flows through the transformer, but
on the LIU, a capacitor blocks the current from going into the transformer.
Blocking the current with a capacitor prevents the core of the transformer from being saturated by the
high DC voltage, which can affect the AC signal quality. Rather than permitting the current to flow
through the transformer, this LIU directs the current through another circuit called a gyrator or dc hold
circuit. This creates the path for the central office-current flow when a call is in progress.
Hook state
Another magnetically coupled signal is the control signal that disconnects the downstream telephone
devices (such as a phone or answering machine). A control signal originating on the formatter can
change the relay state, causing the auxiliary jack (downstream jack) to be disconnected from the
circuit.
The product takes control of calls that it recognizes as fax calls. If the product does not directly pick
up the call, it monitors incoming calls for the fax tone or for the user to direct it to receive a fax. This
idle mode is also called eavesdropping. This mode is active when the product is on-hook but current
exists in the downstream phone line because another device is off-hook. During eavesdropping, the
receive circuit is enabled but has a different gain from the current that is generated during normal fax
transmissions.
The product does not take control of the line unless it detects a fax tone or the operator tells it to
connect manually. This feature allows the user to make voice calls from a phone that is connected to
the product without being cut off if a fax is received.
Downstream current detection
The aux phone detect signal is optically coupled. This signal tells the firmware that an active phone
(or modem or answering machine) is connected to the auxiliary port of the product (the right side of
the RJ-11 jack).
A circuit that can detect current above a certain threshold generates the downstream-current-
detection signal. The downstream current goes through a resistor, generating a voltage. If this
voltage is above the threshold level, the signal changes state.
The downstream-current-detection signal is coupled back to the formatter through an optoisolator
and across the safety isolation barrier. The firmware uses this signal to ensure that the product does
not go off-hook (and disconnect a downstream call) until it has been authorized to do so (by a
manual fax start or detection of the appropriate tones).
Hook switch control
Another optically coupled signal is the hook switch control. This signal from the formatter causes an
optoisolator on the LIU to activate (making an open circuit into a short circuit). When shorted, the
ENWW Fax functions and operation 109
circuit is drawing DC current from the central office and is considered “on-hook.” When open, no dc
current flows and the state is considered to be “off-hook.”
For pulse dialing, the optoisolator is toggled on and off with a particular timing sequence to generate
pulses that the central offices of the telephone company recognizes as dialing digits.
Ring detect
Another optically coupled signal on the LIU is ring detect. Ring detect is a combination of voltage
levels and cadence (time on and time off). Both must be present in order for the product to detect a
valid ring.
The LIU works with the firmware to determine if an incoming signal is an answerable ring. When
circuits on the LIU detect a ring voltage above a certain threshold, a corresponding signal is passed
to the formatter to indicate that the ring is above the threshold. The firmware then measures the
amount of time that the signal is high and low, and qualifies the cadence to determine whether it is a
valid ring.
Line current control
The DC current from the CO needs to have a path to flow from TIP to RING. Because the current
does not flow in the transformer, a path through some transistors and diodes (the DC hold circuit)
acts like a simulated inductor (thus replacing the function of the transformer). This DC hold circuit is
the main component of the voltage-current characteristic between TIP and RING.
Two other functions of this block of circuits are the current limit and the SHUNT for Europe. Current
limit basically maintains a constant current from TIP to RING after the voltage reaches about 50 mA.
Even if the voltage varies, the current will remain the same.
The SHUNT function changes the impedance (the current-voltage characteristic) during certain
special events, such as pulse dialing and when the devices goes on-hook.
During such an event, the firmware tells the DSP on the formatter to activate SHUNT. A signal goes
to the LIU through an optoisolator (optically coupled), which changes the state of some transistors so
that the board has a linear current characteristic (normally, it is current-limited). Then more current
can flow to the network, as required by these special events.
Billing (metering) tone filters
Switzerland and Germany provide high-frequency AC signals on the phone line in order to bill
customers. The LC (inductor, capacitor) notch filters are provided on the European LIUs to prevent
these billing signals from adversely affecting the data path and the dc hold circuit.
An additional filter in the cable (for certain countries/regions) can, in some cases, supplement these
LC notch filters. Because these billings signals are not used in the U.S., these filters are not present
on the U.S. LIU.
Fax page storage in flash memory
Fax pages are the electronic images of the document page. They can be created in any of three
ways: scanned to be sent to another fax machine, generated to be sent by the computer, or received
from a fax machine to be printed.
The product stores all fax pages in flash memory automatically. After these pages are written into
flash memory they are stored until the pages are sent to another fax machine, printed on the product,
transmitted to the computer, or erased by the user.
110 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
These pages are stored in flash memory, which is the nonvolatile memory that can be repeatedly
read from, written to, and erased. The product has 4 MB of flash memory, of which 3.4 MB is
available for fax storage. The remaining 0.6 MB is used for the file system and reclamation. Adding
RAM does not affect the fax page storage because the product does not use RAM for storing fax
pages.
Stored fax pages
The user can reprint stored fax pages in case of errors. The product will re-send stored fax pages
after a busy signal, comm error, no answer, or a power failure. Other fax devices store fax pages in
either normal RAM or short-term RAM. Normal RAM immediately loses its data when power is lost,
while short-term RAM loses its data about 60 minutes after a power failure. Flash memory maintains
its data for years without any applied power.
Advantages of flash memory storage
Fax pages stored in flash memory are persistent. They are not lost as a result of a power failure, no
matter how long the power is off. Users can reprint faxes in case the print cartridge runs out of toner
or the product experiences other errors while printing faxes.
The product also has scan-ahead functionality that makes use of flash memory. Scan-ahead
automatically scans pages into flash memory before a fax job is sent. This allows the sender to pick
up their original document immediately after it is scanned, eliminating the need to wait until the fax is
transmission is complete.
Because fax pages are stored in flash memory, not RAM, more RAM is available to handle larger
and more complicated copy and print jobs.
ENWW Fax functions and operation 111
112 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW
5 Removal and replacement
Chapter contents
● Removal and replacement strategy
●
User-replaceable parts
●
Covers
●
Main assemblies
●
Motors and fans
●
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs)
● Trays
ENWW Chapter contents 113
Removal and replacement strategy
Replace parts in the reverse order of their removal. Directions for difficult or critical replacement
procedures are included.
WARNING! The sheet-metal edges of the device can be sharp. Use caution when working
on the device.
NOTE Note the length, diameter, color, type, and location of each screw. Be sure to return
each screw to its original location during reassembly.
Incorrectly routed or loose wire harnesses can interfere with other internal components and
can become damaged or broken. Frayed or pinched harness wires can be difficult to locate.
When replacing wire harnesses, always use the provided wire loops, lance points, or wire-
harness guides.
Required tools
The following tools are needed to service this product:
■ Number 2 Phillips screwdriver with magnetic tip
■ Small flatblade screwdriver
■ Small needle-nose pliers
■ Number 8 torx screwdriver with magnetic tip
■ Number 10 torx screwdriver with magnetic tip
■ Lint-free cloth.
■ ESD mat
■ Penlight
■ Multimeter
CAUTION A PoziDriv screwdriver will damage screw heads on the product. Use a #2
Phillips screwdriver.
If you use a multispeed screwdriver, use a torque limiter.
Screws
The HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one has four common fasteners. See Table 5-1
Common screws for a description of these screw types.
Table 5-1 Common screws
Example Description
Screw, machine, truss head
114 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Example Description
Screw, star
Screw, self-tapping
Screw, torx
The device includes the screws listed in Table 5-2 Screws for the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840
all-in-one.
Table 5-2 Screws for the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-one
Description Part number
Screw, with washer, M3x6 XB2-4300-605
Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-0849-000
XA9-1495-010
Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1291-000
XA9-1449-000
XA9-1500-000
Screw, S, M3x8 XA9-1500-000
XA9-1500-010
Screw, tap, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005
Screw, TP, M3x6 XA9-0267-000
Screw, with washer, M4x12 XA9–1422–000
Screw, P, M3x8 XB4–5300–809
Screw, Binding, M3x8 XA9–1472–000
Screw, TP, M3x4 XB6–7300–407
Electrostatic discharge
CAUTION The product contains parts that are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD).
Always service the product at an ESD-protected workstation, or use an ESD mat.
Watch for the ESD symbol (shown at left) to identify the parts that are sensitive to ESD. Protect
these parts by using an ESD wrist strap and by placing ESD-sensitive parts into protective ESD
pouches.
Table 5-1 Common screws (continued)
ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 115
Before performing service
Follow the pre-service procedures before you perform service.
1 Remove all media from the product.
2 Place the product on an ESD mat. If an ESD mat or an ESD-protected workstation is not
available, discharge body static and ground the product chassis before servicing the product.
3 If possible, print a Configuration page to record critical customer data, such as a network IP
address, device name, copy counts, and machine fault codes. If you cannot print a Configuration
page, record the data manually, either from HP Toolbox or the device control panel.
4 Remove the imaging drum (see
Replacing the imaging drum).
5 Remove the print cartridges (see
Replacing the print cartridges).
6 Turn off the device.
7 Unplug the power cord and the interface cable.
After performing service
After performing service on the device, complete the following steps:
1 Replace the print cartridges and imaging drum.
2 Reload the input tray with media.
3 Perform the necessary post-service tests in the next section.
Post-service tests
Once service has been completed, the following tests can be used to verify that the repair or
replacement was successful.
Test 1 (print-quality test)
1 Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2 Ensure that the input tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3 Attach the power cord and interface cable, and then turn on the device.
4 Verify that the expected start-up sounds occur.
5 Perform a control-panel test from the secondary service menu (see
Secondary service menu).
Verify that the control-panel buttons beep when they are pressed.
NOTE If the control-panel buttons do not beep, verify that the user did not disable this
function on the device control panel.
116 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
6 Print a Configuration page, and then verify that the expected printing sounds occur.
7 Print a Demo page, and then verify that the print quality is as expected.
8 Send a print job from the host computer, and then verify that the output meets expectations.
9 If necessary, restore any customer device settings.
10 Clean the outside of the device with a damp cloth.
Test 2 (copy-quality test)
1 Verify that you have completed the necessary reassembly steps.
2 Ensure that the input tray contains clean, unmarked paper.
3 Attach the power cord and interface cable, and then turn on the device.
4 Verify that the expected start-up sounds occur.
5 Print a Configuration page, and then verify that the expected printing sounds occur.
6 Place the Configuration page in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
7 Print a color copy job, and then verify the results.
8 Place the Configuration page on the scanner glass.
9 Print a color copy job, and then verify the results.
10 Clean the outside of the device with a damp cloth.
Test 3 (fax-quality test)
NOTE This test applies to the HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one and HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only
1 Place the Configuration page in the ADF.
2 Enter a valid fax number and send the fax job.
3 Verify that the send quality and receive quality meet expectations.
Test 4 (memory-card test)
NOTE This test applies to the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only
1 Insert a memory card into the correct device memory-card slot.
2 Create a proof sheet, and then print an image from the proof sheet (see the device user guide).
3 Verify that the printed image quality meets expectations.
ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 117
Parts removal order
Use the following diagram to determine which parts must be removed before removing other parts.
Figure 5-1 Parts removal order
118 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
User-replaceable parts
The print cartridges, the imaging drum, the automatic document feeder (ADF), the fuser assembly ,
and the control-panel bezel are user-replaceable parts.
Replacing the print cartridges
NOTE The software CD-ROM that came with the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-
one includes an animated tutorial that shows how to replace the print cartridges.
1 Remove any media from the ADF, and then push the scanner-release button to open the
scanner assembly.
2 Open the cartridge door.
3 Make sure that the correct print-cartridge slot is in the access position.
● If the correct print-cartridge slot is not in the access position, close the top cover and the
scanner assembly, and then press R
OTATE
C
AROUSEL
until the correct print-cartridge slot is in
the correct position.
ENWW User-replaceable parts 119
4 Pinch together the two large blue tabs on the first cartridge, and then lift the cartridge straight up
to remove it from the carousel.
5 Remove the new print cartridge from its packaging, remove the orange cover from the print
cartridge, and then pull the orange tab straight out to remove the sealing tape.
6 Squeeze the blue release levers on the print cartridge, holding it with the roller facing you. Lower
the cartridge straight down into the carousel until it is firmly in place.
● If you need to replace another cartridge, close the top cover and the scanner assembly,
press R
OTATE
C
AROUSEL
, and then repeat steps 4 through 6.
NOTE If you have replaced a black print cartridge, the device prompts you to run a
cleaning page, unless the device page count is less than 100 pages.
7 Close the top cover, and then close the scanner assembly.
8 Run a print-quality test (see
Test
1 (print-quality
test)).
120 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Replacing the imaging drum
NOTE The software CD-ROM that came with the HP Color LaserJet 2820/2830/2840 all-in-
one includes an animated tutorial that shows how to replace the imaging drum.
1 Remove any media from the ADF, and then push the scanner-release button to open the
scanner assembly.
2 Open the cartridge door.
3 Grasp the imaging drum handle, and then rotate the drum until the handle is at the top.
4 Lift the imaging drum straight up to remove it from the device.
5 Remove the new imaging drum from its packaging.
ENWW User-replaceable parts 121
6 Place the imaging drum on a firm surface, and then pull the orange rings to remove the shipping
pins.
7 Remove the orange shipping lock on each end of the imaging drum, and remove the two orange
shipping spacers.
8 Remove the orange cover from the imaging drum.
CAUTION Do not touch the surface of the roller or expose the roller to light for an
extended period of time. Doing so could cause print-quality issues.
9 Align the arrows on the side of the imaging drum with the arrows inside the printer.
122 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
10 Lower the imaging drum into the printer, and then press it firmlyinto place.
11 Close the top cover and the scanner assembly.
12 Run a print-quality test (see
Test
1
(print-quality
test)).
Replacing the ADF
1 Turn off the device, and then open the ADF.
Figure 5-2 Replace the ADF (1 of 6 )
2 Disconnect the ADF connector by squeezing the tabs together and lifting upward.
Figure 5-3 Replace the ADF (2 of 6 )
3 Remove the ADF by lifting it upward and tilting it forward as the hinges nearly disconnect from
the device.
Figure 5-4 Replace the ADF (3 of 6 )
ENWW User-replaceable parts 123
4 On the new ADF, unfold the hinges.
Figure 5-5 Replace the ADF (4 of 6 )
5 Insert the hinges on the new ADF so that they are slightly tilted forward, and then push straight
down into the device.
Figure 5-6 Replace the ADF (5 of 6 )
6 Insert the connector by pushing down on it until it clicks into place.
Figure 5-7 Replace the ADF (6 of 6 )
7 Run a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
Replacing the ADF pickup-roller assembly
If the ADF has trouble picking paper, the ADF pickup-roller assembly might need to be replaced.
124 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE Hewlett-Packard recommends also replacing the separation pad when you replace
the pickup-roller assembly.
1 Make sure that the product power is off, and then open the ADF cover. Pull the end of the input
tray up and then away from the scanner.
1
2
Figure 5-8 Remove the ADF pickup-roller assembly (1 of 5)
ENWW User-replaceable parts 125
2 Press the round, green button (callout 1) while lifting the green lever (callout 2). Rotate the green
lever until it stops in the open position. The pickup-roller assembly will remain on the black
surface.
1
2
Figure 5-9 Remove the ADF pickup-roller assembly (2 of 5)
126 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 Remove the pickup-roller assembly, and put the replacement assembly (callout 3) in exactly the
same place. The largest roller goes in back, and the gear side faces toward the back of the
product.
3
Figure 5-10 Remove the ADF pickup-roller assembly (3 of 5)
ENWW User-replaceable parts 127
4 Lower the green lever until the flat, green part fits between the rollers. Press down on the pickup
roller frame until the assembly snaps into place.
Figure 5-11 Remove the ADF pickup-roller assembly (4 of 5)
128 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 To check for proper installation, lift the green lever until it remains open. The new pickup-roller
assembly should be secured to the lever assembly and should not fall out. Make sure that both
sides of the assembly are secured by the green hooks (callout 4).
4
Figure 5-12 Remove the ADF pickup-roller assembly (5 of 5)
6 Run a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
ENWW User-replaceable parts 129
Removing the ADF separation pad
NOTE Hewlett-Packard recommends also replacing the pickup-roller assembly when you
replace the separation pad .
1 Open the ADF door. Use the green lever to raise the pickup-roller assembly.
Figure 5-13 Remove the ADF separation pad (1 of 2)
130 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Use a number 8 torx driver to remove the two screws (callout 1) that secure the ADF separation
pad.
Figure 5-14 Remove the ADF separation pad (2 of 2)
3 Pull gently on the rubber ADF separation pad to remove it .
4 After replacing the ADF separation pad, run a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
ENWW User-replaceable parts 131
Replacing the ADF scanner glass
CAUTION To avoid contamination from dust or other particulates, wipe off dust from the
ADF scanner glass and the frame before removing the glass.
Remove the ADF scanning glass in a clean, dust-free area.
Do not keep the ADF scanner glass open any longer than necessary.
1 Remove the number 10 torx screw (callout 1), lift out the plastic ADF scanner-glass frame, and
then lift out the glass.
1
Figure 5-15 Remove the ADF scanner glass
132 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Replace the glass first, and then install the frame. Make sure the lock mechanism is in the
released position. Press down on the frame and glass until the lock mechanism snaps back into
the locked position, as shown in
Figure 5-16 Install the ADF scanner glass.
Figure 5-16 Install the ADF scanner glass
CAUTION Avoid touching the flatbed glass or the ADF separation pad. Skin oils and
fingerprints can contaminate the glass or pad and cause print-quality problems or paper-
pickup problems.
3 Replace the torx screw to secure the glass.
Replacing the fuser assembly
1 Turn off the device, and then disconnect the power cable.
2 Rotate the locks on the fuser assembly to the unlocked position.
ENWW User-replaceable parts 133
3 Grasp the fuser handle and pull the fuser assembly from the device.
CAUTION The parts on the internal surface of the fuser assembly are very hot. To avoid
burning yourself, do not touch those parts.
4 Insert the new fuser assembly into the device.
5 Rotate the locks on the fuser assembly to the locked position.
6 Reconnect the power cable, and then turn on the device.
7 Run a copy-quality test (see
Test
2
(copy-quality
test)).
Replacing the control-panel bezel
1 Turn off the device, and then open the ADF.
2 Remove the control-panel bezel by using your fingers to lift up on the top-center edge of the
bezel until it begins to disengage.
Figure 5-17 Replace the control-panel bezel (1 of 3)
134 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 From the center of the top edge, pry the bezel away from the device as you work your fingers
toward the outside edges of the control panel.
4 To install the new control-panel bezel, align the posts on the bezel underside with the holes on
the control panel.
Figure 5-18 Replace the control-panel bezel (2 of 3)
5 Press the far ends of the bezel straight down onto the device. Continue to press down while
moving your fingers toward the center of the faceplate until it snaps into place.
Figure 5-19 Replace the control-panel bezel (3 of 3)
Make sure that the faceplate is aligned correctly and has not captured any buttons.
6 Run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)).
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad
1 Turn the device off and disconnect the power cable from the back of the device.
2 Open tray 1.
ENWW User-replaceable parts 135
3 Find the multipurpose roller cover that is located beneath the pickup roller in tray 1.
4 Grasp both sides of the center tab and pull the cover out of the device.
5 Squeeze the tab on the idler roller that is located on the right side of the pickup roller. If the tab is
not visible, rotate the idler roller so that the tab is toward the front of the device.
136 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
6 Slide the idler roller to the right to separate it from the pickup roller.
7 Squeeze the tab on the idler roller that is located on the left side of the pickup roller. If the tab is
not visible, rotate the idler roller so that the tab is toward the front of the device.
8 Slide the idler roller to the left to separate it from the pickup roller.
ENWW User-replaceable parts 137
9 Press and hold the button that is located on the right side of the pickup roller. Slide the pickup
roller slightly to the right, and then pull it off of the shaft.
10 Move the remaining roller cam to the right so that it no longer sits above the separation pad.
Moving the roller cam will reveal a pin in the roller shaft. Do not remove the pin.
11 Locate the separation pad beneath the area of the shaft from which the pickup roller was
removed.
138 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
12 Insert a flatblade screwdriver into the slot under the separation pad. Pry the pad up from the
spring-loaded base by twisting the screwdriver until the tabs are separated from the device.
13 Use one hand to push the spring-loaded base down and then use the other hand to pull the
separation pad up and out of the device.
NOTE If you feel resistance when you try to remove the pad, make sure that the tabs
are completely separated from the device.
14 Push the spring-loaded base down and position the new separation pad in the empty slot.
NOTE Make sure that the two tabs on the edge of the pad are toward the front of the
device.
ENWW User-replaceable parts 139
15 Snap both sides of the separation pad firmly into place until they click.
CAUTION If the pad is not straight, or if space exists between the pad and the base,
make sure that the tabs on the pad are toward the front of the device.
16 Hold down the new separation pad, and slide the roller cam back to the left until it snaps in place
with the pin. Position the new pickup roller so that the button is on the right side, and the open
side of the roller faces down. Make sure that the small ridge on the open side of the roller aligns
with the groove in the shaft.
17 Slide the left and right idler rollers inward, against the pickup roller, until the idler rollers click into
place.
140 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
18 Hold the faceplate cover as shown in the illustration, and align the cover with the rails on the
inside of the device.
19 Grasp both sides of the center tab and insert the cover into the device until the cover clicks into
place. Close tray 1.
20 Reconnect the power cable to the device, and then turn on the device.
21 Run a print-quality test (see
Test
1
(print-quality
test)).
ENWW User-replaceable parts 141
Covers
Removing the left cover
1 Remove the screw (callout 1) from the lower edge of the cover.
Figure 5-20 Left cover screw
142 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Open top cover, and then disengage the latch at the front of the left cover by prying it away from
the front.
Figure 5-21 Disengage the left cover latch
ENWW Covers 143
3 Pull the bottom of the cover slightly up and out to release the bottom latches, and then pull up
and away from the device to release the latches at the top of the cover.
Figure 5-22 Pull the bottom of the cover
144 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Removing the right cover
1 Remove the two screws (callout 1) from the lower edge of the cover.
Figure 5-23 Remove the right-side cover (1 of 2)
ENWW Covers 145
2 Open the scanning assembly, grasp the cover by the handle and by the top, and then pull the
bottom of the cover and then up gently, rotating the cover away from the device as you lift it.
Figure 5-24 Remove the right-side cover (2 of 2)
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the cover, reattach the tab that is closer to the back
of the device before reattaching the front.
Removing the right rear cover
1 Remove the right cover (see Removing the right cover).
146 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 On the right rear cover, use a small flatblade screwdriver to disengage the latch at the rear of the
cover.
Figure 5-25 Remove the right rear cover (1 of 2)
ENWW Covers 147
3 From the back of the device, lift and disengage the latch at the top of the cover.
Figure 5-26 Remove the right rear cover (2 of 2)
4 Pull the cover down and away from the device.
Removing the scanning assembly
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● ADF (see
Replacing the ADF)
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Right rear cover (see
Removing the right rear cover)
● Control panel and control-panel bezel, if you are replacing the scanning assembly, (see
Removing the control panel and Replacing the control-panel bezel)
148 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 On the right side of the device, disconnect the four scanner assembly cables (callout 1) at the top
of the formatter cage, and then unroute the cables from the device chassis so that they hang at
the back of the device.
Figure 5-27 Remove the scanning assembly from the device (1 of 4)
NOTE Note the order of the cables (long narrow flat cable, short wide flat cable, and
then the wire bundles), and then reroute the cables in the same order when reinstalling
the scanning assembly.
ENWW Covers 149
3 On the back of the device, disconnect the ground wire (callout 2).
Figure 5-28 Remove the scanning assembly from the device (2 of 4)
150 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4 Press the scanner release button to open the scanner assembly. On the link unit assemblies,
press the tabs at the top of the units to release the units from the scanner assembly.
Figure 5-29 Remove the scanning assembly from the device (3 of 4)
CAUTION Once you have released the link unit assemblies, the scanning assembly is
not secured to the device. Be careful not to drop the scanning assembly.
CAUTION When removing the scanning assembly, remove the ADF (see Replacing the
ADF) or secure it to avoid damaging the ADF or the scanning assembly.
ENWW Covers 151
5 Open the scanner assembly until it points straight up, and then lift it up from the device.
Figure 5-30 Remove the scanning assembly from the device (4 of 4)
6 After replacing the scanning assembly, run a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
152 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Removing the left rear cover
1 Remove the left cover (see Removing the left cover).
2 On the left rear cover, use a flatblade screwdriver to disengage the latch indicated by the arrow
(callout 1) on the cover by pushing the screwdriver in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Figure 5-31 Remove the left rear cover
3 From the back of the device, pull the cover away from the device.
Removing the left upper cover
1 Remove the left cover (see Removing the left cover).
2 Open the scanner assembly, and then open the cartridge cover in the top cover assembly.
ENWW Covers 153
3 Remove the screw (callout 1) at the front of the device.
Figure 5-32 Remove the left upper cover (1 of 2)
154 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4 Grasp the front of the cover, and then pull up and toward the rear to disengage the latches at the
top rear of the cover.
Figure 5-33 Remove the left upper cover (2 of 2)
Removing the right upper cover
1 Remove the right cover (see Removing the right cover).
2 HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only: Detach the memory-card reader cable and the two
grounding wires. See
Replacing the memory-card assembly (HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one
only).
3 Open the scanner assembly, and then open the cartridge cover in the top cover assembly.
ENWW Covers 155
4 Remove two screws (callout 1) from the cover.
Figure 5-34 Remove the right upper cover (1 of 2)
156 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 Press the scanner release button, grasp the lower part of the cover, and then pull up to remove
the cover.
Figure 5-35 Remove the right upper cover (2 of 2)
Replacing the memory-card assembly (HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-
in-one only)
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Right upper cover (see
Removing the right upper cover)
ENWW Covers 157
2 Turn the right upper cover over and remove the three screws (callout 1) holding the memory card
assembly.
Figure 5-36 Replace the memory card assembly
3 Pull the memory-card assembly away from the cover, and then place the new assembly in the
cover and secure it with the three screws.
4 After replacing the scanner assembly, run a memory-card test (see
Test 4 (memory-card test)).
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover
1 Remove the following covers:
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Right rear cover (see
Removing the right rear cover)
158 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Open the upper face-up cover on the fuser assembly.
Figure 5-37 Remove the I/O cover (1 of 3)
ENWW Covers 159
3 Disengage the latch (callout 1) at the top of the I/O cover.
Figure 5-38 Remove the I/O cover (2 of 3)
160 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4 Pull the top of the I/O cover away from the device to disengage the latches (callout 2) at the
bottom of the cover.
Figure 5-39 Remove the I/O cover (3 of 3)
Removing the back cover
1 Remove the following covers
● Left cover (see
Removing the left cover)
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Left rear cover (see
Removing the left rear cover)
● Right rear cover (see
Removing the right rear cover)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover)
Leave the upper face-up cover on the fuser assembly open.
ENWW Covers 161
2 Disengage the two latches (callout 1) at the top of the cover.
Figure 5-40 Remove the back cover
3 Pull the top of the cover down and away from the device to release the latches at the bottom of
the cover.
Removing the top cover assembly
1 Remove the following covers and assembly:
● Left cover (see
Removing the left cover)
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Left upper cover (see
Removing the left upper cover)
● Right upper cover (see
Removing the right upper cover)
● Left rear cover (see
Removing the left rear cover)
● Right rear cover (see
Removing the right rear cover)
162 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Open the cartridge door, and then remove the two screws (callout 1).
Figure 5-41 Remove the top-cover screws
ENWW Covers 163
3 Remove the link gear (callout 2) by pressing the latch at the center of the gear and pulling it
away from the device.
Figure 5-42 Remove the link gear and release the gear link lever
4 Release the gear link lever (callout 3).
164 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 Lift the top cover assembly up off of the device.
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling, return the link gear to its shaft after releasing the
top door.
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the link gear, lift the white vertical rack on the right
external side of the device up to its highest position, and then align the notch on the gear
with the lip on the top-door rack.
Figure 5-43 Reinstall the link gear
Removing the upper multipurpose cover
1 Remove the following covers:
● Left cover (see
Removing the left cover)
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Left upper cover (see
Removing the left upper cover)
● Right upper cover (see
Removing the right upper cover)
2 Open the scanning assembly, and then open the cartridge door.
3 Open the multipurpose tray.
ENWW Covers 165
4 At the bottom of the cover, release the two latches (callout 1), one on each side.
Figure 5-44 Remove the upper multipurpose cover (1 of 2)
166 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 Pull the bottom cover up and away from the device to release the four latches (callout 2) at the
top of the cover.
Figure 5-45 Remove the upper multipurpose cover (2 of 2)
Removing the density sensor and top-of-page sensor
1 Remove the upper multipurpose cover (see Removing the upper multipurpose cover).
2 Press the tab (shown in
Figure 5-46 Remove the density sensor cover) on the sensor cover to
release the cover, and then lift the cover up and away from the device.
Figure 5-46 Remove the density sensor cover
3 Unplug one connector (callout 2).
4 Remove the two screws (callout 3).
ENWW Covers 167
5 Lift the density sensor straight up to remove it from the device.
6 Unplug one connector (callout 4) from the top-of-page sensor.
7 Remove one screw (callout 5) and then lift the top-of-page sensor straight up and away from the
device.
2
3
5
4
Figure 5-47 Remove the density sensor
8 After replacing the density sensor and top-of-page sensor, run a print-quality test (see Test 1
(print-quality test)).
Removing the multipurpose roller cover
1 Open the multipurpose tray.
168 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Grasp the top of the multipurpose roller cover, and then pull downward to disengage the latch at
the top of the cover from the device.
Figure 5-48 Disengage the right-side latch
3 Pull the cover away from the device.
Removing the lower multipurpose cover
1 Remove the left cover (see Removing the left cover).
ENWW Covers 169
2 Locate the latch (callout 1) on the lower left side of the device, and then use a small screwdriver
to disengage the latch.
Figure 5-49 Disengage the left-side latch
170 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 Pull the left side of the lower multipurpose cover away from the device to disengage the latch at
the right side of the cover.
Figure 5-50 Disengage the right-side latch
ENWW Covers 171
Main assemblies
Removing the control panel
1 Remove the control-panel bezel (see Replacing the control-panel bezel).
2 Release the two latches (callout 1) at the bottom of the control panel, and slide the panel slightly
to the left.
3 Using the larger holes (callout 2) at each end of the control panel, gently lift the top of the control
panel up and away from the device. Disconnect the two cables from the back of the control panel.
Figure 5-51 Remove the control panel
4 After replacing the control panel, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a
copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a fax-quality test
(see
Test 3 (fax-quality test)) and a memory-card test (see Test 4 (memory-card test)) as
well.
172 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Removing the left support assembly
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● Left cover (see
Removing the left cover)
● Left upper cover (see
Removing the left upper cover)
● Left rear cover (see
Removing the left rear cover)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover)
● Back cover (see
Removing the back cover)
● Top cover assembly (see
Removing the top cover assembly)
● Scanning assembly (see
Removing the scanning assembly)
2 Remove seven screws (callout 1), and then pull the support up and away from the device.
Figure 5-52 Remove the left support assembly
ENWW Main assemblies 173
Removing the right support assembly
1 Remove the following covers:
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Right upper cover (see
Removing the right upper cover)
● Right rear cover (see
Removing the right rear cover)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover)
● Back cover (see
Removing the back cover)
● Top cover assembly (see
Removing the top cover assembly)
● Scanning assembly (see
Removing the scanning assembly)
● Formatter cage (see
Removing the formatter cage)
2 Remove three screws (callout 1) from the front part of the support, and lift the piece away from
the device.
Figure 5-53 Remove the right support assembly (1 of 2)
174 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 Remove six screws (callout 2) from the rest of the right support assembly, and then pull the
support up and away from the device.
Figure 5-54 Remove the right support assembly (2 of 2)
Removing the laser/scanner assembly
1 Remove the following covers:
● Top cover assembly (see
Removing the top cover assembly)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover)
● Back cover (see
Removing the back cover)
2 Unplug the two cable connectors (callout 1), and unroute the cables from the cable holders.
3 Disconnect the flat flexible cable from the cable socket (callout 2) on the laser/scanner.
4 Lift the two forming holders, rotate the lower part of the face-down cover (callout 3) toward the
front of the device, and then lift away from the device.
ENWW Main assemblies 175
5 Remove four screws (callout 4).
1
3
4
2
1
Figure 5-55 Remove the laser/scanner assembly
6 Unroute the cables from the cable harness attached to the back of the laser/scanner.
7 Lift the laser/scanner assembly straight up to remove it from the device.
176 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
8 When reinstalling the face-down cover (callout 3 in Figure 5-55 Remove the laser/scanner
assembly), place the two forming holders (on the upper face-down roller) on top of the cover, as
shown in
Figure 5-56 Reinstall the face-down cover.
Figure 5-56 Reinstall the face-down cover
9 After replacing the laser/scanner assembly, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)).
Removing the transfer-roller plate
CAUTION Do not touch the black sponge portion of the transfer roller.
1 Remove the toner-catch tray (see Removing the toner-catch tray).
ENWW Main assemblies 177
2 Remove two screws (callout 1) from the transfer-roller plate.
1
Figure 5-57 Remove the transfer-roller plate
3 Lift the transfer-roller plate straight up to remove it from the device.
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the transfer-roller plate, make sure that the ground
springs are properly aligned with the transfer-roller plate.
4 After replacing the transfer-roller plate, run a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
Removing the transfer roller
CAUTION Do not touch the black sponge portion of the transfer roller.
1 Remove the following assemblies:
● Toner-catch tray (see
Removing the toner-catch tray)
● Transfer-roller plate (see
Removing the transfer-roller plate)
178 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Use needle-nose pliers to gently squeeze the small tabs at the right side of the transfer roller
(see the detail in
Figure 5-58 Remove the transfer roller) and then also squeeze the tabs at the
left side of the transfer roller to release the roller.
Figure 5-58 Remove the transfer roller
NOTE Be careful not to bend the thin metal strip adjacent to the tabs on the right side of
the roller.
3 Lift the transfer roller up from the right side, slide it to the right, and lift it out of the device.
NOTE The small grounding spring that is underneath the left side of the transfer roller is
attached to the transfer roller. It is removed with the transfer roller.
The small grounding spring that is underneath the right side of the transfer roller remains
in the chassis.
4 After replacing the transfer roller, run a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
ENWW Main assemblies 179
Removing the formatter assemblies
Removing the formatter cage
1 Remove the following covers and assembly:
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Right rear cover (see
Removing the right rear cover)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover)
2 Detach four or five (HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only) cables (callout 1) at the top of the
formatter cage.
Figure 5-59 Remove the formatter cage (1 of 3)
180 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 Open the formatter cage memory door, and then use a flatblade screwdriver to push the tab on
the cable connector (callout 2) to unplug the connector.
2
Figure 5-60 Remove the formatter cage (2 of 3)
ENWW Main assemblies 181
4 Remove four screws (callout 3) from the formatter cage, and then lift the formatter to disengage
the hooks at the top of the formatter cage (see inset in
Figure 5-61 Remove the formatter cage (3
of 3)).
3
Figure 5-61 Remove the formatter cage (3 of 3)
5 Lift the formatter cage up, and then pull it slightly away from the device.
6 Disconnect the flat, flexible cable that connects the back of the formatter cage to the DC
controller.
7 After replacing the formatter cage, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a
copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a fax-quality test
(see
Test 3 (fax-quality test)) and a memory-card test (see Test 4 (memory-card test)) as
well.
Removing the formatter and line interface unit (LIU)
1 Remove the formatter cage (see Removing the formatter cage).
2 Remove five screws (callout 1) from the metal plate on the back of the formatter cage, and then
remove the metal plate.
182 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 Lift the front edge (callout 2) of the plate upward to clear the tabs (callout 3, two of five shown in
the callout), and then lift the plate away from the formatter cage.
2
1
3
Figure 5-62 Remove the formatter (1 of 2)
Reinstallation tip Make sure that the tabs (callout 3) are seated correctly when you
reattach the cover to the formatter cage. If the tabs on the cover are not seated correctly,
they can cause the formatter cage to bow out.
ENWW Main assemblies 183
4 Unplug the top of the connector (callout 4), and then lift the formatter from the formatter cage.
Figure 5-63 Remove the formatter (2 of 2)
184 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 To remove the line interface unit (LIU), remove two screws (callout 5) and then lift the LIU from
the formatter cage.
Reinstallation tip To avoid damaging the metal, do not overtighten the screws when
reinstalling the LIU. If too much force is applied to the screws, the tabs can deform and
might break off.
5
Figure 5-64 Remove the LIU
Removing the E-label reader (for imaging-drum E-labels)
1 Remove the following covers and assembly:
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Upper multipurpose cover (see
Removing the upper multipurpose cover)
● Formatter cage (see
Removing the formatter cage)
ENWW Main assemblies 185
2 Use a small flatblade screwdriver to lift two tabs (callout 1), one on each side of the E-label
reader housing.
1
Figure 5-65 Remove the E-label reader (1 of 2)
3 Slide the E-label reader off of its rails.
186 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4 Unplug the E-label reader connector (callout 2) from the DC controller.
NOTE Examine the cable routing as you lift the E-label reader from the device.
2
Figure 5-66 Remove the E-label reader (2 of 2)
5 After replacing the E-label reader, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a
copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
Removing the DC controller
1 Remove the formatter cage (see Removing the formatter cage).
2 Unplug the two flat, flexible cables (callout 1).
3 Release the cables from two cable-holders (callout 2).
4 Unplug one cable connector (callout 3) by pressing and releasing the tab on the side of the
connector.
5 Unplug two cable connectors (callout 4) by releasing a clip on each connector (see the detail in
the lower-left corner of
Figure 5-67 Remove the DC controller).
ENWW Main assemblies 187
6 Unplug the remaining 24 cable connectors, and then remove the two screws (callout 5) at the
bottom of the DC controller before removing two screws (callout 6) at the top of the DC controller.
Figure 5-67 Remove the DC controller
7 Lift the DC controller up and then away from the device.
Reinstallation tip The connection that remains empty upon reinstallation is shown in
callout 7 in
Figure 5-67 Remove the DC controller. The connection is used to update the
DC controller firmware.
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling the DC controller, avoid overtightening the screws,
which can damage parts of the device.
8 After replacing the DC controller, run a print-quality test (see Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a
copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a fax-quality test
(see
Test 3 (fax-quality test)) and a memory-card test (see Test 4 (memory-card test)) as
well.
188 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Removing the top plate
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● Left support assembly (see
Removing the left support assembly)
● Right support assembly (see
Removing the right support assembly)
● Air duct (see
Removing the air duct and fan)
● Laser/scanner assembly (see
Removing the laser/scanner assembly)
2 Unplug the flat flexible cable (callout 1) from the laser/scanner assembly.
3 Release the cables from one cable-holder (callout 2).
4 Unplug one cable connector (callout 3) by pressing and releasing the tab on the side of the
connector.
5 Unplug five connectors (callout 4) from the DC controller.
2
3
4
1
Figure 5-68 Remove the top plate (1 of 3)
6 Unroute two cables (callout 5).
NOTE Examine the routing of the cables. If the cables are not reinstalled to their correct
routing, then the cables can become pinched by other assemblies.
7 Unplug two connectors (callout 6).
ENWW Main assemblies 189
8 Remove two screws at the left side of the device (callout 7) and then remove the two
corresponding screws from the right side of the device.
Figure 5-69 Remove the top plate (2 of 3)
190 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
9 The "hidden" screw in callout 7 secures a grounding plate (callout 8) to the chassis. Removing
the screw releases the grounding plate. Upon reinstallation of the top plate, make sure that the
grounding plate tab is in its correct position on the outside of the carousel drive shaft.
8
Figure 5-70 Reinstall the grounding plate
ENWW Main assemblies 191
10 Remove four screws (callout 9) from the top plate.
9
Figure 5-71 Remove the top plate (3 of 3)
11 Carefully lift the top plate off of the device frame.
12 After replacing the top plate, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a copy-
quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a fax-quality test
(see
Test 3 (fax-quality test)) and a memory-card test (see Test 4 (memory-card test)) as
well.
Removing the gear assembly
1 Remove the right support assembly (see Removing the right support assembly).
2 Disconnect one connector (callout 1, hidden, is the connector to the main motor).
3 Disconnect two connectors (callout 2) from the DC controller.
Reinstallation tip The connectors in callout 2 can become lost behind the DC controller
upon reinstallation of the DC controller. Use care when reinstalling them.
4 Pinch the cable holder (callout 3) and then unwind the cable.
CAUTION Do not attempt to disconnect the clutch cable from the clutch. Doing so can
damage the cable.
192 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 Remove the e-clip (callout 4) from the clutch, and then pull the clutch away from the device.
6 Remove the uppermost gear (callout 5) from the rack (callout 6) by pushing the gear's shaft from
the inside of the device with the rack in its lowest position.
6
5
1
2
3
4
Figure 5-72 Remove the gear assembly (1 of 2)
7 Remove eight screws (callout 7) from the gear plate.
ENWW Main assemblies 193
8 Rotate the gear assembly away from the device, beginning with the front edge.
NOTE A grounding spring (callout 8, hidden) should remain attached to the device
chassis. If it does not, then either reattach it to the chassis or place it with the gear
assembly to prevent misplacing it.
7
8
Figure 5-73 Remove the gear assembly (2 of 2)
Reinstallation tip A grounding wire at the lower-back corner of the gear assembly must
be hooked around the chassis at reinstallation. Callout 2 in
Figure 5-74 Remove the waste-
toner sensor shows the grounding wire, and callout 3 shows the grounding spring
attached to the chassis.
When reinstalling, align the following parts with the device chassis:
● Gear assembly shaft (at the bottom of the gear assembly)
● Grounding spring (callout 3 in
Figure 5-74 Remove the waste-toner sensor)
● Grounding wire (callout 2 in
Figure 5-74 Remove the waste-toner sensor)
9 After replacing the gear assembly, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a
copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a fax-quality test
(see
Test 3 (fax-quality test)) and a memory-card test (see Test 4 (memory-card test)) as
well.
194 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Removing the waste-toner sensor
1 Remove the gear assembly (see Removing the gear assembly).
2 Unroute the cable from several cable holders.
3 Remove one screw (callout 1).
4 Lift the waste-toner sensor away from the device.
NOTE Callout 2 shows the grounding wire that must be hooked around the device
chassis upon reinstallation of the gear assembly. Callout 3 shows the grounding spring.
Figure 5-74 Remove the waste-toner sensor
5 After replacing the waste-toner sensor, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and
a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
ENWW Main assemblies 195
Removing the rotary-drive assembly
NOTE The rotary-drive assembly includes the developer motor, the brake solenoid, and the
encoder motor.
1 Remove the following assemblies:
● Left support assembly (see
Removing the left support assembly)
● Right support assembly (see
Removing the right support assembly)
2 Unplug three cable connectors (callout 1) from the DC controller and unplug the flat laser/
scanner cable (callout 2) from the laser/scanner.
1
2
Figure 5-75 Remove the rotary-drive assembly (1 of 3)
3 Remove one screw (callout 3) from the motor.
196 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4 Remove one of the four screws that secures the rotary-drive assembly to the chassis (callout 4).
3
4
Figure 5-76 Remove the rotary-drive assembly (2 of 3)
ENWW Main assemblies 197
5 From the top of the device, remove the other three screws that secure the rotary-drive assembly
to the chassis (callout 5).
5
Figure 5-77 Remove the rotary-drive assembly (3 of 3)
6 Lift the rotary-drive assembly straight up to remove it from the device.
Reinstallation tip Insert the metal protrusion at the back of the rotary-drive assembly
into the slot in the rear frame assembly and then lower the rotary-drive assembly into
position over the alignment pins. Make sure that no cables are pinched.
7 After replacing the rotary-drive assembly, run a print-quality test (see Test 1 (print-quality test))
and a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a fax-quality test
(see
Test 3 (fax-quality test)) and a memory-card test (see Test 4 (memory-card test)) as
well.
198 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Removing the print-cartridge carousel
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● Formatter cage (see
Removing the formatter cage)
● Fuser assembly (see
Replacing the fuser assembly)
● Left support assembly (see
Removing the left support assembly)
● Right support assembly (see
Removing the right support assembly)
● Air duct (see
Removing the air duct and fan)
● Rotary-drive assembly (see
Removing the rotary-drive assembly)
● Top plate (see
Removing the top plate)
2 Remove two screws (callout 1) from the back of the device.
1
Figure 5-78 Remove the print-cartridge carousel (1 of 3)
Reinstallation tip Because the remainder of the print-cartridge carousel removal
procedures are performed from the left, right, and front of the device, it is easy to forget to
replace the two screws at the back of the device.
ENWW Main assemblies 199
3 Press the white plastic tab (callout 2) at the left side of the device to release the left swing-shaft
bushing, and then rotate the bushing to a vertical position.
2
Figure 5-79 Remove the print-cartridge carousel (2 of 3)
4 On the right side of the device, repeat step 3 on the right swing-shaft bushing.
Examine the positions of the left pressure-shaft holder (callout 3), the right pressure-shaft holder
(callout 4), and the pressure-shaft gear (callout 5) before you perform step 5. The pressure-shaft
holders must be reinstalled to their correct positions when reinstalling the print-cartridge carousel.
200 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 Use the flatblade screwdriver to pry two white tabs on the pressure-shaft holders from their
seated positions in the rear frame assembly.
3
5
4
Figure 5-80 Remove the print-cartridge carousel (3 of 3)
ENWW Main assemblies 201
6 Lift the print-cartridge carousel out of the device.
Incorrect reinstallation of the "feet" is shown, followed by correct installation.
Figure 5-81 Installation of “feet” (1 of 2)
Figure 5-81 Installation of “feet” (2 of 2)
Also make sure that the tab on the pressure-shaft gear points down.
Figure 5-82 Correct gear placement
7 After replacing the print-cartridge carousel, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test))
and a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
202 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a fax-quality test
(see
Test 3 (fax-quality test)) and a memory-card test (see Test 4 (memory-card test)) as
well.
Aligning the carousel gears
Make sure that the gears in the print-cartridge carousel are aligned correctly before placing the
carousel back into the device.
1 Rotate the carousel so that the marker for the yellow print cartridge faces the front of the device.
2 Examine the gears: two marks on the smaller gear should line up with the single mark on the
larger gear (see the detail of the gears in
Figure 5-83 Reinstall the print-cartridge carousel).
NOTE The single mark on the larger gear is adjacent to the slot for the black cartridge,
marked with a "K."
3 If the gears are not aligned correctly, locate the marks on the gears and realign the gears.
Figure 5-83 Reinstall the print-cartridge carousel
ENWW Main assemblies 203
Removing the registration-roller assembly
1 Remove two screws (callout 1) from the registration-shutter assembly.
1
Figure 5-84 Remove the registration-roller assembly
2 Rotate the registration-roller assembly toward the front of the device and then lift it towards the
rear of the device and up to remove it from the device.
3 After replacing the registration-roller assembly, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality
test)).
Removing the toner-catch tray
The toner-catch tray is secured by two tabs underneath the tray (see Figure 5-85 Remove the toner-
catch tray), toward the front of the tray.
1 Remove the print cartridges (see
Replacing the print cartridges) and the imaging drum (see
Replacing the imaging drum).
2 Release one tab on either side of the toner-catch tray and then pull the tray approximately 2 or 3
mm (approximately 0.125 inch) toward the front of the device to make sure that the tab does not
reattach as you perform the next step.
204 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 Release the tab on the other side and then lift the tray out of the device.
Figure 5-85 Remove the toner-catch tray
Removing the feed-drive shaft and belts
CAUTION This procedure requires turning the device over onto its top. The device is heavy.
Hewlett-Packard recommends that two people lift the device and turn it over onto a smooth,
soft surface.
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● Right rear cover (see Removing the right rear cover)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the
input/output (I/O) cover)
● ADF (see
Replacing the ADF)
● Fuser assembly (see
Replacing the fuser assembly)
● Toner-catch tray (see
Removing
the toner-catch tray)
● Transfer-roller plate (see
Removing the transfer-roller plate)
● Transfer roller (see
Removing the transfer roller)
● Optional tray 2, if installed (see
Removing optional
tray 2 (250-sheet tray))
● Print cartridges (see
Replacing the print cartridges)
● Imaging drum (see
Replacing the imaging drum)
2 Prepare a smooth, soft surface (with an ESD pad, if possible) on which the overturned device will
rest. Avoid placing small items such as screws or tools in this area.
3 Clean out loose toner from inside the device, and then turn the device over so that it rests on the
scanning assembly in the area that you prepared in step 2.
ENWW Main assemblies 205
4 Remove the power supply assembly (see Removing the power supply cover plate), and then
remove the plastic protector sheet from the bottom of the device.
Figure 5-86 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (1 of 8)
5 Lay the device on its back.
206 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
6 With one hand holding the belt roller shaft on the inside of the device, use the other hand to
simultaneously push both the hooks (callout 1) of the spring clip through the holes in the bottom
of the printer. Use care not to loosen the spring clip.
Figure 5-87 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (2 of 8)
ENWW Main assemblies 207
7 Lift the belt roller (callout 2) from its hooks.
Figure 5-88 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (3 of 8)
208 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
8 Remove one screw (callout 3) from the gear cover, and then lift the gear cover to remove it.
Figure 5-89 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (4 of 8)
ENWW Main assemblies 209
9 Use a small flatblade screwdriver to pry the feed-drive shaft (callout 4) off of the hooks that
secure it to the device, and then remove the larger timing belt.
Figure 5-90 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (5 of 8)
210 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
10 Use a small flatblade screwdriver to pry the individual idler rollers (callout 5) from their hooks,
and then remove the belts from the rollers and the feed-drive shaft.
5
Figure 5-91 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (6 of 8)
Reinstallation tip Examine the timing belt before removing it from the device. The
leading and trailing sides of the ridges are different, and the belt must be reinstalled
correctly to prevent media-feed problems.
11 Place the new smaller belts and the larger timing belt on the feed drive shaft first and place them
into the approximate place that the old belts resided.
12 Start the right end of the feed-drive shaft in the gear box, snap the shaft into place, and then
reinstall the gear cover.
ENWW Main assemblies 211
13 Feed the individual idler rollers through the smaller belts (callout 6) and snap them into place.
6
Figure 5-92 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (7 of 8)
212 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
14 Put the feed belt on the roller shaft, and then put the spring clip on the shaft so that the hooks of
the spring clip face the front of the device.
Figure 5-93 Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (8 of 8)
15 Push the spring clip hooks through the slots in the bottom of the device, and then push the hooks
toward the front of the device to fasten them to the bottom of the device (see
Figure 5-87
Replacing the feed-drive shaft and belts (2 of 8)).
16 After reassembling the device, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a copy-
quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
ENWW Main assemblies 213
Removing the power supply cover plate
CAUTION This procedure requires turning the device over onto its top. The device is heavy.
Hewlett-Packard recommends that two people lift the device and turn it over onto a smooth,
soft surface.
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● ADF (see
Replacing the ADF)
● Left cover (see
Removing the left cover)
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● Left rear cover (see
Removing the left rear cover)
● Right rear cover (see
Removing the right rear cover)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover)
● Back cover (see
Removing the back cover)
● Fuser assembly (see
Replacing the fuser assembly)
● Top cover assembly (see
Removing the top cover assembly)
● Formatter cage (see
Removing the formatter cage)
● Optional tray 2 (see
Removing optional tray 2 (250-sheet tray))
● Toner-catch tray (see
Removing the toner-catch tray)
2 Prepare a smooth, soft surface (with an ESD pad, if possible) on which the overturned device will
rest. Avoid placing small items such as screws or tools in this area.
3 Unplug five cable connectors (callout 1) from the DC controller, and then unroute the cables from
the clip in the bottom of the plate.
214 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
4 Remove one screw (callout 2) from the grounding wire.
1
2
Figure 5-94 Remove the power supply cover plate (1 of 2)
ENWW Main assemblies 215
5 Clean out loose toner from inside the device, and then turn the device over so that it rests on the
scanning assembly in the area that you prepared in step 2.
Figure 5-95 Remove the power supply cover plate (2 of 3)
6 Remove one screw from the left side of the device (callout 3).
216 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
7 Remove eight screws (callout 4) from the bottom of the power supply cover plate.
4
3
Figure 5-96 Remove the power supply cover plate (3 of 3)
8 Lift the power supply cover plate off of the device.
ENWW Main assemblies 217
9 During reinstallation, make sure that the grounding springs are attached to each of the eight
power supply cover plate connections before reinstalling the plate.
Figure 5-97 Power supply cover plate connections
10 After replacing the power supply cover plate, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality
test)) and a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
Removing the paper-top sensor
1 Remove the following assemblies:
● Fuser assembly (see
Replacing the fuser assembly)
● Optional tray 2 (see
Removing optional tray 2 (250-sheet tray))
● Toner-catch tray (see
Removing the toner-catch tray)
● Power supply cover plate (see
Removing the power supply cover plate).
218 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Remove one screw (callout 1).
1
Figure 5-98 Remove the paper-top sensor
3 Lift the paper-top sensor straight up to remove it from the device.
4 Unwind the cable from the cable harness, and unplug the cable from the DC controller.
CAUTION Do not attempt to disconnect the paper-top sensor cable from the paper-top
sensor. Doing so can damage the cable.
5 After replacing the paper-top sensor, run a print-quality test (see Test 1 (print-quality test)).
Removing the fuser-wrap sensor
1 Remove the power supply cover plate (see Removing the power supply cover plate).
ENWW Main assemblies 219
2 Inside the device, remove the fuser-wrap sensor roller (callout 1).
Figure 5-99 Remove the fuser-wrap sensor (1 of 2)
220 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 On the bottom of the device, remove one screw (callout 2) from the fuser-wrap sensor.
Figure 5-100 Remove the fuser-wrap sensor (2 of 2)
4 Unwind the cable from the cable harness, and unplug the cable from the DC controller.
5 After replacing the fuser-wrap sensor, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and
a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
ENWW Main assemblies 221
Motors and fans
Removing the fuser motor
1 Remove the following covers and assembly:
● Right cover (see
Removing the right cover)
● I/O cover (see
Removing the input/output (I/O) cover)
● Formatter cage (see
Removing the formatter cage)
2 Unplug one connector (callout 1).
3 Remove four screws (callout 2).
1
2
2
Figure 5-101 Remove the fuser motor
4 Pull the motor away from the device.
5 After replacing the fuser motor, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a copy-
quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
222 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Removing the carousel-engagement motor
1 Remove the left cover (see Removing the left cover).
2 Unplug the cable connector (callout 1).
3 Remove two screws (callout 2).
4 Rotate the motor counterclockwise to clear the metal lock-tab.
5 Pull the carousel-engagement motor away from the device to remove it.
1
2
Figure 5-102 Remove the carousel-engagement motor
6 After replacing the carousel-engagement motor, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality
test)).
Removing the air duct and fan
1 Remove the following covers:
● Top cover (see
Removing the top cover assembly)
● Left support assembly (see
Removing the left support assembly)
2 Disconnect the black connector (callout 1), and then unroute the wires (callout 2) with white
connectors from the left side of the air duct.
3 Release two tabs (callout 3).
ENWW Motors and fans 223
4 Lift the air duct straight up to release two hidden tabs at the top of the air duct, and lift the air
duct away from the device.
Figure 5-103 Remove the air duct and fan
5 To remove the fan (callout 4) from the air duct, release two tabs on the side of the air duct that
faces the device, and then lift the fan from the air duct.
6 After replacing the air duct and fan, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)).
224 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs)
Removing the sub-high-voltage transformer PCA
1 Remove the power supply cover plate (see Removing the power supply cover plate).
2 Unplug one connector (callout 1) from the high-voltage transformer PCA.
3 Remove two screws (callout 2).
4 Lift up the sub-high-voltage transformer PCA and its holder, and then unplug one connector
(callout 3) from the high-voltage transformer PCA.
1
3
2
Figure 5-104 Remove the sub-high-voltage transformer PCA
5 After replacing the sub-high-voltage transformer PCA, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-
quality test)) and a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
ENWW Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) 225
Removing the high-voltage transformer PCA
1 Remove the following covers and assemblies:
● Power supply cover plate (see
Removing the power supply cover plate)
● Sub-high-voltage transformer PCA (see
Removing the sub-high-voltage transformer PCA)
2 Release two cable holders (callout 1) and then unplug two connectors (callout 2).
3 Remove two screws (callout 3).
4 Pinch six plastic pins (callout 4) and then lift the high-voltage transformer PCA off of the power
supply cover plate.
4
3
1
2
Figure 5-105 Remove the high-voltage transformer PCA
5 After replacing the high-voltage transformer PCA, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality
test)) and a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
Removing the low-voltage PCA
1 Remove the power supply cover plate (see Removing the power supply cover plate).
2 Unplug four connectors (callout 1) from the low-voltage PCA.
226 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
3 Remove one screw (callout 2) from the grounding wire.
4 Remove two screws (callout 3) from the fuser-connector holder and lift the holder off of the low-
voltage PCA.
1
3
2
Figure 5-106 Remove the low-voltage PCA (1 of 2)
ENWW Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) 227
5 Remove six screws (callout 4) from the low-voltage PCA, and then lift the PCA off of the power
supply cover plate.
4
Figure 5-107 Remove the low-voltage PCA (2 of 2)
6 After replacing the low-voltage PCA, run a print-quality test (see
Test 1 (print-quality test)) and a
copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
NOTE If you are servicing an HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one, run a memory-card test
(see
Test 4 (memory-card test)) as well.
228 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Trays
Removing tray 1 (multipurpose tray)
1 Remove the following covers:
● Left cover (see
Removing the left cover)
● Multipurpose roller cover (see
Removing the multipurpose roller cover)
2 Open tray 1.
3 Press the multipurpose-roller cover (not shown) inward toward the device, and then grasp the top
edge to remove it.
4 Lift the tray cover slightly to align the notch (callout 1) with the hinge pins of the tray hinges
(callout 2).
5 Push the tray hinge to the left while pulling the tray cover to the right to carefully disengage the
hinge pin from the tray cover.
6 Disengage the right tray hinge from the tray.
7 Close the tray guide (callout 3), open the tray cover, and then slide the tray cover to the left to
remove it from its pins.
Figure 5-108 Remove tray 1 (1 of 2)
ENWW Trays 229
8 Disengage the left and right hinges from the tray guide and then slide both hinges off of their
keyed holes (callout 4) in the device.
9 Use needle-nose pliers to unhook two springs (callout 5), one at each side of the tray guide, and
then remove the tray guide.
Figure 5-109 Remove tray 1 (2 of 2)
Reinstallation tip The two springs should remain attached to two pegs inside the
device. If the springs are not attached, use needle-nose pliers to reattach them before
reinstalling the tray guide.
10 After replacing the multipurpose tray, run a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
Removing optional tray 2 (250-sheet tray)
CAUTION This procedure requires lifting the device. The device is heavy. Hewlett-Packard
recommends that two people lift the device off of tray 2.
1 Remove the right and left covers (see Removing the right cover and Removing the left cover).
230 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
2 Remove one screw (callout 1) from optional tray 2.
Figure 5-110 Remove optional tray 2 (1 of 2)
3 Remove one screw (callout 2) from the left side at the front of the device.
ENWW Trays 231
4 Remove two screws (callout 3) from the back of optional tray 2.
Figure 5-111 Remove optional tray 2 (2 of 2)
232 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
5 Grasp the device frame on each side, and then carefully lift the device off of tray 2.
Reinstallation tip When reinstalling optional tray 2, line up the posts on the bottom of
the device with the slots in optional tray 2.
Figure 5-112 Reinstall tray 2
6 After replacing optional tray 2, run a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality test)).
Removing the optional tray 2 pickup roller
1 Remove all paper from the 250-sheet feeder and then remove the 250-sheet feeder from the
device.
2 Press the lift plate down and then pull the tray out of the feeder.
3 Turn the feeder upside-down.
4 Use a flatblade screwdriver to disengage the white, plastic lever, and then rotate the lever toward
the front of the feeder to release the roller.
ENWW Trays 233
5 Lift the pickup roller up to remove it.
Figure 5-113 Remove the 250-sheet feeder pickup roller
6 After replacing the optional tray 2 pickup roller, run a copy-quality test (see
Test 2 (copy-quality
test)).
234 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
Replacing the optional tray 2 separation pad
1 Remove the tray from the device and place it on a flat surface. Remove any paper from the tray.
2 Locate the separation pad in the base at the inside-front edge of the tray.
3 Press the large metal plate at the bottom of the tray down. Insert a flatblade screwdriver in the
slots on each side of the base and push the tabs out of the slots.
ENWW Trays 235
4 Pull the separation pad up and out of the tray.
5 Use one hand to position the new separation pad above the empty base. Align the grooves on
the sides of the pad with the sides of the base, and then slide the pad down until the tabs snap
into the slots on the base.
6 Reload any print media, and then slide the tray into the device.
7 After replacing the optional tray 2 separation pad, run a copy-quality test (see Test 2 (copy-
quality test)).
236 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW
6 Troubleshooting
This troubleshooting information is organized to help you resolve printing problems. Choose the
general topic or type of problem from the following list.
●
Support strategy
●
Troubleshooting process
●
Control-panel messages
●
Clearing jams
●
Print problems
●
Scan problems
● Copy problems
●
Fax problems
●
Memory card problems
●
Functional tests
●
Service-mode functions
●
Troubleshooting tools
●
Updating or recovering the firmware code
ENWW 237
Support strategy
This device has a one-year limited warranty. Warranty service and support options might vary
depending on your country/region. Refer to the support flyer that came in your box for contact
information, or visit
http://www.hp.com.
238 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Troubleshooting process
Use the troubleshooting checklist to solve issues with the device.
Troubleshooting checklist
Follow the steps below when trying to solve a problem with the device.
NOTE The service CD-ROM contains sound files of normal device operations. Refer to
those files if you are in doubt of what a "normal" device should sound like.
Table 6-1 Troubleshooting checklist
Step
number
Verification step Possible problems Solutions
1 Is the power on?
When the device is
connected to a
grounded power
source, the control
panel shows Hewlett
Packard with moving
cursors indicating that
the firmware code is
loading, and the print
engine motor rotates for
approximately 45 to 60
seconds. When the
firmware is done
loading, Scanner bulb
warming up appears in
the control panel, and
the scan head moves
back and forth for 10-15
seconds. If you lift the
scanner lid, you will see
that the scanner bulb is
lit. Near the end of this
time, the automatic
document feeder (ADF)
motor turns on for about
two seconds.
No power due to failed power
source, cable, switch, or fuse.
1 Verify that the device is
plugged in.
2 Verify that the power cable is
functional and that the power
switch is on.
3 Check the power source by
plugging the device directly
into the wall or into a different
outlet.
Print engine motor does not rotate. 1 If the device control panel
indicates a jam, verify that the
fuser shipping locks have
been removed.
2 Verify that the rear output
door is closed. See To clear
output area jams.
3 Verify that the print cartridges
and imaging drum are
properly installed. Look at the
control-panel messages and
follow the instructions to
remove and replace the
cartridges.
4 Verify that the top cover is
closed completely.
ADF motor does not rotate. Open the ADF cover and remove
any orange shipping tape inside
the ADF.
Verify that the ADF cable is
connected correctly to the scanner.
If the ADF motor still does not
rotate, verify that the cables from
the scanner to the formatter are
connected correctly. See
ENWW Troubleshooting process 239
Step
number
Verification step Possible problems Solutions
Removing the scanning assembly.
If the problem persists replace
parts in the following order one at
a time: the ADF, the scanner, and
then finally the formatter.
Scanner bulb does not light. If the scanner bulb does not light,
verify that the cables from the
scanner to the formatter are
connected correctly. See
Removing the scanning assembly.
If the error persists, replace parts
one at a time in the following
order until the problem is
resolved: scanner assembly, and
finally the formatter (see
Removing the formatter
assemblies).
2 Does Ready appear in
the device control
panel?
The control panel
should function without
error messages.
Control panel shows an error. See Control-panel messages for a
list of common messages that will
help you correct the error.
If no display appears in the control
panel, verify that the control panel
cables are connected correctly.
See
Removing the control panel.
3 Do information pages
print?
Print a Configuration
page.
Control panel displays an error
message.
See Control-panel messages for a
list of common messages that will
help you correct the error.
Media does not move smoothly
through the device paper path.
Clean the paper path.
Poor print quality. See Print quality problems.
4 Does the device copy?
Place the Configuration
page into the ADF and
make a copy. The
report should feed
smoothly through the
ADF, and copies should
print without print-
quality problems. Make
a copy from the flatbed
as well.
Poor copy quality from the ADF.
1 If the print quality from the
internal tests and the copy
from the flatbed were
acceptable, clean the ADF
scanning window. See
To
clean the scanner glass.
2 If the ADF is damaged,
replace the ADF. See
Replacing the ADF.
Media does not move smoothly
through the ADF path.
1 Clean the ADF pick roller and
ADF separation pad.
2 If the problem persists,
replace the ADF pickup roller.
See Replacing the ADF
pickup-roller assembly.
3 If the problem persists,
replace the ADF. See
Replacing the ADF.
Table 6-1 Troubleshooting checklist (continued)
240 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Step
number
Verification step Possible problems Solutions
Poor copy quality from the flatbed. 1 If the print quality from the
internal tests and the copy
from the ADF were
acceptable, clean the flatbed
glass. See To clean the
scanner glass.
2 If, after performing the
maintenance, the problem
persists, see
Copy problems.
If the problem persists,
replace the scanning
assembly. See
Removing the
scanning assembly.
5 Does the device send
a fax?
(HP Color LaserJet
2830/2840 all-in-one
models only)
Connect the telephone
line and press S
TART
F
AX
to verify that a dial
tone exists (using a
hand set, if necessary).
Attempt to send a fax.
The telephone line is not
operational or the device is not
plugged into the telephone line.
Verify that the device is plugged
into a telephone line that you
know works.
The telephone cord is faulty or is
plugged into the wrong connector.
1 Try plugging the telephone
cord into the other connector.
2 Try a new telephone cord.
The device fax settings are set
incorrectly.
Review and reset the device fax
settings.
Sent fax is incomplete or of poor
quality.
See Fax problems.
6 Does the device
receive a fax?
(HP Color LaserJet
2830/2840 all-in-one
models only)
Use another fax
machine to send a fax
to the device.
Too many telephone devices are
plugged in, or telephone devices
are not connected in the correct
order.
Make sure that the HP Color
LaserJet 2830 all-in-one or
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one
is the only device on the
telephone line and try again to
receive the fax.
The device fax settings are set
incorrectly.
Review and reset the device fax
settings.
7 Does the device print
from the computer?
Connect the network
cable or USB cable to
the device and the
computer. Use a word-
processing application
to send a print job to the
device.
Software is not installed correctly
or an error occurred during
software installation.
If the computer is connected to
the device by a USB cable,
disconnect the USB cable, and
then uninstall and reinstall the
system software using the device
installation CD-ROM. Reconnect
the USB cable when prompted to
do so by the installation procedure.
The cable is not connected
correctly.
Reconnect the cable.
An incorrect driver is selected. Select the proper driver.
Other devices are connected to the
USB port.
Disconnect the other devices and
try again to print.
There might be a problem with the
network connection.
If printing through the network,
verify that the device has a valid
Table 6-1 Troubleshooting checklist (continued)
ENWW Troubleshooting process 241
Step
number
Verification step Possible problems Solutions
TCP/IP address by checking the
network configuration. If the issue
persists, verify that the green LED
on the network connector on the
back of the device is lit. If it is not
lit, there might be a bad network
connection, cable, or network
device (router or hub).
If the issue persists after verifying
the above, uninstall and then
reinstall the network driver
software from the device
installation CD. Print a
Configuration page for reference
to the TCP/IP address during
reinstallation.
If the problem still persists,
replace the formatter.
There is a port driver problem in
Microsoft Windows.
Uninstall and then reinstall the
device software. Verify that you
are using the correct installation
procedure and the correct port
setting.
8 Does the device scan
back to the computer
when you use the S
CAN
T
O
button on the device
control panel?
CAUTION
If connected by a USB cable, the
USB cable might not be connected
correctly.
Reconnect the USB cable.
If connected by a USB cable, the
USB cable might be damaged.
Replace the USB cable with a Hi-
Speed USB cable.
Scan-to folder or scan-to-email
software application might not be
set up correctly.
Verify the settings for your scan-to
folder or scan-to-email software
application by using HP Toolbox.
See
Scan to tab.
Network problems might exist. Verify that the device functions on
network by sending a print job to
the device from the computer.
If the error persists, turn off the device and then turn on the device.
9 Does the device scan
from a software
application?
Initiate a scan from the
basic desktop software
at your computer.
Software is not installed correctly
or an error occurred during
software installation.
Uninstall and then reinstall the
device software from the
installation CD-ROM. Verify that
you are using the correct
installation procedure and the
correct port setting.
The software application or the
computer operating system might
not be recognizing the scanner
driver.
1 Verify that the software
application is selected the
correct scanner driver.
2 Switch from the current driver
to the alternate driver. For
example, instead of using the
WIA scanner driver, select the
TWAIN driver for the 2800
series.
Table 6-1 Troubleshooting checklist (continued)
242 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Step
number
Verification step Possible problems Solutions
If the error persists, turn off the device and then turn on the device.
10 Does the device
recognize and print
from a memory card?
Insert a memory card
and print an index page.
The device does not recognize the
card.
Remove the card and reinsert it
into the memory-card slot. Verify
that the card is fully inserted into
the slot.
Verify that the memory-card type
is a supported type.
Verify that only one card is
inserted in the memory-card slots.
Verify that the memory-card
assembly ribbon cable is
connected correctly to the
formatter. See
Replacing the
memory-card assembly (HP Color
LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only).
If the problem persists with
multiple types of memory cards,
replace the following parts one at
a time in the following order:
memory-card assembly, ribbon
cable, and then formatter.
The device does not print certain
images.
Verify that the files on the memory
card are in the correct format. The
device recognizes only SRGB
format .JPEG files.
Table 6-1 Troubleshooting checklist (continued)
ENWW Troubleshooting process 243
Control-panel messages
The majority of the control-panel messages are intended to guide the user through typical operation.
The control-panel messages indicate the status of the current operation, and include a page count on
the second line of the display, if appropriate. When the device is receiving fax data, print data, or
scanning commands, control-panel messages indicate this status. In addition, alert messages,
warning messages, and critical error messages indicate situations that might require some action.
Alert and warning messages
Alert and warning messages appear temporarily and might require the user to acknowledge the
message by pressing E
NTER
to resume or by pressing C
ANCEL
to cancel the job. With certain
warnings, the job might not complete or the print quality might be affected. If the alert or warning
message is related to printing and the auto-continue feature is on, the device will attempt to resume
the printing job after the warning has appeared for 10 seconds without acknowledgement.
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages
Control panel message Description Recommended action
10.000x Supply error E-label can’t be read or print cartridge is not
properly installed.
1 Reinstall print cartridge.
2 Power cycle device.
3 If the problem is not solved, replace the
cartridge.
ADF door is open
The ADF lid is open or a sensor is
malfunctioning.
Make sure that the ADF lid is closed.
Remove the ADF and reinstall it.
If the message persists, turn off the power
by using the power switch, wait at least 30
seconds, and then turn on the power and
wait for the device to initialize.
If the error persists, replace the ADF. See
Replacing the ADF.
Canceled copy. Clear document
The C
ANCEL
button was pressed to cancel
the current job while pages were feeding
from the ADF. The cancel process does not
automatically clear the ADF.
Remove the jammed item. See Media jams
occur in the automatic document feeder
(ADF). Then, clear the items in the ADF
tray and start over.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
Canceled scan. Clear document
The C
ANCEL
button was pressed to cancel
the current job while pages were feeding
from the ADF. The cancel process does not
automatically clear the ADF.
Remove the jammed item. See Media jams
occur in the automatic document feeder
(ADF). Then, clear the items in the ADF
tray and start over.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
Canceled send. Clear document
The C
ANCEL
button was pressed to cancel
the current job while pages were feeding
from the ADF tray. The cancel process
does not automatically clear the ADF.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
Remove the jammed item. See
Media jams
occur in the automatic document feeder
(ADF). Then, clear the items in the ADF
tray and start over.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
244 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Card is not fully inserted
The memory card has not been fully
inserted.
Verify that the memory card is inserted
completely.
If the card is fully inserted, try inserting
another memory card.
If more than one memory card type has the
same issue, verify that the LED glows when
the card inserted. If the LED does not glow,
verify that the flat cable that connects the
memory-card assembly to the formatter is
connected correctly. See
Replacing the
memory-card assembly (HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only).
If the issue persists, replace the memory-
card assembly.
Comm. error
A fax communication error occurred
between the device and the sender or
receiver.
Allow the device to retry sending the fax.
Unplug the device telephone cord from the
wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a
call. Plug the device phone cord into a jack
for another phone line.
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
Update the firmware. See
Updating or
recovering the firmware code.
If the error persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing the formatter and line interface
unit (LIU).
Device error. [Enter] to cont.
An internal error occurred in the device. Press E
NTER
to resume the job.
If the error persists:
1 Turn off the device and then turn on the
device.
2 If possible, print the error log from the
Secondary service menu, and then
troubleshoot the last error on the list.
3 If the error still persists and you cannot
print an error log, replace the
components in the following order: the
formatter and then the DC controller.
Device is busy.
Try again later
The device is currently in use. Wait for the device to finish the current job.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
Doc feeder jam
Clear, Reload
A piece of media is jammed in the ADF tray. Open the ADF cover, clear the jam, close
the ADF cover, and reload the paper into
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 245
Control panel message Description Recommended action
the ADF tray. See To clear a media jam
from the automatic document feeder (ADF).
If the error persists, replace the ADF
separation pad (see
Removing the ADF
separation pad) and ADF pickup roller (see
Replacing the ADF pickup-roller assembly).
Document feeder mispick. Reload Media in the ADF tray was not picked up. Remove the media from the ADF tray, and
then reload it.
If the error persists, replace the ADF
separation pad (see
Removing the ADF
separation pad) and ADF pickup roller (see
Replacing the ADF pickup-roller assembly).
Engine comm. error
The device experienced an internal
communication error.
This is a warning message only. Job output
might be affected.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
Fax delayed – send storage full
Fax memory is full. Cancel the fax by pressing E
NTER
or
C
ANCEL
. Resend the fax. You might need to
send the fax in multiple sections if the error
occurs again.
If the error persists, clear the fax memory:
1 Press M
ENU
, use the < or > button to
select Fax functions, and then press
E
NTER
.
2 Use the < or > button to select Clear
saved faxs, and then press E
NTER
.
Fax is busy
Canceled send
The fax line to which you were sending a
fax was busy. The device has canceled
sending the fax.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
machine is on and ready.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
Check that the Redial if busy option is
enabled.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing S
TART
F
AX
.
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the device, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Plug the device phone cord into a jack for
another phone line, and then try sending
the fax again.
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
246 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
persists, replace the LIU. See Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
Fax is busy
Redial pending
The fax line to which you were sending a
fax was busy. The device automatically
redials the busy number.
Allow the device to retry sending the fax.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
machine is on and ready.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing S
TART
F
AX
.
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the device, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Plug the device phone cord into a jack for
another phone line, and try sending the fax
again.
Try a different phone cord.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
Fax memory full
Canceling recv.
During the fax transmission, the device ran
out of memory. Only the pages that fit into
memory will be printed.
Print all of the faxes and have the sender
resend the fax. Cancel all fax jobs or clear
the faxes from memory.
NOTE Adding a memory DIMM
does not help resolve this issue.
Fax memory full
Canceling send
During the fax job, the memory filled. All
pages of the fax have to be in memory for a
fax job to work correctly. Only the pages
that fit into memory were sent.
Print all received faxes or wait until all
pending faxes are sent.
Ask the sender to send the fax again.
Cancel all fax jobs or clear the faxes from
memory.
Fax recv. error An error occurred while trying to receive a
fax.
Ask the sender to resend the fax.
Try faxing back to the sender or another fax
machine.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing S
TART
F
AX
.
Check that the telephone cord is securely
connected by unplugging and replugging
the cord.
Make sure that you are using the telephone
cord that came with the device.
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 247
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the device, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Make sure that the telephone cord
connects the device directly to the wall jack.
Remove any third-party devices, such as
an answering machine, that are connected
between the device and the wall jack.
Turn off error-correction mode (ECM), and
turn off V.34. Ask the sender to resend the
fax.
Connect the device to a different phone line.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
Fax Send error An error occurred while trying to send a fax. Try resending the fax.
Try faxing to another fax number.
Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing S
TART
F
AX
.
Check that the telephone cord is securely
connected by unplugging and replugging
the cord.
Make sure that you are using the telephone
cord that came with the device.
Make sure that the phone is working by
disconnecting the device, plugging in a
telephone to the phone line, and making a
voice call.
Make sure that the telephone cord
connects the device directly to the wall jack.
Remove any third-party devices, such as
an answering machine, that are connected
between the device and the wall jack.
Connect the device to a different phone line.
Set the fax resolution to Standard instead
of the default of Fine.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
Fit to Page on
flatbed only
The copy reduce/enlarge feature (called
"Fit to Page") applies only to copies made
from the flatbed scanner.
Use the flatbed or select another reduction/
enlargement setting.
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
248 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Group dial not allowed in group The speed-dial code that you typed is
programmed for a group. Adding a group-
dial to another group-dial is not allowed.
Add one-touch buttons (programmed as an
individual speed dial) or speed-dial codes
to a group-dial.
Insert Memory Card
Card is not in memory slot or is not inserted
completely.
Insert card or verify that card is inserted
completely.
Invalid date An invalid date was entered, such as June
35.
Re-enter the date.
Invalid driver You are using the incorrect printer driver. Reselect the printer driver appropriate for
your device.
Invalid entry Invalid data or response. Correct the entry.
Invalid Memory Card
The proof sheet does not match the files on
the memory card.
Remove the memory card and insert the
correct memory card.
Memory Card is in backwards The memory card was inserted backwards
into the card slot.
Remove, turn, and reinsert the card.
Memory is low.
Press [Enter]
The device memory has been almost
completely filled.
Allow the device to finish the job, or press
E
NTER
to cancel the job.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
If the error persists, add memory to the
device.
Mem. low 1 copy
Press [cancel]
The device completed making one copy.
The remaining copies have been canceled
because of low device-memory.
Press C
ANCEL
to clear the error. Break the
job into smaller jobs that contain fewer
pages.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
If the error persists, add memory to the
device.
Memory low
Only 1 copy made
The device does not have enough memory
to complete the collated copy job.
Break the job into smaller jobs that contain
fewer pages.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
If the error persists, add memory to the
device.
Memory is low
Try again later
The device does not have enough memory
to start a new job.
Wait until the current job is finished before
starting a new job.
If the error persists, turn off the device and
then turn on the device.
If the error persists, add memory to the
device.
No Dial Tone
The device could not detect a dial tone. Check for a dial tone on the phone line by
pressing S
TART
F
AX
.
Unplug the telephone cord from both the
device and the wall and replug the cord.
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 249
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Make sure that you are using the telephone
cord that came with the device.
Unplug the device telephone cord from the
wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a
voice call.
Plug the device telephone cord into a jack
for another phone line.
Make sure that the telephone cord
connects the device directly to the wall jack.
Remove any third-party devices, such as
an answering machine, that are connected
between the device and the wall jack.
Update the firmware. See
Updating or
recovering the firmware code.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
No document sent The device did not scan any pages, or it did
not receive any pages from the computer to
transmit a fax.
Try sending the fax again.
No fax answer.
Canceled send
Attempts to redial a fax number failed, or
the “Redial-no answer” option was turned off.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
machine is on and ready.
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
Check that the redial option is enabled.
Unplug the telephone cord from both the
device and the wall and replug the cord.
Unplug the device telephone cord from the
wall, plug in a telephone, and try making a
voice call.
Plug the device phone cord into a jack for
another phone line.
Make sure that the telephone cord
connects the device directly to the wall jack.
Remove any third-party devices, such as
an answering machine, that are connected
between the device and the wall jack.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
No fax answer
Redial pending
The receiving fax line did not answer. The
device attempts to redial after a few minutes.
Allow the device to retry sending the fax.
Call the recipient to ensure that the fax
machine is on and ready.
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
250 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
Check that you are dialing the correct fax
number.
If the device continues to redial, unplug the
device telephone cord from the wall, plug in
a telephone, and try making a voice call.
Plug the device phone cord into a jack for
another phone line.
Try a different phone cord.
Make sure that the telephone cord
connects the device directly to the wall jack.
Remove any third-party devices, such as
an answering machine, that are connected
between the device and the wall jack.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
No fax detected The device answered the incoming call but
did not detect that a fax machine was calling.
Allow the device to retry receiving the fax.
Try a different phone cord.
Plug the device phone cord into a jack for
another phone line.
Make sure that the telephone cord
connects the device directly to the wall jack.
Remove any third-party devices, such as
an answering machine, that are connected
between the device and the wall jack.
If the error persists, check the flat flexible
cable between the LIU and the formatter.
Reseat or replace the cable. If the error
persists, replace the LIU. See
Removing
the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
No image layout selected
An image layout might not be selected on
the proof sheet.
Verify that you have marked one of the
bubbles corresponding to an image layout.
No images selected You might not have selected any images on
the proof sheet.
Verify that you have marked the bubbles
underneath the images you want to print.
No paper pickup
[Enter] to cont.
The print engine has failed to pick up a
piece of media.
In tray 1, verify that the media was inserted
far enough into the tray. In optional tray 2,
verify that the paper-length guide is in the
correct position for the media size that you
are using.
Reload the media in the input tray and
press E
NTER
to continue the job.
If the error persists, replace the pickup
roller. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller
and separation pad.
No paper type selected A paper type might not be selected on the
proof sheet.
Verify that you have marked one of the
bubbles corresponding to a paper type.
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 251
Control panel message Description Recommended action
No Proof Sheet Found
The proof sheet is not on the scanner, is in
the wrong position, or is face up.
Verify that the proof sheet is in the scanner
and is properly positioned, face down in the
lower right corner.
Only 1 memory card at a time More than one memory card has been
inserted.
Remove all but one memory card.
Page too complex
[Enter] to cont.
The device could not print the current page
because of its complexity.
Press E
NTER
to clear the message.
Allow the device to finish the job, or press
C
ANCEL
to cancel the job.
Photo Job Pending Second photo job was started prior to
completion of first job.
No action required. Message will cease
when first job completes.
Photos Not Found
An image has been selected that has been
deleted.
The image checked on the bubble sheet
has been deleted.
Memory card has been removed from the
memory slot.
Reinsert the card and reselect the image.
Printer jam
Clear paper path
The device has detected a jam. Open the scanner assembly and the top
cover, and then clear the jam. See
Clearing
jams. The job should continue to print. If it
does not, try reprinting the job.
If media jams frequently, see
Maintenance.
ProofSheet Error Not Readable
The proof sheet cannot be read because
the bubbles have not been completely
filled, the proof sheet is wrinkled, the page
is skewed on the scanner, or the proof
sheet is face up. This feature has been
optimized and tested for use with Genuine
HP Toner Supplies (variations in color
shading can impact the performance of this
feature).
1 Verify that the proof sheet bubbles are
completely filled. Verify that the proof
sheet is face down and properly
positioned in the lower right corner.
2 Verify that the proof sheet was not
printed crookedly on the paper.
3 Verify that the proof sheet is not lying
crookedly on the scanner glass.
4 Verify that you are using genuine HP
toner.
Proof Sheet Flatbed Only A document is in the ADF. Remove the document from the ADF and
verify that the proof sheet is properly
positioned on the scanner.
Scanner reserved
for PC scan
A computer is using the device to create a
scan.
Wait until the computer scan has finished,
or cancel the scan from the computer
software, or press C
ANCEL
.
Scanning error
Cannot connect
The device cannot transmit scan
information to a computer.
Verify that the connection cable is not loose
or damaged. Replace the cable if
necessary, and try the scan again.
Settings cleared The device has cleared job settings. Re-enter any appropriate job settings.
Unauthorized <color>
A new supply has been installed that is not
made by HP. This message is displayed
If you believe you purchased an HP supply,
please call the HP fraud hotline at
1-877-219-3183. Service or repairs
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
252 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
until an HP supply is installed or E
NTER
is
pressed.
required as a result of using non-
HP supplies is not covered under
HP warranty.
To continue printing, press E
NTER
. The first
pending job will be cancelled.
Unknown Memory Card Error
There is an issue with either the memory
card or the device memory-card reader.
Reinsert the card. If the error persists,
insert a different card.
Unsupported Memory Card The memory card that you have inserted is
not a type that is supported.
Insert a card that is supported. The
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one supports
the following cards:
■ CompactFlash
■ Ultra CompactFlash
■ Smart Media
■ Memory Stick
■ Secure Digital
■ Multi Media Card
■ XD Card
Critical error messages
Critical error messages can indicate some kind of failure. Cycling the power might fix the problem. If
a critical error persists, the device might require service.
Table 6-3 Critical error messages
Control panel message Description Recommended action
50.x Fuser Error
The device has experienced an internal
hardware error.
Turn off the device, and then disconnect
the power cord. Remove the fuser (see
To
clear output area jams), and then wait at
least 20 minutes. Reinstall the fuser, turn
on the device, and then wait for the device
to initialize.
CAUTION The parts on the
internal surface of the fuser are
very hot. To avoid burning yourself,
do not touch those parts.
Perform the heating-element check. See
Heating element test. If the error persists,
replace the fuser assembly. See
Replacing
the fuser assembly.
If, after replacing the fuser assembly, the
error persists, replace the power supply.
See
Removing the power supply cover plate.
Table 6-2 Alert and warning messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 253
Control panel message Description Recommended action
51 Laser Error
The device has experienced an internal
hardware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the device to
initialize.
If the error persists, replace the laser/
scanner assembly. See
Removing the laser/
scanner assembly.
52 Scanner Error
The device has experienced an internal
hardware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the device to
initialize.
If the error persists, replace the scanning
assembly. See Removing the scanning
assembly.
54.2, 55.1, 59.16, 59.192, 59.4, 59.99 Errors The device has experienced an internal
hardware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the device to
initialize.
54.2—Carousel rotation error: Replace
the carousel drive motor (see
Removing the
carousel-engagement motor). If the error
persists, replace the DC controller (see
Removing the DC controller). If the error
still persists, inspect or replace the
engaging detection flag.
55.1—DC controller Memory Error:
Replace the DC controller. See
Removing
the DC controller.
59.16—Main Motor rotation error: Check
the cable connections to the DC controller.
If the error persists, replace the DC
controller (see
Removing the DC
controller ). If the error still persists, replace
the main motor.
59.192—Developer Motor rotation error:
Check the cable connections to the DC
controller. If the error persists, replace the
DC controller (see
Removing the DC
controller ). If the error still persists, replace
the developer motor.
59.4—Fuser motor error: Verify that the
fuser is seated completely. If the error
persists, replace the fuser motor. If the
error still persists, replace the DC controller
(see
Removing the DC controller ).
59.99—T2 Clutch error: Check the cable
connections to the DC controller. If the error
persists, remove the imaging drum and
check the clutch. If the error persists,
replace the T2 clutch. If the error still
persists, replace the DC controller
(see
Removing the DC controller ).
Table 6-3 Critical error messages (continued)
254 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Control panel message Description Recommended action
57 Fan Error
Turn off then on
The device has experienced a problem with
its internal fan.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the device to
initialize.
If the error persists, replace the fan. See
Removing the air duct and fan.
If the error still persists, replace the DC
controller. See
Removing the DC controller.
79 Error
Turn off then on
The device has experienced an internal
firmware error.
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the device to
initialize.
If you have recently installed a memory
DIMM in the device, turn off the device,
remove the memory DIMM, reinstall the
DIMM to verify that it is seated properly,
and then turn on the device.
If a surge protector is being used, remove
it. Plug the device directly into the wall
socket. Use the power switch to turn the
device on.
If the error persists, upgrade the firmware.
See
Updating or recovering the firmware
code.
If the error persists, replace the formatter.
See
Removing the formatter assemblies.
Engine error
The device has experienced an engine error. Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the device to
initialize.
Sensor error The device has experienced an internal
sensor error (most likely, the top-of-page
sensor).
Turn off the power by using the power
switch, wait at least 30 seconds, and then
turn on the power and wait for the device to
initialize.
If the error persists, check the top-of-page
sensor. See
Removing the density sensor
and top-of-page sensor.
If the error persists, replace the DC
controller. See
Removing the DC controller.
Table 6-3 Critical error messages (continued)
ENWW Control-panel messages 255
Clearing jams
This section contains instructions for clearing jams from the device.
Media jams occur in the device
Occasionally, paper or other print media can become jammed during a print job. Some causes
include the following events:
■ The input trays are loaded improperly or overfilled, or the media guides are not set properly.
■ Optional tray 2 is removed during a print job.
■ The top cover is opened during a print job.
■ Too many sheets have accumulated in an output area, or sheets are blocking an output area.
The top output bin should contain no more than 125 sheets. With the rear output door, pages
should be removed as soon as they exit the device.
■ The print media that is being used does not meet HP specifications. See
Media specifications.
■ The media is damaged or has foreign objects attached to it, such as staples or paper clips.
■ The environment in which the print media was stored is too humid or too dry. See
Printing and
storage environment.
Tips to avoid media jams
■ Verify that the input tray is not overfilled. The input tray capacity varies depending on the type of
print media that you are using.
■ Verify that the media guides are properly adjusted.
■ Check that the input tray is securely in place.
■ Do not add print media into the input tray while the device is printing.
■ Use only HP-recommended media types and sizes. See
Media specifications for more
information about print media types.
■ Do not let print media stack up in the output bin. The print media type and the amount of toner
used affect the output bin capacity.
■ Check the power connection. Make sure that the power cord is firmly connected to both the
device and the power supply box. Plug the power cord into a grounded AC power outlet.
Where to look for jams
Jams can occur in these locations:
■ Inside the device—under the imaging drum or along the internal paper path
■ In output areas—either the top output bin or the rear output door
■ In the automatic document feeder (ADF)
256 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Find and remove the jam by using the instructions on the following pages. If the location of the jam is
not obvious, first look inside the device.
Loose toner might remain in the device after a jam. This problem typically resolves itself after a few
sheets have been printed.
To clear a media jam inside the device
CAUTION Media jams might result in loose toner on the page. If toner gets on your clothing,
wipe the toner off with a clean cloth, wash the items in cold water, and air dry. Using hot water
or heat from a dryer will set the toner in the fabric. If you get any toner on your hands, wash
them in cold water.
Do not use a sharp object, such as a pencil or scissors, to remove jammed media.
1 On the back of the device, open the rear-output door, and then push down the fuser levers.
Releasing the fuser levers relieves tension on the device rollers, which allows you to remove the
jammed pages.
2 Push the scanner-release button to open the scanner assembly.
3 Open the top cover, and then remove the image drum and set it aside.
ENWW Clearing jams 257
4 With both hands, grasp the side of the media that is most visible (this includes the middle), and
carefully pull it free from the device.
5 When you have removed the jammed media, replace the image drum, and close the top cover
and the scanner assembly.
6 Close the rear output door to return the fuser levers to their original upward position.
After clearing the media jam, you might need to turn the device off, and then turn it on again.
NOTE When you add new media, remove all of the media from the input tray, straighten the
stack after adding the new media, place the stack in the tray, and then adjust the media guides.
To clear output area jams
If the media has jammed where it exits the device, complete the following steps.
CAUTION Do not use a sharp object, such as a pencil or scissors, to remove jammed media.
1 On the back of the device, open the rear-output door, and then push down the fuser levers.
Releasing the fuser levers relieves tension on the device rollers, which allows you to remove the
jammed pages.
258 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
2 Grasp the leading edge of the media and pull the media out through the output bin.
3 Return the fuser levers to their original upward position, and then close the rear-output door.
NOTE If you turned the device off before clearing the media jam, turn it on again, and
then restart your printing or copying job.
If the jam is too far into the device to remove, you might have to remove the fuser. To do so,
complete the following steps.
1 Turn off the device, and then disconnect the power cable.
2 Rotate the locks on the fuser to the unlocked position.
3 Grasp the fuser handle and pull the fuser assembly from the device.
CAUTION The parts on the internal surface of the fuser are very hot. To avoid
burning yourself, do not touch those parts.
4 Using both hands, slowly and steadily remove any print media from inside the device. Then,
carefully reinsert the fuser and secure the locks.
5 Reconnect the power cable, and then turn on the device.
ENWW Clearing jams 259
Media jams occur in the automatic document feeder (ADF)
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a copy, scan, or fax job.
You are notified of a media jam by the Doc feeder jam Clear, Reload message that appears on the
device control-panel display. Possible problems include the following:
■ The ADF input tray is loaded incorrectly or is too full. See
Loading documents to scan for more
information.
■ The media does not meet HP specifications, such as those for size or type. See
Media
specifications for more information.
■ The media is not of good quality. If it is not free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust,
wrinkles, voids, staples, paper clips and curled or bent edges, replace it.
To clear a media jam from the automatic document feeder (ADF)
1 Open the ADF cover.
NOTE Verify that any shipping tape inside the ADF has been removed.
2 Remove the jam cleanout part. Using both hands, lift up on the two handles until the part
unsnaps. Rotate and lift out the cleanout part and set it aside.
3 Lifting the green lever, rotate the pick mechanism until it stays open.
260 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
4 Gently try to remove the page without tearing it. If you feel resistance, go to the next step.
5 Open the ADF lid and gently loosen the media by using both hands. Be careful that the ADF
input tray does not fall off while the ADF lid is open.
6 When the media is free, gently pull it out in the direction shown.
7 Close the lid to the flatbed scanner.
8 Lower the green lever.
ENWW Clearing jams 261
9 Reinstall the cleanout part by inserting it as shown. Push down on the two tabs until the part
snaps into place. Install the cleanout part correctly, because future jamming might occur if the
cleanout part is not replaced correctly.
10 Close the ADF lid.
262 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Print problems
Print quality problems
Occasionally, you might encounter problems with print quality. The information in the following
sections helps you identify and resolve these issues.
NOTE If you are having copy problems, see Copy problems.
Improving print quality
Use the print-quality settings to prevent print-quality problems.
Understanding print-quality settings
Print-quality settings affect how light or dark the print is on the page and the style in which the
graphics are printed. You can also use the print-quality settings to optimize the print quality for a
specific media type.
You can change the settings in the device properties to accommodate the types of jobs that you are
printing.
To temporarily change print-quality settings
To change the print-quality settings only for the current software program, open the properties
through the Print Setup menu in the program that you are using to print.
To change print-quality settings for all future jobs
NOTE For Macintosh instructions, see the device user guide for more information.
For Windows 98, Windows 2000, and Windows Me:
1 In the Windows system tray, click Start, select Settings, and then click Printers.
2 Right-click the device icon.
3 Click Properties (in Windows 2000, you can also click Printing Preferences).
4 Change the settings, and click OK.
For Windows XP (corporate version):
1 In the Windows system tray, click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
2 Right-click the device icon.
3 Click Properties, or click Printing Preferences.
4 Change the settings, and click OK.
Identifying and correcting print defects
Use the checklist and print-quality issues charts in this section to solve print-quality problems.
ENWW Print problems 263
Print-quality checklist
General print-quality problems can be solved by using the following checklist:
1 Make sure that the paper or print media that you are using meets specifications. See
Media
specifications. Generally, smoother paper provides better results.
Some paper reams are marked with an arrow on the label that indicates the smooth side of the
paper. Make sure that you are printing on the side indicated.
2 If you are using a special print media such as labels, transparencies, glossy, or letterhead,
ensure that you have printed by type.
3 Print a Configuration page and Supplies Status page at the device.
● Check the Supplies Status page to see if any supplies are low or empty. No information is
provided for non-HP print cartridges.
● If the pages do not print correctly, the problem is with the hardware.
To determine the hardware problem, lightly press the switch in the upper left corner of the
open multipurpose tray, toward the rear of the device frame, with at least three sheets of
paper in the multipurpose tray. The device should print a sheet with horizontal lines of all four
colors. If one or more colors are missing, inspect the device imaging system. If all colors are
printed, troubleshoot for a formatter issue.
4 Print a Demo page from HP Toolbox. If the page prints, the problem is with the printer driver. Try
printing from the other printer driver. For example, if you are using the PCL 6 printer driver, print
from the PS printer driver.
● Use the Add Printer Wizard in the Printers (or Printers and Faxes in Windows XP) dialog
box to install the PS driver.
5 Try printing from a different program. If the page prints correctly, the problem is with the program
from which you were printing.
6 Restart the computer and the device and try printing again. If the problem is not resolved, choose
one of these options:
● If you suspect the problem is with the engine print and paper path, perform an engine test.
See
Engine test.
● If the problem is affecting all printed pages, see
General print quality issues.
● If the problem is affecting only pages printed in color, see
Solving issues with color documents.
264 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
General print quality issues
The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the device short edge first.
These examples illustrate problems that would affect all of the pages that you print, whether you print
in color or in black only. The topics that follow list the typical cause and solution for each of these
examples.
Problem Cause Solution
Print is light or faded.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
One or more print cartridges might be
low. If you are using non-HP print
cartridges, no messages appear on the
device control panel or in HP Toolbox.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
If you are using non-HP print
cartridges, replace them with HP
cartridges.
If none of the print cartridges or the
imaging drum is low or empty, remove
the print cartridges one at a time and
inspect the toner roller in each to see if
the roller is damaged. If so, replace the
print cartridge.
The imaging drum might be low or
damaged.
Print the Supplies Status page to check
the remaining life, and verify that the
imaging drum has not been exposed to
light for a long period of time. Replace
the imaging drum if it is low or
damaged. See
Replacing the imaging
drum.
The device might not be calibrated
correctly.
Calibrate the device. See Printer
calibration.
If the light printing is on the left side of
the page, the carousel might be
dislocated.
Verify that the print-cartridge carousel
drive teeth are aligned correctly. If the
teeth are aligned correctly, replace the
print-cartridge carousel. See
Removing
the print-cartridge carousel.
Toner specks appear.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the paper path. See Cleaning
the paper path, or see the HP Toolbox
online Help.
Dropouts appear. A single sheet of print media might be
defective.
Try reprinting the job.
The moisture content of the paper is
uneven or the paper has moist spots
on its surface.
Try different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
ENWW Print problems 265
Problem Cause Solution
The paper lot is flawed. The
manufacturing processes can cause
some areas to reject toner.
Try different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
The imaging drum might be defective. Replace the imaging drum. See
Replacing the imaging drum.
Vertical streaks or bands appear on the
page.
One or more print cartridges might be
low or defective. If you are using non-
HP print cartridges, no messages
appear on the device control panel or
in the HP Toolbox.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
If the error occurs during copy jobs
only, the scanner glass of the ADF
window might be dirty.
Clean the scanner glass and the ADF
window. See .
The imaging drum might be low. Replace the imaging drum. See
Replacing the imaging drum.
The amount of background toner
shading becomes unacceptable.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper with a lighter
basis weight. See
Media specifications.
Very dry (low humidity) conditions can
increase the amount of background
shading.
Check the device environment.
One or more print cartridges might be
low. If you are using non-HP print
cartridges, no messages appear on the
device control panel or in the
HP Toolbox.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
The imaging drum might be low. Replace the imaging drum. See
Replacing the imaging drum.
Toner smears appear on the media.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
If toner smears appear on the leading
edge of the paper, the media guides
are dirty, or debris has accumulated in
the print path.
Clean the media guides and the paper
path. See
Cleaning the paper path.
The imaging drum might be low. Replace the imaging drum. See
Replacing the imaging drum.
266 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
Media might be jammed in the imaging
drum.
Complete the following steps to clear
the jam:
1 Remove the imaging drum from
the device. See
Replacing the
imaging drum.
2 Rotate the black dial (jam
clearance door lock), located on
the top, left-hand side of the
imaging drum, counterclockwise.
3 Lift upward to open the black jam
clearance door near the green
handle on the top of the imaging
drum.
4 Remove the media from inside the
imaging drum.
NOTE Do not touch the
white sleeve in the
imaging drum when
removing the media, as
fingerprints will cause print-
quality issues. If
necessary, use a lint-free
cloth to gently wipe any
fingerprints off the white
sleeve.
5 Close the jam clearance door, and
then rotate the locking mechanism
clockwise.
6 Reinstall the imaging drum in the
device.
The toner smears easily when touched.
The device is not set to print on the
type of media on which you want to
print.
In the printer driver, select the Paper
tab and set Type is to match the type
of media on which you are printing.
Print speed might be slower if you are
using heavy paper.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
The paper path might need cleaning. Clean the device. See Cleaning the
device.
If the error persists, verify that the fuser is working correctly. If it is not working
correctly, replace the fuser. See
Removing the formatter assemblies. If the error
still persists, replace the DC controller. See
Removing the DC controller.
Marks repeatedly appear at even
intervals on the printed side of the page.
The device is not set to print on the
type of media on which you want to
print.
In the printer driver, select the Paper
tab and set Type is to match the type
of paper on which you are printing.
Print speed might be slower if you are
using heavy paper.
ENWW Print problems 267
Problem Cause Solution
Internal parts might have toner on them. The problem typically corrects itself
after a few more pages. Run a cleaning
page through the device. See
Cleaning
the device.
The paper path might need cleaning. Run a cleaning page through the
device. See
Cleaning the device.
The imaging drum might be low. Replace the imaging drum. See
Replacing the imaging drum.
The fuser might be damaged. Replace the fuser. See Replacing the
fuser assembly.
Marks repeatedly appear at even
intervals on the unprinted side of the
page.
Internal parts might have toner on them. The problem typically corrects itself
after a few more pages. Run a cleaning
page through the device. See
Cleaning
the device.
The paper path might need cleaning. Run a cleaning page through the
device. See
Cleaning the device.
The imaging drum might be low. Replace the imaging drum. See
Replacing the imaging drum.
The fuser might be damaged. Replace the fuser. See Replacing the
fuser assembly.
The printed page contains misformed
characters.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
If characters are incorrectly formed so
that they produce a wavy effect, the
laser/scanner assembly might need
service.
Verify that the problem also occurs on
the Configuration page. If so, replace
the laser/scanner assembly. See
Removing the laser/scanner assembly.
The printed page is curled or wavy.
The device is not set to print on the
type of media on which you want to
print.
In the printer driver, select the Paper
tab and set Type is to match the type
of paper on which you are printing.
Print speed might be slower if you are
using heavy paper.
The paper path is curling the media. Open the rear output door to print to
the straight-through paper path.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
Both high temperature and humidity
can cause paper curl.
Check the device environment.
Text or graphics are skewed on the
printed page.
The media might be loaded incorrectly. Make sure that the paper or other print
media is loaded correctly and that the
268 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
media guides are not too tight or too
loose against the stack. See
Loading
media.
If the error occurs using either tray 1 or
optional tray 2, the paper path might be
obstructed.
Remove any media jammed in the
paper path. See
Clearing jams.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
The laser scanner might be incorrectly
seated in the device.
Verify that the laser/scanner assembly
is correctly seated. See
Removing the
laser/scanner assembly.
The printed page contains wrinkles or
creases.
The media might be loaded incorrectly. Turn over the stack of paper in the
input tray, or try rotating the paper 180°
in the input tray.
Verify that the media is loaded
correctly and that the media guides are
not too tight or too loose against the
stack. See
Loading media.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
The paper path is curling the media. Open the rear output door to print to
the straight-through paper path.
Toner appears around the printed
characters.
The media might be loaded incorrectly. Turn over the stack of paper in the tray.
If large amounts of toner have
scattered around the characters, the
paper might have high resistivity.
Use a different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
The device might not be calibrated
correctly.
Calibrate the device. See Printer
calibration.
An image that appears at the top of the
page (in solid black) repeats farther
down the page (in a gray field).
Software settings might affect image
printing.
In your software program, change the
tone (darkness) of the field in which the
repeated image appears.
In your software program, rotate the
whole page 180° to print the lighter
image first.
The device is not set to print on the
type of media on which you want to
print.
In the printer driver, select the Paper
tab and set Type is to match the type
of paper on which you are printing.
Print speed might be slower if you are
using heavy paper.
The order of images printed might
affect printing.
Change the order in which the images
are printed. For example, have the
ENWW Print problems 269
Problem Cause Solution
lighter image at the top of the page,
and the darker image farther down the
page.
A power surge might have affected the
device.
If the defect occurs later in a print job,
turn the device off for 10 minutes, and
then turn on the device to restart the
print job.
270 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Solving issues with color documents
This section describes issues that can occur when you print in color.
Problem Cause Solution
Only black is printing when the
document should be printing in color.
Color mode is not selected in your
program or printer driver.
Select color mode instead of grayscale
mode.
The correct printer driver might not be
selected in the program.
Select the correct printer driver.
The device might not be correctly
configured.
1 To determine if a hardware
problem exists, lightly press the
switch in the upper left corner of
the open multipurpose tray, toward
the rear of the device frame, with
at least three sheets of paper in
the multipurpose tray. The device
should print a sheet with horizontal
lines of all four colors. If one or
more colors are missing, inspect
the device imaging system. If all
colors are printed, inspect the
formatter.
2 Print a Configuration page. If no
color appears on the Configuration
page, replace the imaging drum.
See
Replacing the imaging drum.
One or more colors are not printing, or
are inaccurate.
Sealing tape might be on the print
cartridges.
Verify that the sealing tape has been
completely removed from the print
cartridges.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
The device might be operating in
excessively humid conditions.
Verify that the device environment is
within humidity specifications.
One or more print cartridges might be
low. If you are using non-HP print
cartridges, no messages appear on the
device control panel or in the
HP Toolbox.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
A color is printing inconsistently after
you load a new print cartridge.
Another print cartridge might be low. If
you are using a non-HP print cartridge,
it might be low or empty but you will
receive no indication.
Check the control-panel display or
HP Toolbox to see if a print cartridge is
low, and replace it if necessary.
Print cartridges might be incorrectly
installed.
Remove the print cartridge for the color
that is printing inconsistently and
reinstall it.
The device might have calibrated
incorrectly after you installed a print
cartridge.
Calibrate the device. See
Printer
calibration.
ENWW Print problems 271
Problem Cause Solution
The colors on the printed page do not
match the colors as they appear on the
screen.
The colors on your computer monitor
might differ from the device output.
Select Screen Match in the Color tab
of the printer driver.
The printer driver might affect color
printing.
Try printing from a different program or
one of the other printer drivers. For
example, if you are using the PCL 6
printer driver, try the PS printer driver.
If extremely light colors or extremely
dark colors on screen are not printing,
your software program might interpret
extremely light colors as white or
extremely dark colors as black.
If possible, avoid using extremely light
or extremely dark colors.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use a different paper, such as high-
quality paper that is intended for color
laser printers. See
Media specifications.
The finish on the printed color page is
inconsistent.
The media might be too rough. Use a smooth paper or print media,
such as a high-quality paper that is
made for color laser printers.
Generally, smoother media produces
better the results. See
Media
specifications.
Media-handling problems
Use the information in this section when the device experiences media-handling problems.
Print-media guidelines
■ For best results, make sure that the paper is of good quality, and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots,
loose particles, dust, wrinkles, voids, staples, and curled or bent edges.
■ For best-quality color printing, use a smooth type of paper. Generally, smoother media produces
better results. For more information, see
Media specifications.
■ If you are unsure what type of paper you are loading (such as bond or recycled), check the label
on the package of paper.
CAUTION Do not use media that is designed for Inkjet printers only. Use media that is
designed for color LaserJet printers.
■ Do not use letterhead paper that is printed with low-temperature inks, such as those used in
some types of thermography.
■ Do not use raised or embossed letterhead.
272 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
■ The device uses heat and pressure to fuse toner to the paper. Make sure that any colored paper
or preprinted forms use inks that are compatible with this fusing temperature (210°C or 410°F for
0.2 second).
CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines could cause jams or damage to the device.
Solving print-media problems
The following problems with paper cause print quality deviations, jamming, or even damage to the
device.
Problem Cause Solution
Poor print quality or toner adhesion The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, or it is embossed
or from a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture
content.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl The paper has been stored incorrectly. Store paper flat in its moisture-proof
wrapping.
The paper has variability from one side
to the other.
Turn the paper over.
Excessive curl The paper is too moist, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
construction
Open the rear output bin, or use long-
grain paper.
The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over.
Jamming, damage to device The paper has cutouts or perforations. Use paper that is free of cutouts or
perforations.
Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges. Use high-quality paper that is made for
color laser printers.
The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over.
The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
construction or it is embossed or from
a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture
content.
Open the rear output bin, or use long-
grain paper.
Print is skewed (crooked).
The media guides might be incorrectly
adjusted.
Remove all media from the input tray,
straighten the stack, and then load the
media in the input tray again. Adjust
the media guides to the width and
length of the media that you are using
and try printing again.
If the error occurs using either tray 1 or
optional tray 2, the paper path might be
obstructed
Remove any media jammed in the
paper path. See
Clearing jams.
More than one sheet feeds at one time.
The media tray might be overloaded.
Remove some of the media from the
tray. See
Loading media.
The media might be wrinkled, folded,
or damaged.
Verify that the media is not wrinkled,
folded, or damaged. Try printing on
media from a new or different package.
ENWW Print problems 273
Problem Cause Solution
Device does not pull media from the
media input tray.
The device might be in manual feed
mode.
■ If Manual feed appears on the
device control-panel display, press
E
NTER
to print the job.
■ Verify that the device is not in
manual feed mode and print your
job again.
The pickup roller might be dirty or
damaged.
Clean or replace the pickup roller. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and
separation pad.
The paper-length adjustment control in
tray 2 (HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-
one only) is set at a length that is
greater than the media size.
Adjust the paper-length adjustment
control to the correct length.
Performance problems
Try the tips in this section if pages exit the device, but have nothing printed on them, or when the
device does not print any pages.
Problem Cause Solution
Pages print but are totally blank.
The sealing tape might still be in the
print cartridges.
Verify that the sealing tape has been
completely removed from the print
cartridges.
The document might contain blank
pages.
Check the document that you are
printing to see if content appears on all
of the pages.
The device might be malfunctioning. To check the device, print a
Configuration page.
Pages print very slowly.
Printing in color can slow the print job. If you do not need color for your print
job, set the driver to print in grayscale.
Certain media types can slow the print
job. See
Table 1-15 Special media
print speeds.
Print on a different type of media.
Pages did not print.
The device might not be pulling media
correctly.
See Media-handling problems.
The media is jamming in the device. Clear the jam. See Clearing jams.
The USB cable might be defective or
incorrectly connected.
■ Disconnect the USB cable at both
ends and reconnect it.
■ Try printing a job that has printed
in the past.
■ Try using a different USB cable.
Other devices are running on your
computer.
The device might not share a USB
port. If you have an external hard drive
or network switchbox that is connected
274 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
to the same port as the device, the
other device might be interfering. To
connect and use the device, you must
disconnect the other device or you
must use two USB ports on the
computer.
ENWW Print problems 275
Scan problems
This section helps you identify and resolve scanning problems.
Solving scanned image problems
Use the table below to solve image-scan issues.
Problem Cause Solution
The scanned image is of poor quality.
The original might be a second-
generation photo or picture.
■ To eliminate the patterns, try
reducing the size of the image after
scanning.
■ Print the scanned image to see if
the quality is better.
■ Verify that your resolution and
color settings are correct for the
type of scan job that you are
performing.
■ For best results, use the flatbed
scanner for scanning rather than
the automatic document feeder
(ADF).
If the scanned page has a background
but the original document does not, the
original might be too thin to scan or
copy cleanly.
On the flatbed scanner, place three
sheets of clean paper on top of the
original, close the flatbed scanner
cover, and then re-scan the original.
The image that appears on the screen
might not be an accurate
representation of the quality of the scan.
■ Try adjusting your computer
monitor settings to use more colors
(or levels of gray). Typically, you
make this adjustment by opening
Display in Windows Control Panel.
■ Try adjusting the resolution and
color settings in the scanner
software.
The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
Use the media guides when you load
the originals into the ADF. See
Loading
documents to scan.
The scanner might be dirty. Clean the scanner. See To clean the
scanner glass.
The graphics settings might not be
suitable for the type of scan job that
you are performing.
Try changing the graphics settings or
the scan mode.
Part of the image did not scan. The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
Use the media guides when you load
the originals into the ADF. See
Loading
documents to scan.
A colored background might be
causing images in the foreground to
blend into the background.
Try adjusting the settings before you
scan the original or enhancing the
image after you scan the original.
276 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
The original is longer than 381 mm (15
inches).
The maximum scannable length is 381
mm (15 in) when you use the
automatic document feeder (ADF)
input tray. If the page exceeds the
maximum length, the scanner stops.
(Copies can be longer.)
CAUTION Do not try to pull
the original from the ADF; you
might damage the scanner or
your original. See
Media jams
occur in the automatic
document feeder (ADF).
The original is too small. The minimum size that the flatbed
scanner supports is 25 by 25 mm (1 by
1 inches). The minimum size that the
ADF supports is 127 by 127 mm (5 by
5 inches). The original might be
jammed. See
Media jams occur in the
automatic document feeder (ADF).
The media size is incorrect. In Scan settings, make sure that the
input media size is large enough for the
document that you are scanning.
The scan takes too long
The resolution or color level is set too
high.
Change the resolution and color level
settings to the correct settings for your
job.
The software is set to scan in color. The system default is color, which
takes longer to scan even when
scanning a monochrome original. If you
acquire an image through TWAIN or
WIA, you can change the settings so
that the original scans in grayscale or
black-and-white. See the device
software Help for details.
A print job or copy job was sent before
you tried to scan.
If someone sent a print job or copy job
before you tried to scan, the scan will
start if the scanner is not busy.
However, because the printer and
scanner share memory, the scan might
be slower.
Scan quality problems
This section provides information about improving scan quality by preventing or correcting problems.
Preventing problems
The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy and scan quality.
■ Use the flatbed scanner, rather than the automatic document feeder (ADF) input tray, to scan.
■ Use high-quality originals.
ENWW Scan problems 277
■ Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, which causes unclear
images. See
Loading media for instructions.
■ Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page.
■ Use the Text setting for items that contain mostly text.
■ Use the Photo setting when you are making a copy of a photo or graphic.
■ Use the Mixed setting for documents that include both text and graphics.
■ Use the Draft setting if you want to conserve toner or if the copy quality is not as important.
■ If your device frequently feeds more than one page at a time, the separation pad might need to
be replaced. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad.
■ Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
Solving scan-quality problems
Problem Cause Solution
Blank pages
The original might have been loaded
upside down.
In the automatic document feeder
(ADF), put the top end of the stack of
originals into the ADF input tray, with
the media stack face-up and the first
page to be scanned on top of the stack.
On the flatbed scanner, place the
original document face-down with the
upper-left corner of the document at
the lower-right corner of the glass.
The scanner bulb might not be working. If the scanner bulb does not light, verify
that the cables from the scanner to the
formatter are connected correctly. See
Removing the scanning assembly. If
the error persists, replace parts one at
a time in the following order until the
problem is resolved: scanner
assembly, and finally the formatter (see
Removing the formatter assemblies).
Too light or dark The resolution and color levels may be
set incorrectly.
Verify that you have the correct
resolution and color settings.
■ Use the Text setting for items that
contain mostly text.
■ Use the Photo setting when you
are making a copy of a photo or
graphic.
■ Use the Mixed setting for
documents that include both text
and graphics.
■ Use the Draft setting if you want to
conserve toner or if the copy
quality is not as important.
278 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
Unwanted lines
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
unwanted substance might be on the
glass.
Clean the flatbed scanner surface. See
To clean the scanner glass.
The ADF glass might be dirty. Clean the ADF glass. See To clean the
scanner glass.
Black dots or streaks Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
unwanted substance might be on the
glass.
Clean the flatbed scanner surface. See
To clean the scanner glass.
Unclear text The resolution and color levels may be
set incorrectly.
Verify that you have the correct
resolution and color settings.
The scanned page has a background
but the original document does not.
The original might be too thin to scan
cleanly.
On the flatbed scanner, place three
sheets of clean paper on top of the
original, close the flatbed scanner
cover, and then re-scan the original.
Scan-specific error messages
Table 6-4
Message Description Solution
BulbWarmupFromCoarse The lamp light level might be too low, or the
lamp stability criteria might not be met.
1 Power cycle the device.
2 Replace the scanning assembly. See
Removing the scanning assembly.
3 Replace the formatter. See
Removing
the formatter assemblies.
BulbWarmupFromOff
The scanner might not be meeting the
threshold light level.
CalLabelFind Find cal label black/white transition and
then find cal label black squares.
CalLabelFindAfterScan Find cal label after a scan or copy return-to-
home.
DarkFind The bulb will not light, and the scanner
moves to the right. The CCD might not be
able to find a suitable dark spot in the
scanning assembly to warm up.
DocOriginFind Find bezel notch.
LMWFinalFind Scanner sets final LMW window.
LMWTempFind Scanner sets temporary LMW window.
ENWW Scan problems 279
Copy problems
This section helps you identify and resolve copying problems.
Preventing problems
The following are a few simple steps you can take to improve copy quality:
■ Copy from the flatbed scanner. This will produce a higher quality copy than copying from the
automatic document feeder (ADF).
■ Use quality originals.
■ Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, causing unclear
images and problems with the OCR application. See
Loading documents to scan for instructions.
■ Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
NOTE Verify that the media meets HP specifications. If the media meets HP specifications,
recurring feed problems indicate the separation pad is worn and needs to be replaced. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and separation pad.
Image problems
Problem Cause Solution
Images are missing or faded. One or more print cartridges might be
low.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
The device might have calibrated
incorrectly after you installed a print
cartridge.
Calibrate the device. See Printer
calibration.
The original might be of poor quality. If your original is too light or damaged,
the copy might not be able to
compensate, even if you adjust the
contrast. If possible, find an original
document in better condition.
The original might have a colored
background.
Colored backgrounds might cause
images in the foreground to blend into
the background, or the background
might appear in a different shade. If
possible, use an original document
without a colored background.
Vertical white or faded stripes appear
on the copy.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
One or more print cartridges might be
low.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges. If the
error persists, inspect the print
cartridges for defects in the printing
area.
If the error persists, inspect the image drum for damage. See Replacing the
imaging drum. If the error persists, inspect the transfer roller for contamination or
damage. See Removing the transfer roller. If error persists, inspect the laser/
280 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
scanner for contamination (paper dust or fibers) on the window. See Removing
the laser/scanner assembly.
If the error occurs only on copy jobs, clean the ADF scanning window (see
To
clean the scanner glass). If the error still persists, replace the scanning assembly.
See
Removing the scanning assembly.
Unwanted lines appear on the copy.
Tray 1 might not be placed correctly. Verify that tray 1 is in place.
The flatbed scanner or the ADF
scanning window might be dirty.
Clean the flatbed scanner or the ADF
scanning window. See
To clean the
scanner glass.
The imaging drum might have been
scratched.
Replace the imaging drum. See
Replacing the imaging drum.
An image exists on the back of the
original, or defects exist on the scanner
cover.
On the flatbed scanner, place three
sheets of clean paper on top of the
original, close the flatbed scanner
cover, and then re-scan the original.
If the error persists, a print a document from the computer. If the printed page is
free of the unwanted lines, and if the flatbed glass and ADF scanning window are
clean, replace the scanning assembly. See
Removing the scanning assembly.
Black dots or streaks appear on the
copy.
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an
unwanted substance might be on the
automatic document feeder (ADF) or
flatbed scanner.
Clean the device. See Cleaning the
device.
The imaging drum might be damaged
or contaminated.
Inspect the imaging drum, and replace
it if necessary. See
Replacing the
imaging drum.
The fuser rollers might be contaminated. Inspect the fuser rollers, and clean
them if necessary.
Copies are too light or dark.
The device settings may be incorrect. Verify that the quality settings are
correct on the device control panel.
See the device software Help for more
information about changing the settings.
The device might not be calibrated
correctly.
Calibrate the device. See Printer
calibration.
Text is unclear. The device settings may be incorrect. Verify that the quality settings are
correct on the device control panel.
See the device software Help for more
information about changing the settings.
The device might not be calibrated
correctly.
Calibrate the device. See Printer
calibration.
ENWW Copy problems 281
Problem Cause Solution
The original is of poor quality. Try copying another document. If the
copy is free of defects, obtain a better-
quality original.
If the error persists, a print a document from the computer. If the printed page is
free of unclear text, and if the flatbed glass and ADF scanning window are clean,
replace the scanning assembly. See
Removing the scanning assembly.
Media-handling problems
Problem Cause Solution
Poor print quality or toner adhesion The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, or it is embossed
or from a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture
content.
The device settings are not compatible
with the media you are using.
Change the device settings to reflect
the media that you are using.
Dropouts, jamming, or curl The paper has been stored incorrectly. Store paper flat in its moisture-proof
wrapping.
The paper has variability from one side
to the other.
Turn the paper over.
Excessive curl The paper is too moist, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
construction
Open the rear output bin, or use long-
grain paper.
The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over.
Jamming, damage to device The paper has cutouts or perforations. Use paper that is free of cutouts or
perforations.
The paper has staples or paper clips. Remove any staples or paper clips
from the original document.
Problems with feeding The paper has ragged edges. Use high-quality paper that is made for
color laser printers.
The paper varies from side-to-side. Turn the paper over.
The paper is too moist, too rough, too
heavy or too smooth, has the wrong
grain direction, or is of short-grain
construction or it is embossed or from
a faulty paper lot.
Try another kind of paper, between 100
and 250 Sheffield, 4 to 6% moisture
content.
Open the rear output bin, or use long-
grain paper.
Print is skewed (crooked). The media guides might be incorrectly
adjusted.
Remove all media from the input tray,
straighten the stack, and then load the
media in the input tray again. Adjust
the media guides to the width and
length of the media that you are using
and try printing again.
More than one sheet feeds at one time. The media tray might be overloaded. Remove some of the media from the
tray. See
Loading media.
The media might be wrinkled, folded,
or damaged.
Verify that the media is not wrinkled,
folded, or damaged. Try printing on
media from a new or different package.
282 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
Device does not pull media from the
media input tray.
The device might be in manual feed
mode.
■ If Manual feed appears on the
device control-panel display, press
E
NTER
to print the job.
■ Verify that the device is not in
manual feed mode and print your
job again.
The device does not detect media in
the tray.
Verify that there is media in the tray. If
the error persists, inspect the sensor.
See
Removing the density sensor and
top-of-page sensor.
The pickup roller might be dirty or
damaged.
Clean or replace the pickup roller. See
Replacing the tray 1 pickup roller and
separation pad.
The paper-length adjustment control in
tray 2 (HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-
one only) is set at a length that is
greater than the media size.
Adjust the paper-length adjustment
control to the correct length.
Performance problems
Problem Cause Solution
No copy came out.
The input tray might be empty. Load media in the device. See Loading
documents to scan for more information.
The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
In the automatic document feeder
(ADF), load the original with the narrow
side forward and the side to be
scanned facing up.
On the flatbed scanner, place the
original document face-down with the
upper-left corner of the document at
the lower-right corner of the glass.
If the error persists, determine if a hardware problem exists. Lightly press the
switch in the upper left corner of the open multipurpose tray, toward the rear of
the device frame, with at least three sheets of paper in the multipurpose tray. The
device should print a sheet with horizontal lines of all four colors. If one or more
colors are missing, inspect the device imaging system.
Copies are blank.
The sealing tape might not have been
removed from the print cartridges.
Remove the print cartridges from the
device, pull out the sealing tape, and
reinstall the print cartridges.
The original might have been loaded
incorrectly.
In the ADF, load the original with the
narrow side forward and the side to be
scanned facing up.
On the flatbed scanner, make sure that
the original document is placed face-
down with the upper-left corner of the
document at the lower-right corner of
the glass.
ENWW Copy problems 283
Problem Cause Solution
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
One or more print cartridges might be
low.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
If the error persists, determine if a hardware problem exists. Lightly press the
switch in the upper left corner of the open multipurpose tray, toward the rear of
the device frame, with at least three sheets of paper in the multipurpose tray. The
device should print a sheet with horizontal lines of all four colors. If one or more
colors are missing, inspect the device imaging system.
The wrong original was copied.
The ADF might be loaded. Make sure that the ADF is empty.
Copies are reduced in size.
The device software settings might be
set to reduce the scanned image.
See the HP Toolbox Help for more
information about changing the settings.
284 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Fax problems
This section helps you identify and resolve fax problems.
Problems receiving faxes
Use the table in this section to solve problems that might occur when receiving faxes.
NOTE You must use the fax cord that came with the device in order to ensure that the
device functions correctly.
Problem Cause Solution
The device cannot receive faxes from
an extension telephone.
The extension-telephone setting might
be disabled.
Change the setting to allow faxes from
an extension telephone.
The fax cord might not be securely
connected.
Verify that the fax cord is securely
connected between the telephone jack
and the device (or another device that
is connected to the device). Press
1-2-3 in sequence (tone-dial mode
only), wait for three seconds, and then
hang up.
The device dialing mode might be
incorrectly set, or the extension phone
might be incorrectly set.
Verify that the device dialing mode is
set to Tone. Verify that the extension
phone is set up for tone dialing as well.
Incoming fax calls are not being
answered by the device.
The answer mode might be set to
Manual.
If the answer mode is set to Manual,
the device does not answer calls. You
have to start the fax-receiving process
manually.
The rings-to-answer setting might not
be set correctly.
Check the rings-to-answer setting for
your configuration.
The answer-ring pattern feature might
be turned on, but you do not have the
service, or you do have the service and
the feature is not set correctly.
Check the answer-ring pattern feature
to verify that it is set properly.
The fax cord might not be correctly
connected, or the fax cord is not
working.
See the device getting started guide to
check the installation. Verify that you
are using the fax cord that came with
the device.
The device might not be able to detect
incoming fax tones because the
answering machine is playing a voice
message.
Re-record your answering machine
message, leaving at least two seconds
of silence at the beginning of the
message.
Too many devices might be connected
to the telephone line.
You should not have more than three
devices attached to the line. Try
removing the last device that was
connected and determine whether the
device works. If not, continue removing
devices one at a time and retry after
removing each one.
ENWW Fax problems 285
Problem Cause Solution
The telephone line might not be working. Do one of the following:
■ Increase the volume on the device,
and then press S
TART
F
AX
on the
control panel. If you hear a dial
tone, the telephone line is working.
■ Disconnect the device from the
telephone jack, and then connect a
telephone. Try to make a
telephone call to verify that the
telephone line is working.
Incoming fax calls are not being
answered by the device.
A voice-messaging service might be
interfering with the device as it
attempts to answer calls.
Do one of the following:
■ Disable the messaging service.
■ Get a telephone line that is
dedicated to fax calls.
■ Set the device answer mode to
Manual. In manual mode, you
must start the fax-receive process
yourself.
■ Leave the device set to automatic
mode and lower the rings-to-
answer setting for the device to a
number less than the rings-to-
answer setting for the voice mail.
The device will answer all incoming
calls.
The device might be out of paper and
the memory is full.
Refill the media input tray. Press
E
NTER
. The device prints all of the faxes
it has saved in memory and then
resumes answering fax calls.
If the error persists, verify that the flat cable that connects the formatter to the line
interface unit (LIU) is connected correctly. If the error still persists, replace the
LIU. See
Removing the formatter and line interface unit (LIU).
Faxes are not printing.
The media input tray is empty. Load media. Any faxes that are
received while the input tray is empty
are stored in memory and will print
after the tray has been refilled.
The receive-to-PC option might be
selected, and faxes are being received
by the computer.
Check to determine whether the
computer is receiving faxes.
Faxes are printing on two pages
instead of one.
The autoreduction setting might not be
set correctly.
Turn on the autoreduction setting.
The incoming faxes might have been
sent on larger media.
Turn on the autoreduction setting to
allow larger pages to be printed on one
page.
Received faxes are too light or are
printing only on half of the page.
The device ran out of toner while
printing a fax.
The device stores the most recently
printed faxes. (The amount of memory
that is available determines the actual
286 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
number of faxes stored for reprinting.)
As soon as possible, replace the print
cartridge, and then reprint the fax.
The fax that was sent was too light. Contact the sender and have the
sender resend the fax after altering the
settings.
Problems sending faxes
Use the information in this table to solve problems that might occur when sending faxes.
Problem Cause Solution
The document stops feeding in the
middle of faxing.
The maximum length of a page that
you can load is 381 mm (15 inches).
Faxing of a longer page stops at 381
mm (15 inches).
Print the document on shorter media.
If no jam exists and less than one
minute has elapsed, wait a moment
before pressing C
ANCEL
. If a jam exists,
see
Clearing jams. Then, resend the job.
If the item is too small, it can jam inside
the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Use the flatbed scanner. The minimum
page size for the ADF is 127 by 127
mm (5 by 5 inches).
If a jam exists, see
Clearing jams.
Then, resend the job.
Faxes stop during sending. The fax machine to which you are
sending might be malfunctioning.
Try sending to another fax machine.
Your telephone line might not be
working.
Do one of the following:
■ Turn up the volume on the device,
and then press S
TART
F
AX
on the
control panel. If you hear a dial
tone, the telephone line is working.
■ Disconnect the device from the
jack in the wall, and then connect a
telephone to the jack. Try to make
a telephone call to verify that the
telephone line is working.
A communication error might be
interrupting the fax job.
Change the redial-on-communication-
error setting to On.
The device is receiving faxes but is not
sending them.
If your device is on a PBX system, the
PBX system might be generating a dial
tone that the device cannot detect.
Disable the detect-dial-tone setting.
A poor telephone connection might
exist.
Try again later.
The fax machine to which you are
sending might be malfunctioning.
Try sending to another fax machine.
ENWW Fax problems 287
Problem Cause Solution
Your telephone line might not be
working.
Do one of the following:
■ Turn up the volume on the device
and press S
TART
F
AX
on the control
panel. If you hear a dial tone, the
telephone line is working.
■ Disconnect the device from the
telephone jack and connect a
telephone. Try to make a
telephone call to verify that the
telephone line is working.
Outgoing fax calls continue to be dialed. The device automatically redials a fax
number if the redial options are set to On.
To stop the redials while the device is
dialing, press C
ANCEL
. Change the
redial setting.
Faxes that you send are not arriving at
the receiving fax machine.
The receiving fax machine might be off
or might have an error condition, such
as being out of paper.
Call the recipient to verify that the fax
machine is on and ready to receive
faxes.
The originals might be incorrectly
loaded.
Verify that the original documents are
correctly loaded into the ADF input tray
or flatbed scanner. See
Loading media
A fax might be in memory because it is
waiting to redial a busy number, other
jobs that are ahead of it are waiting to
be sent, or the fax is set up for a
delayed send.
If a fax job is in memory for any of
these reasons, an entry for the job
appears in the fax log. Print the fax
activity log and check the Status
column for jobs that show a Pending
designation.
Faxes you send include a block of gray
shading at the end of each page.
You might be sending a fax from the
flatbed scanner with the glass-fax size
set incorrectly.
Verify that the setting is correct.
Faxes you send have data missing
from the end of each page.
You might be sending a fax from the
flatbed scanner with the glass-fax size
set incorrectly.
Verify that the setting is correct.
Voice call problems
Problem Cause Solution
Voice calls are not being received by
the telephone or answering machine
that is connected to the line.
The fax cord might not be correctly
connected.
See the device getting started guide to
check the installation. The device must
be the first device connected to the
telephone line.
The answer mode or rings-to-answer
settings might not be correctly set.
Verify that the rings-to-answer setting
is set higher than the answering
machine setting.
The answering machine or telephone
might not be functioning.
Connect the telephone or answering
machine directly to the telephone line
and determine if it works by itself.
288 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Media-handling problems
Use the information in this table to solve problems that involve print media.
NOTE For information about removing jams, see Clearing jams.
Problem Cause Solution
Print is skewed. The media input tray might be
overloaded.
Remove some of the media from the
input tray.
The media guides might be incorrectly
set, broken, or missing.
Verify that the guides are not adjusted
too tightly or too loosely against the
paper. Check for broken or missing
guides, and replace them if necessary.
The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
Pages are curled or wrinkled. The media might not meet
HP specifications.
Use media that meets
HP specifications. See
Media
specifications.
The paper path might be affecting the
pages.
Open the straight-through output door
on the back of the device and use this
paper path.
The media is not stored properly. When possible, store media in its
sealed ream at room temperature.
The media has been in the input tray
too long.
Turn over the stack of media in the tray
or rotate the media 180° in the paper
tray.
Performance problems
Problem Cause Solution
Faxes are transmitting or being
received very slowly.
The fax might be very complex, such
as one with many graphics.
Complex faxes take longer to be sent
or received. Breaking longer faxes into
multiple jobs and decreasing the
resolution can increase the
transmission speed.
The receiving fax machine might have
a slow modem speed.
The device only sends the fax at the
fastest modem speed that the receiving
fax machine can accept.
The resolution at which the fax was
sent or is being received might be very
high.
If you are receiving the fax, call and
ask the sender to lower the resolution
and resend the fax. If you are sending
the fax, lower the resolution and
resend the fax.
Your telephone line might not be
working.
Hang up and resend the fax. Have the
telephone company check the
telephone line.
You are sending a fax via an
international call.
You must allow more time to transmit
fax jobs internationally.
ENWW Fax problems 289
Problem Cause Solution
The fax activity logs or fax call reports
are printing at inappropriate times.
The fax activity log or fax call reports
settings are not correct.
Print a Configuration page and check
when the reports print.
The device sounds are too loud or too
soft.
The volume setting might not be
adjusted correctly.
Adjust the volume setting to the correct
volume level.
290 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Memory card problems
This section helps you identify and resolve memory card-related problems.
NOTE For help with control-panel error messages while printing from a memory card, see
Control-panel messages.
Missing or wrong files
Use the table in this section to solve problems with memory-card files.
Problem Cause Solution
Device cannot detect files on the
memory card.
The memory card might be missing or
inserted incorrectly.
Verify that the memory card is inserted
correctly.
If the card is correctly inserted, use
another memory card. If more than one
memory type card has the same issue,
verify that the LED lights when a card
inserted. If the LED does not light,
verify that the flat cable from the
formatter is connected correctly to the
memory-card assembly. If the error
persists, replace the memory-card
assembly. See
Replacing the memory-
card assembly (HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only).
The files might not be in the correct
format.
To print from the device control panel,
the files must be in the sRGB JPEG
format. To print other formats, you
must use a software program on your
computer.
You might have inserted more than
one memory card.
Only one card slot can be occupied for
the device to detect JPEG files. Verify
that only one card is inserted.
Index page not printing
Use the table in this section to solve problems with index-page printing.
Problem Cause Solution
The index page will not print. The memory card might have been
removed before the device could print
the page, or the memory card might
have been inserted incorrectly.
Reinsert the card and reprint the index
page.
If the card is correctly inserted, use
another memory card. If more than one
memory type card has the same issue,
verify that the LED lights when a card
inserted. If the LED does not light,
verify that the flat cable from the
formatter is connected correctly to the
memory-card assembly. If the error
persists, replace the memory-card
ENWW Memory card problems 291
Problem Cause Solution
assembly. See Replacing the memory-
card assembly (HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only).
You might have inserted more than
one memory card.
Only one card slot can be occupied for
the device to detect JPEG files. Verify
that only one card is inserted.
One or more print cartridges might be
low.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
Proof sheet not printing
Use the table in this section to solve problems with proof-sheet printing.
Problem Cause Solution
The proof sheet will not print. The memory card might have been
removed before the device could print
the page, or the memory card might
have been inserted incorrectly.
Reinsert the card and reprint the proof
sheet.
If the card is correctly inserted, use
another memory card. If more than one
memory type card has the same issue,
verify that the LED lights when a card
inserted. If the LED does not light,
verify that the flat cable from the
formatter is connected correctly to the
memory-card assembly. If the error
persists, replace the memory-card
assembly. See
Replacing the memory-
card assembly (HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only).
You might have inserted more than
one memory card.
Only one card slot can be occupied for
the device to detect JPEG files. Verify
that only one card is inserted.
One or more print cartridges might be
low.
Replace any low print cartridges. See
Replacing the print cartridges.
Proof sheet not scanning
Use the table in this section to solve problems with proof-sheet scanning.
Problem Cause Solution
The proof sheet will not scan correctly. The flatbed scanner glass might be dirty. Clean the flatbed scanner glass. See
To clean the scanner glass.
The automatic document feeder (ADF)
might be loaded.
Remove any media from the ADF.
The scanner might not be able to read
the photo selections. This feature has
been optimized and tested for use with
Genuine HP Toner Supplies (variations
in color shading can impact the
performance of this feature).
Verify that you have colored the
bubbles darkly enough for the scanner
to read.
292 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Problem Cause Solution
The proof sheet might be loaded
incorrectly.
On the flatbed scanner, place the
original document face-down with the
upper-left corner of the document at
the lower-right corner of the glass.
The device will not scan a proof sheet
from the ADF.
The proof sheet might be skewed on
the paper.
Reprint the proof sheet and verify that
it is not skewed on the page.
Issues with photo printing
Use the table in this section to solve problems with photo printing.
NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one memory card reader recognizes only files
in .JPEG file and sRGB color format when printing from the device control panel.
Problem Cause Solution
The wrong photo printed. An incorrect memory card might be
inserted.
Verify that the correct memory card is
inserted.
You might have selected the wrong
number from the memory card.
If you cannot remember the number of
the photo that you wish to print, print
an index page to verify the file number.
The photo did not print. The media input tray might be empty. Load media into the input tray.
The memory card might have been
removed before the device could print
the page, or the memory card might
have been inserted incorrectly.
Reinsert the card and reprint the photo.
If the card is correctly inserted, use
another memory card. If more than one
memory type card has the same issue,
verify that the LED lights when a card
inserted. If the LED does not light,
verify that the flat cable from the
formatter is connected correctly to the
memory-card assembly. If the error
persists, replace the memory-card
assembly. See
Replacing the memory-
card assembly (HP Color LaserJet
2840 all-in-one only).
The photo quality is unacceptable. The original photo quality might be poor. Use a software program to enhance
photo quality, and then print the photo
from your computer.
The default settings on the device
might not produce the desired quality.
Use a software program to print the
photo at the desired settings.
The photo is the wrong size. The appropriate job size might not be
available from the device control panel.
Use a software program to resize the
photo at the desired settings, and then
print the photo from your computer.
You might have selected an incorrect
job size.
Verify that the correct setting is
selected at the device control panel.
ENWW Memory card problems 293
Problem Cause Solution
Cannot edit, save, or delete images on
the memory card.
The device cannot read the memory
card.
Verify that the memory card is properly
inserted and that the card is one that is
supported.
NOTE You cannot edit
memory-card files from the
device control panel. Use a
software program to edit,
delete, or save images.
Scanner did not read proof sheet. The device is using non-HP supplies.
This feature has been optimized and
tested for use with Genuine HP Toner
Supplies (variations in color shading
can impact the performance of this
feature).
Use a software program to print the
photo from your computer.
Print photos directly from the memory
card by using the control panel.
Install HP supplies in the device and
reprint the proof sheet.
The proof sheet might be skewed on
the paper.
Reprint the proof sheet and verify that
it is not skewed on the page.
294 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Functional tests
Engine test
The purpose of the engine test is to determine which image-formation process is malfunctioning. The
image-formation process can be divided into the following stages:
■ Conditioning stage (charges the drum)
■ Writing stage (writes a latent image to the drum with the laser)
■ Development stage (forms a toner image on the drum)
■ Transfer stage (transfers the image to paper)
■ Separation stage (separates the media from the drum)
■ Fusing stage (applies heat and pressure to make the image on paper permanent)
■ Cleaning stage (removes excess toner from the drum)
The engine test switch is inside tray 1, on the left side, just below the front cover.
To print an engine test:
1 Turn off the device.
2 Turn on the device.
3 Open tray 1 and load paper.
NOTE If tray 1 is empty, the device will not perform an engine test. You cannot perform
an engine test from optional tray 2.
4 Press the engine-test switch (shown below).
NOTE The formatter must be connected to the power supply cover plate to perform an
engine test. Otherwise, the device does not print the engine test.
Figure 6-1 Location of the engine-test switch
The device prints an engine-test page that contains four columns of horizontal lines, with each
column corresponding to one of the print cartridge colors.
ENWW Functional tests 295
Half self-test check
If an engine test reveals a problem with the image-formation process, the half self-test check allows
you to narrow down the area in which the problem exists.
To perform a half self-test check, complete the following steps:
1 Perform an engine test. See
Engine test.
2 During the engine test, open the cartridge door after the paper advances halfway through the
device (about five seconds after the motor begins rotation). The leading edge of the paper should
have advanced past the imaging drum.
3 Remove the imaging drum.
4 Open the imaging drum shield to view the drum surface. If a dark and distinct toner image is
present on the drum surface, assume that the first three functions of the image-formation
process (see the list at the beginning of
Engine test) are functioning (through the development
stage). Troubleshoot the failure as a transfer or fusing problem.
If, during the half self-test check, no image is present on the imaging drum, perform these checks:
1 Make sure that you removed the entire length of the sealing tape from the print cartridge before
you installed the cartridge.
2 Perform a cartridge high-voltage contact test. (See
Cartridge high-voltage contact test.)
Heating element test
Paper passes between the heating element and a soft pressure roller to fuse toner to the paper.
1 Unplug the device for at least ten minutes, and then remove the fuser. See
Replacing the fuser
assembly.
296 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
2 Measure the fuser heating element resistance.
NOTE Normal resistance is 14 ohms +/- 10 ohms for the 110 V device and 50 ohms
+/- 20 ohms for the 220 V device.
Figure 6-2 Measure the resistance for the heating element
ENWW Functional tests 297
3 Measure the thermistor resistance.
NOTE Normal resistance is 1.5 ohms.
Figure 6-3 Measure the thermistor resistance
If no resistance is measured, replace the fuser.
298 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Cartridge high-voltage contact test
To check the print cartridge connection points, complete the following steps:
1 Turn the print cartridge over and visually inspect the two connection points on the ends of the
print cartridge. If they are dirty or corroded, clean the connections. If they are damaged, replace
the print cartridge.
Figure 6-4 Print cartridge high-voltage contacts
2 If the connection points are dirty or corroded, then clean the connections. If they are damaged,
then replace the print cartridge.
NOTE Use only isopropyl alcohol to clean the connections.
Paper-path test
If media is not being picked up or is not moving through the paper path, you might want to observe
all of the paper-motion activities. Override the door interlock (SW301) and the laser/scanner switch to
observe the following actions:
■ Motor rotation
■ Solenoid action
■ Pickup-roller motion
■ Drive-roller, transfer-roller, fuser-roller and gear, and delivery-roller motion
1 To override the door interlock (SW301), push a piece of heavy paper into the slot in the top cover
(callout 1) to override SW301.
ENWW Functional tests 299
2 To override the laser/scanner switch, use a small flatblade screwdriver to override the laser/
scanner switch (callout 2).
Figure 6-5 Override SW301 and the laser/scanner switch
3 Perform an engine test. See
Engine test.
CAUTION Do not look directly at the laser/scanner while the engine test is under way.
300 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Service-mode functions
Use the following information to perform system-wide reset procedures and to adjust certain global
settings such as the country/region. Users do not have access to this information.
NVRAM initialization
An NVRAM initialization will return the device settings to the factory-set defaults, including:
■ All menu settings, including the fax header and company name
■ Fax numbers and names that are associated with one-touch keys and speed-dial codes
Additionally, all faxes stored in memory are cleared.
1 Turn off the device.
2 Simultaneously press and hold the E
NTER
button and the * button, and then turn on the device.
3 Wait until the message Permanent storage init. appears, and then release the E
NTER
and *
buttons.
When the NVRAM initialization process has been completed, the device control panel shows the
Ready message.
Secondary service menu
Use the secondary service menu to perform various tests and print service reports. The following is a
hierarchical diagram of the secondary service menu.
Table 6-5 Secondary service menu
Main menu Submenu Submenu
2ndary Service Service Reports
Cont. Self-Test
Extended Keymap
Error Report
Location USA
1=Yes 2=No
Display test (none)
Show FW Version (none)
ENWW Service-mode functions 301
Main menu Submenu Submenu
Memory Cards
(HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only)
Enabled
Disabled
Color Cal. Adjust color
■ Contrasts
■ Cyan density
■ Magenta density
■ Yellow density
■ Black density
■ Highlights
■ Cyan density
■ Magenta density
■ Yellow density
■ Black density
■ Midtones
■ Cyan density
■ Magenta density
■ Yellow density
■ Black density
■ Shadows
■ Cyan density
■ Magenta density
■ Yellow density
■ Black density
Timing
■ Off
■ 12 hours
■ 24 hours
■ 48 hours
■ 96 hours
■ 128 hours
■ 168 hours
Table 6-5 Secondary service menu (continued)
302 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
To print secondary service reports
1 Make sure that the control-panel display reads Ready.
2 Press M
ENU
.
3 Press 2 on the keypad.
NOTE You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by
pressing 2.
4 Use the < or > button to select Service Reports, and then press Enter.
5 Use the < or > button to select one of the following reports:
● Cont. Self-Test
● Extended Keymap
● Error Report (see
Error log)
6 Press Enter to print the report.
7 To exit the secondary service menu and remove it from the menu tree, press C
ANCEL
to return to
the Ready display, and then press C
ANCEL
again.
To reset the device location
The device location setting affects telecom (fax) and other settings, depending on the country/region
in which the device is used. To change the device location setting, complete the following steps.
1 Make sure that the control-panel display reads Ready.
2 Press M
ENU
.
3 Press 2 on the keypad.
NOTE You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by
pressing 2.
4 Use the < or > button to select Location, and then press Enter.
5 Use the < or > button to select the country/region in which the device is operating, and then
press Enter.
6 Press 1 to select Yes.
The device turns off and then turns on. When the device returns to the Ready state, it reflects
the new location setting.
ENWW Service-mode functions 303
To test the control-panel display
To test the control-panel display and ensure that all characters are working correctly, complete the
following steps.
1 Make sure that the control-panel display reads Ready.
2 Press M
ENU
.
3 Press 2 on the keypad.
NOTE You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by
pressing 2.
4 Use the < or > button to select Display test, and then press Enter.
The device cycles through 15 characters at a time until the test is complete.
To view the firmware version
Use the secondary service menu to determine the device firmware version.
1 Make sure that the control-panel display reads Ready.
2 Press M
ENU
.
3 Press 2 on the keypad.
NOTE You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by
pressing 2.
4 Use the < or > button to select Show FW Version, and then press Enter.
The control panel shows the device firmware version number.
To enable or disable the memory-card slots
NOTE This procedure applies to the HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one only.
1 Make sure that the control-panel display reads Ready.
2 Press M
ENU
.
3 Press 2 on the keypad.
NOTE You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by
pressing 2.
4 Use the < or > button to select Memory Cards, and then press Enter.
5 Use the < or > button to select Enabled or Disabled, and then press Enter.
To calibrate the color
1 Make sure that the control-panel display reads Ready.
2 Press M
ENU
.
304 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
3 Press 2 on the keypad.
NOTE You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by
pressing 2.
4 Use the < or > button to select Color Cal., and then press Enter.
5 Use the < or > button to select one of the following settings:
● Contrasts
● Highlights
● Midtones
● Shadows
Press Enter.
6 Use the < or > button to select one of the following color settings:
● Cyan density
● Magenta density
● Yellow density
● Black density
Press Enter.
7 Use the < or > button to adjust the density setting. Increasing the setting darkens the density,
while decreasing the setting lightens the density.
8 Press Enter to save the setting.
ENWW Service-mode functions 305
Troubleshooting tools
The section describes the tools that can help you solve problems with your device.
Device pages and reports
This section describes the pages and reports that help you diagnose and solve problems with the
device.
Demo page
To print the Demo page, complete the following steps.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
until the Reports menu appears, and then press E
NTER
.
2 Use the < or the > button until Demo Page appears, and then press E
NTER
.
Configuration page
The Configuration page lists the current settings and properties of the device. You can print a
Configuration page from the device or HP Toolbox. To print the Configuration page from the device,
complete the following steps.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Config report, and then press E
NTER
.
Supplies Status page
The Supplies Status page lists the remaining life of the HP print cartridges and the HP imaging
drums. It also lists the estimated pages remaining, number of pages printed, and other supplies
information. You can print a Supplies Status page from the device or HP Toolbox. To print from the
device, complete the following steps.
1 On the control-panel menu, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Supplies Status, and then press E
NTER
.
Usage page
The Usage page displays usage statistics, such as the number of copies made from the flatbed
scanner or the automatic document feeder, the number of faxes sent or received (HP Color LaserJet
2830/2840 all-in-one models only), the number of pages printed, or the number of pages jammed in
the scanner engine.
You can print a Usage page from the device or HP Toolbox. To print a Usage page from the device,
complete the following steps.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Usage page, and then press E
NTER
.
306 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Engine-test page
The engine-test page is printed when you perform an engine test. See Engine test.
Error log
A small error log appears on the Configuration page (see Configuration page). However, a more
detailed report is available from the secondary service menu.
1 Make sure that the control-panel display reads Ready.
2 Press M
ENU
.
3 Press 2 on the keypad.
NOTE You can gain access to the secondary service menu from any other menu by
pressing 2.
4 Use the < or > button to select Service Reports, and then press Enter.
5 Use the < or > button to select Error Report, and then press Enter.
The device prints an error log that shows the most recent device errors.
Fax reports
This section describes the fax reports that help you diagnose and solve problems with the device.
Fax activity log
The fax activity log provides a chronological history of the last 40 faxes that were received, sent, or
deleted, and any errors that occurred.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Fax Activity log, and then press E
NTER
.
4 Press E
NTER
to select Print log now. The device exits the menu settings and prints the log.
Fax call report
A fax call report is a brief report that indicates the status of the last fax that was sent or received.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Reports, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Fax Call report, and then press E
NTER
.
4 Press E
NTER
to select Print report now. The device exits the menu settings and prints the report.
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 307
T.30 protocol trace
Use a T.30 protocol trace report to troubleshoot fax transmission issues.
Send a fax from the device or receive a fax to the device from another fax machine, and then print a
T.30 trace report after the fax prints.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Print T.30, and then press E
NTER
.
The device exits the menu settings and prints the reports.
Explanations of some of the report’s column headings follow:
● Date and Time identify when the fax begins.
● Type is the type of fax activity: send or receive.
● Identification is the phone number to which a fax is sent.
● Result explains the status of the fax:
■ “OK” means that the fax was successful.
■ “Pending” faxes are in memory or are printing.
■ An error code means that your device might need service. The following tables,
Table
6-6 Fax receive error codes and Table 6-7 Fax send error codes, define the error codes.
NOTE These codes also appear in the fax call report and the fax activity log.
Table 6-6 Fax receive error codes
Error code Description Solution
200 The fax session has completed without errors. N/A
221 User has pressed C
ANCEL
button, causing the fax
session to be prematurely halted.
Have sender resend the fax.
222 The receiving device has answered a call but has
been unable to detect the presence of a calling
fax device for one of the following reasons:
● Typically this will be due to the receiving fax
device answering a voice call.
● The sender canceled the fax transmission by
pressing the C
ANCEL
button immediately prior
to, or just as the receiving device answered
the call.
● The sending device automatically ended the
call immediately prior to, or just as the
receiving device answered the call.
1 Confirm that the sender is a fax device and
not a voice caller - typically you must rely on
the sender informing the caller that the fax
session is failing.
2 If the sending device ends the call just as the
receiving device starts reception, reduce the
ring count after which the receiving device
answers. Alternatively suggest that the
sender manually dials to the receiving device
and then manually starts the fax session, by
pressing theS
TART
F
AX
button once fax tones
have been heard from the receiving device.
3 Confirm that the sender is not inadvertently
attempting to poll transmit from the receiving
308 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Error code Description Solution
● The sending (sending) fax device determined
there was a feature incompatibility between
the two and disconnected immediately before
transmitting any further fax tones or T.30
frames. (This is very rare.)
device, instead of transmitting to the
receiving device.
4 Reconfigure the receiving fax device to use
different configuration settings, toggle the
ECM state, and/or select a slower reception
speed.
223 (ECM error) The receiving device has been unable to receive
an entire page even after multiple attempts to re-
receive the parts of the page that contain errors.
This is usually due to extremely poor line
conditions.
1 Reattempt the fax reception at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 If the error persists, disable ECM. Errors may
still occur, and may result in degraded image
quality on the received page. However, the
ability to receive the entire document will be
improved.
224 The receiving device has received one or more
pages with excessive errors. This is usually due
to extremely poor line conditions. Error correction
is not used during this session so errors are not
corrected.
Reattempt the fax reception at a different time
when telephone line conditions have improved.
225 The sending device has attempted to initiate a
sending diagnostic session with this device even
though sending diagnostic access is receivingly
disabled.
Enable the sending diagnostics capability on the
receiving device.
226 The sending device has attempted to initiate a
sending diagnostic session with this device but
the sending diagnostic versions supported by the
two devices are incompatible.
None. sending diagnostics cannot occur between
devices with incompatible sending versions.
227 The sending device has attempted to initiate a
fax session at a speed and modulation that is not
supported by the receiving device.
Reconfigure the receiving device to receive at a
slower speed.
228 The sending device has attempted to initiate a
poll transmission from the receiving device even
though the receiving device is not configured for
poll transmission.
1 Confirm that polling by the sender is desired.
It is possible that the sender has
inadvertently attempted to poll. If this is the
case reattempt a normal transmission from
the sending device.
2 If polling by the remote user was desired,
confirm that the receiving device was
correctly configured for poll transmission.
229 The sending device has attempted to initiate a
secure poll transmission from the receiving
device but has not provided a valid password.
If the sender is the desired recipient for the polled
document, confirm that the sender has the
correct password, and that the receiving device is
configured with the same password.
230 The sending device has attempted to initiate an
operation that requires error correction but has
not selected error correction for the session.
Enable ECM on both the receiving device and the
sending device.
231 The sending device has attempted to initiate a
transmission to the receiving device even though
Ensure that the receiving device is capable of
receiving a document. Check that paper is
correctly loaded, paper is not jammed within the
Table 6-6 Fax receive error codes (continued)
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 309
Error code Description Solution
the capability to receive is disabled at the
receiving device.
device, and any other system abnormalities have
been cleared.
232 One of the following has occurred:
● A communication failure has occurred
between the two devices.
● The user at the remote device may have
pressed the C
ANCEL
button.
● The power at the remote device has been
interrupted or deliberately turned off, causing
the fax session to be interrupted.
1 Re-attempt the fax reception at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 If the error persists, and error correction is in
use for the fax session, disable ECM.
233 and 234
235 and 236 (ECM
error)
237
238 The sending fax device sent an unexpected
communication. This is a defect in the sending
device.
N/A
239–241
242 The sending fax device is attempting to receive
instead of send. Both devices have attempted to
start a reception at the same time. It is possible
to accidentally initiate a fax reception after dialing
on many devices, if there is no paper in the
device or if the paper is not correctly loaded and
cannot be sensed by the appropriate document
sensor.
Ensure that a document is ready and correctly
loaded in the sending fax device and that the
sending device is attempting to initiate a
transmission and not a reception.
243 and 244 One of the following has occurred:
● The user of the remote device has pressed
that device's C
ANCEL
button, causing the
session to be prematurely terminated.
● The sending fax device determined there
was a feature incompatibility between the
two devices and has terminated the session.
An example would be when the receiving
device wanted to initiate polling, but the
sending device did not support this mode of
operation.
1 Confirm that the sender is not inadvertently
attempting to poll transmit from the receiving
device, instead of transmitting to the
receiving device. This mode of operation
must be specially configured on the receiving
device. If poll transmission from the receiving
device is the desired mode of operation,
confirm that the receiving device has been
configured for this operation.
2 2. Reconfigure the receiving fax device to
use different configuration settings, toggle
the ECM state, and/or select a slower
reception speed.
245 and 246 (ECM
error)
The user of the sending device has pressed that
device's C
ANCEL
button, causing the session to be
prematurely terminated. The receiving device has
been "holding off" the remote device during
reception of a large and/or complex document
due to lack of available memory. This hold-off
time has exceeded the timeout (typically 60
seconds) used by the sending device, and it has
terminated the session.
1 If the document was large, ask the sender to
retransmit the document as two or more
smaller documents.
2 Disable ECM and reattempt the fax reception.
247-251 The sending device appears to be "stuck on." N/A
Table 6-6 Fax receive error codes (continued)
310 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Error code Description Solution
252 Telephone line conditions were too poor to
receive a fax.
1 Reattempt the fax reception at a later time
when line conditions may have improved.
2 Configure the receiving device to start
reception at a lower speed.
3 If the receiving device received successfully
several pages of a larger document, ask the
sender to transmit the document in several
smaller parts.
253 The sending device has attempted to initiate a
page transmission using a page width that is not
supported by the receiving device.
Ask the sender to reconfigure the fax device to
transmit using a "normal" (letter/A4) page width.
281 The receiving device has not received any data
at the start of a page during non-ECM reception,
although the modem has not detected a sending
disconnect. The sending device is probably
transmitting fill bytes instead of data and has
either jammed or broken.
Reattempt the fax reception after first requesting
that the sender check the sending device.
282 The receiving device has not received any data
at the start of a page during ECM reception
although the modem has not detected a sending
disconnect. The sending device is probably
transmitting sync frames instead of data and has
either jammed or broken.
283 The receiving device has detected that the
modem carrier has stopped. Either the line has
been disconnected or the sending device has
aborted the transmission.
284 The receiving device has not received any data
during non-ECM page reception and a timeout
failure has occurred. The sending device is
probably transmitting fill bytes instead of data and
has either jammed or broken.
285 The receiving device has stopped receiving any
data during an ECM page reception although the
modem has not detected a sending disconnect.
The sending device is probably transmitting sync
frames instead of data and has either jammed or
broken.
286 The sending device has transmitted invalid data.
The receiving device has received frames with
errors during an ECM reception and requested
retransmission of the errored frames. The data
that is resent does not correspond to the data
that was requested. This is an implementation
error from the sending device.
Disable ECM and reattempt the reception.
290 The sending device has attempted to renegotiate
the session mode from ECM to non-ECM
between pages. This operation is not supported
and the session has been abandoned.
Reattempt the fax reception and split the
document into two portions corresponding to the
ECM and non-ECM portions. Some devices will
attempt to use non-ECM for photo mode, so this
may be associated with a between-page
encoding change to support photo mode.
Table 6-6 Fax receive error codes (continued)
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 311
Error code Description Solution
291 This is not a communication error and it is not
expected that this error will occur under non-
development scenarios. Reception has failed
because the receiving device is unable to open a
file to receive data into. May be associated with
low memory, although low memory should be
handle more gracefully than this.
If the error persists, reinitialize the device.
292 The sending device has attempted to renegotiate
the encoding mode from non-JPEG to JPEG.
This operation is not supported and the session
has been abandoned.
Reattempt the fax reception and split the
document into two portions corresponding to the
JPEG and non-JPEG portions. Some devices will
attempt to use JPEG for photo mode, so this may
be associated with a between-page encoding
change to support photo mode.
Table 6-7 Fax send error codes
Error code Description Solution
300 Fax session has completed without errors N/A
311 The user of the receiving device has pressed the
C
ANCEL
button, causing the session to be
prematurely halted before all pages have been
transmitted.
Resend the fax.
312 A sending fax device has failed to answer the
call. Specifically fax tones or the fax handshake
from a sending device has not been detected.
Typically this is due to the user calling the wrong
number, the correct number has been called but
the device has been configured not to answer, or
the sending device has temporarily disabled
answering due to a condition such as lack of
paper or a paper jam.
Confirm the sending fax device is ready to
receive a document and reattempt the
transmission.
313 A busy signal has been detected each time the
receiving device has attempted to call the
sending device.
Reattempt the fax transmission at a later time
when the line is no longer busy.
314 The receiving device has attempted to initiate a
sending diagnostic session but has detected that
sending diagnostics are disabled at the sending
device.
Enable sending diagnostics on the sending device.
315 The receiving device has attempted to initiate a
sending diagnostic session but has detected that
the sending diagnostic version supported by the
sending device is incompatible.
No solution. Sending diagnostics cannot occur
between devices with incompatible sending
versions.
316 The receiving device is setup to initiate document
transmission, but it has detected that the sending
device is not able to receive a document. This
error should be very rare since normally a
sending device will not answer if it cannot receive
a document. On of the few exceptions to this
would occur if the sending device was configured
to poll transmit a document but was unable to
receive.
Configure the sending device for reception.
Typically the sender should ensure paper is
loaded in the device, paper jams are fixed, and
any other system abnormalities are cleared.
Table 6-6 Fax receive error codes (continued)
312 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Error code Description Solution
317 The sending device cannot support a fax
reception at any speed or modulation that is
supported by the receiving device.
N/A
318 The sending device cannot support a fax
reception at the page width selected by the
receiving device.
N/A
319 The receiving device has attempted to initiate a
binary file transfer (BFT) but has detected that
the sending device does not support this mode of
operation.
Do one of the following:
● Enable the BFT capability on the sending
device if it is supported.
● Retransmit the document as a normal fax,
rather than attempting a BFT transfer.
320 The receiving device is set up to initiate poll
reception with a sending device, but it has
detected that the sending device is not
configured to do this. Poll transmission from a
sending device is typically configured on a
session-by-session basis.
Do one of the following:
● Confirm that the receiver really wants to
attempt a poll reception. If not, reconfigure
the receiving device for a normal fax
transmission
● Configure the sending device for poll
transmission. The sender must load a
document to transmit and then configure the
device for polling.
321 There was a communication error with the
receiving fax device due to poor telephone line
conditions.
Reattempt the fax transmission at a different time
when telephone line conditions have improved.
322–324 Telephone line conditions were too poor to send
a fax.
1 Reattempt the fax transmission at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 If the session fails after transmitting several
pages of a large document, retransmit the
document as several smaller documents.
325-328 (ECM
error)
Telephone line conditions were very poor. 1 Reattempt the fax transmission at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 If the error persists, disable ECM. Errors may
still occur, and may result in a degraded
image quality on the received page.
However, the ability to transmit the entire
document will be improved.
329–331 The sending device has reported that one or
more pages have been received (non-ECM
mode) with excessive errors. This error does not
result in the session being terminated
immediately. Subsequent page transmission can
still occur and later pages may be received
without error.
1 Reattempt the fax transmission at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 If the error persists, select a lower speed for
the initial transmission speed.
332–337 There is a defect in the sending fax device. Send from another device.
Table 6-7 Fax send error codes (continued)
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 313
Error code Description Solution
338–342 (ECM
error)
343
344–348 One of the following has occurred:
● The sending device has failed to respond to
a fax command from the receiving device
due to the connection being interrupted.
● The sender has pressed the C
ANCEL
button
while the reception was in progress.
● In rare conditions, incompatibility between
the two devices may cause the sending
device to abandon the call.
1 Reattempt the fax transmission at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 fax session was using error correction,
disable ECM.
349-353 (ECM
error)
354 and 355
356-361 One of the following has occurred:
● The sender has pressed the C
ANCEL
button,
causing the session to be aborted.
● The sending device has encountered a
system problem such as no paper or a paper
jam, which has inhibited it from receiving any
more pages, and which has caused it to
terminate the session prematurely.
● A feature incompatibility has been
encountered by the sending device, causing
it to terminate the session.
1 Configure the sending device for document
reception by clearing any paper jams,
loading sufficient paper, and clearing any
other system errors.
2 Configure the receiving fax device to use
different configurations, toggle the ECM
state, or select a slower reception speed.
362-366 (ECM
error)
367-372 The sending device appears to be "stuck on". N/A
373-377 (ECM
error)
378 and 379
380 The sending device has failed to issue a valid
response to a CTC frame. This occurs during
ECM transmission after multiple retransmissions
of erred data.
Send from another device.
381 One of the following has occurred:
● The sending device has failed to respond to
a fax command from the receiving device
due to the connection being interrupted.
● The sender has pressed the C
ANCEL
button
while the reception was in progress.
1 Reattempt the fax transmission at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 If the error persists, disable ECM.
382 The sending fax device has been "holding off" the
receiving fax device from continuing the ongoing
transmission due to a temporary low memory
condition at the sending device. If this "hold-off"
period exceeds a device's specific timeout value,
the session will terminate.
1 Resend the document as two or more
separate fax transmissions. Wait several
minutes between the end of one
transmission and the start of the next
transmission.
2 If the error persists, disable ECM.
Table 6-7 Fax send error codes (continued)
314 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Error code Description Solution
383 One of the following has occurred:
● The sending device has failed to respond to
a fax command from the receiving device
due to the connection being interrupted
● The sender has pressed the C
ANCEL
button
while the reception was in progress.
1 Reattempt the fax transmission at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 If the error persists, disable ECM.
384 The receiving device has attempted a black
JPEG transmission to a device that does not
support this mode.
Reattempt the fax transmission using a different
mode.
385 The receiving device has failed to complete the
third phase of the initial V.34 handshake after
originating a fax session. This is usually due to
poor line conditions although it may be a
compatibility issue with certain devices and/or
line conditions.
1 Reattempt the fax transmission at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 Disable V.34 on the receiving device and
attempt the transmission using the V.17 mode.
387 The receiving device has failed to successfully
negotiate the initial V.8 handshake with the
sending device after originating a fax session.
Typically this will occur when the sending device
is not fax capable or has disabled reception. It
may also be a compatibility issue with certain
devices and/or line conditions.
388 The receiving device has originated a fax session
and detected a sending fax device but has been
unable to detect any T30 frames. If the device is
in V.17 mode it is likely that the connection has
been interrupted. In V.34 mode is also possible
for this error to occur due to compatibility
problems with certain devices and/or line
conditions.
389 The receiving device has originated a fax session
and has reattempted V.8 negotiations multiple
times without success.
390 The receiving device has originated a fax session
using error correction (either V.34 or V.17).
Transmission of an image has been abandoned
after a timeout when no data has become ready
for transmission. This is most likely due to a low
memory condition although it could be due to
other internal problems that cause generation of
data for transmission to stall.
Reattempt the transmission after making sure
documents stored in memory are printed and the
device has paper ready for printing. If the
problem persists reinitialize permanent storage.
391 The receiving device has originated a fax session
without error correction (not V.34 ). Transmission
of an image has been abandoned after a timeout
when no data has become ready for
transmission. This is most likely due to a low
memory condition although it could be due to
other internal problems that cause generation of
data for transmission to stall.
Table 6-7 Fax send error codes (continued)
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 315
Error code Description Solution
392 The receiving device has answered a fax session
and completed the initial V.34 handshake but has
been to detect any T30 frames. This failure is
either a compatibility problems with certain
devices or is due to line conditions.
1 Reattempt the fax reception at a different
time when telephone line conditions have
improved.
2 Disable V.34 on the receiving device and
attempt the transmission using the V.17 mode.
393 The receiving device has failed to complete the
third phase of the initial V.34 handshake after
answering a fax session. This is usually due to
poor line conditions although it may be a
compatibility issue with certain devices and/or
line conditions.
394 The receiving device has failed to successfully
negotiate the initial V.8 handshake with the
sending device after answering a fax session.
Typically this will occur when the calling device is
not fax capable. It may also be a compatibility
issue with certain devices and/or line conditions.
395 An unexpected T.30 frame has been received
between pages during a multipage V.34
reception. This is almost certainly a compatibility
problem with the sending device and may be due
to an error with the implementation of the sending
device.
1 Reattempt the fax reception. If transmission
errors are not encountered because line
conditions have improved, then this error will
probably be avoided.
2 Disable V.34 on the receiving device and
attempt the transmission using the V.17 mode.
396–409 An error occurred during a V.34 transmission
when the receiving device was unable to
correctly handshake with the sending device and
was consequently unable to transmit a T30
frame. This occurs when the line was
disconnected or if line conditions degrade during
the session.
Reattempt the fax transmission at a different time
when telephone line conditions have improved.
410–419
An error occurred during a V.34 reception when
the receiving device was unable to correctly
handshake with the sending device and was
consequently unable to transmit a T30 frame.
This occurs when the line is disconnected or if
line conditions degrade during the session.
420 V.34 negotiations have failed from the originating
device during phase four, which occurs after V.8
and before the first T.30 frames are exchanged.
Compatibility problems have been observed in
this area when sending to non-HP units.
421 V.34 negotiations have failed from the originating
device during phase three, which occurs after
V.8, before phase four, and before the first T.30
frames are exchanged. Compatibility problems
have been observed in this area when sending to
non-HP units.
422 V.34 negotiations have failed from the answering
device during phase four, which occurs after V.8
and before the first T.30 frames are exchanged.
423 V.34 negotiations have failed from the answering
device during phase three, which occurs after
Table 6-7 Fax send error codes (continued)
316 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Error code Description Solution
V.8, before phase4, and before the first T.30
frames are exchanged.
430 The transmitting device is unable to send
continuous ones at the end of the control channel
prior to starting the primary channel. This is a
V.34 error. This error may be associated with line
conditions although it is more likely to be due to
internal problems with the modem.
431 The transmitting device has not received a
response after aborting a transmission.
Depending upon when the session is aborted,
some sending devices may not respond. It should
be noted that the receiving unit always attempts
to abort the session in a way that allows the
sending device to respond to the final PPS_EOP.
N/A
440–444 An error occurred during a V.34 transmission
after one or more partial pages (image data)
were transmitted using the primary channel. The
transmitting device was unable to restart the
control channel in order to resume the T30
handshake. This typically occurs when the
receiving device prematurely disconnects during
partial page reception, although it is possible it
may also be due to compatibility issues.
Reattempt the fax reception at a different time
when telephone line conditions have improved.
HP Toolbox
HP Toolbox is a Web application that you can use for troubleshooting tasks.
To view HP Toolbox
Open HP Toolbox in one of these ways:
■ On the Windows desktop, double-click the HP Toolbox icon.
■ On the Windows Start menu, click Programs (All Programs in Windows XP), and then click
HP Toolbox.
Troubleshooting tab
HP Toolbox includes a Troubleshooting tab that contains links to the following main pages:
■ Control Panel Messages. View descriptions of device control-panel messages.
■ Clearing Jams. View information about locating and clearing jams.
■ Print Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve print problems.
■ Scan Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve scan problems.
■ Copy Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve copy problems.
■ Fax Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve fax problems.
Table 6-7 Fax send error codes (continued)
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 317
■ Memory Card Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve memory-card problems.
■ Connectivity Problems. View Help topics that can help you solve networking problems.
■ Troubleshooting Tools. Employ such troubleshooting tools as a cleaning page or a color
troubleshooting page to maintain the device.
■ Animated Demonstrations. View animated Help demonstrations for the device.
NOTE Other tabs on HP Toolbox might be helpful in troubleshooting device problems. For
information about the other tabs on HP Toolbox, see
HP Toolbox.
Service menu
Use the control-panel Service menu to troubleshoot device problems.
Restoring the factory-set defaults
Restoring the factory-set defaults returns all of the settings to the factory defaults, and it also clears
the fax header name and phone number.
CAUTION This procedure clears fax numbers and names that are associated with one-touch
keys and speed-dial codes, and deletes any pages that are stored in the memory. The
procedure then automatically restarts the device.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Restore defaults, and then press E
NTER
.
The device automatically restarts.
NOTE If the Receive to PC setting is turned on, you also must delete a folder on your
computer to completely restore the factory-default settings. Navigate to C:\Program Files
\Hewlett-Packard\Toolbox\Apache Tomcat4.0\webapps\Toolbox4.0\products
\hp_color_LaserJet_2800_all_in_one\ directory and delete the FaxData folder.
NOTE You also can restore the default settings from HP Toolbox. Open HP Toolbox, click
Device Settings, on the System Settings tab click the Service page, and then in the Resets
section click Restore.
NOTE You can save system settings before restoring the default settings from HP Toolbox.
Open HP Toolbox, click Device Settings, on the System Settings tab click the Save /
Restore page, and then click Save. After resetting the settings, you can restore the previous
settings by using the same page in HP Toolbox.
Cleaning the paper path
The device features a special cleaning mode to clean the paper path.
318 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
NOTE If you have access to HP Toolbox, HP recommends cleaning the paper path by using
HP Toolbox. See
To clean the paper path from HP Toolbox.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Cleaning Mode, and then press E
NTER
.
A page feeds through the device slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
4 Load plain letter or A4 paper when you are prompted.
5 Press E
NTER
again to confirm and begin the cleaning process.
A page feeds through the device slowly. Discard the page when the process is completed.
Setting the scanner bulb power save time
The PowerSave time setting allows you to set the amount of time that the scanner bulb is on before
entering the power save mode. The bulb is automatically turned on when the device is turned on, or
when a scanner feature is started.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select PowerSave time, and then press E
NTER
.
4 Use the < or the > button to select one of the following menu items:
● 8 hours
● 12 hours
● 2 hours
● 4 hours
5 Press E
NTER
to save the setting.
NOTE You also can change this setting from HP Toolbox. Open HP Toolbox, click
Device Settings, on the System Settings tab click the Service page, and then in the
Power save time section use the drop-down box to set the power save time and click
Apply.
Reducing paper curl
The Less paper curl setting reduces paper curl by reducing the fuser temperature.
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select Service, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Less paper curl, and then press E
NTER
.
4 Use the < or the > button to select Off or On, and then press E
NTER
.
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 319
Service-only tools
Timing charts
Figure 6-6 General timing chart—WAIT period
320 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Figure 6-7 General timing chart—one page, full-color, normal speed
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 321
Locations of connectors
Figure 6-8 Locations of device connectors (1 of 3)
322 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Figure 6-9 Locations of device connectors (2 of 3)
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 323
Figure 6-10 Locations of device connectors (3 of 3)
Figure 6-11 Locations of 250-sheet tray connectors
324 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
DC controller connections
Figure 6-12 DC controller connections
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 325
Printer calibration
You can set the device to calibrate the printer manually or automatically each time the device is
turned on. To calibrate the printer or to set up an automatic calibration process, complete the
following steps:
1 On the device control panel, press M
ENU
.
2 Use the < or the > button to select System setup, and then press E
NTER
.
3 Use the < or the > button to select Print quality, and then press E
NTER
.
4 Use the < or the > button to select Calibrate color, and then press E
NTER
.
5 Use the < or the > button to select Calibrate now or After power on, and then press E
NTER
.
● Selecting Calibrate now starts the calibration process immediately. The control panel
displays Calibrating until the process is complete and the device returns to the Ready state.
● Selecting After power on opens a menu that allows you to set the time period following the
device being turned on in which you want the calibration process performed. Use the < or the
> button to select one of the following menu items:
■ Immediately
■ 5 minutes
■ 15 minutes
■ 30 minutes
■ 60 minutes
■ Never
Press E
NTER
to save the selection.
NOTE Calibration must be performed when the device is in the Ready state. If the
device is processing a job or if it is displaying an error message, the device will not
calibrate.
NOTE You also can perform a calibration or change the calibration settings from
HP Toolbox. Open HP Toolbox, click Device Settings, on the System Settings tab click
the Print Quality page, and then in the Color Calibration section change the settings
and click Apply.
326 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Repetitive image defect ruler
Use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image quality problems.
Place the ruler next to the first occurrence of the defect on the page. Find the distance between
identical defects and use
Figure 6-13 Repetitive image defect ruler to identify the component that is
causing the defect.
Figure 6-13 Repetitive image defect ruler
NOTE Due to differences in printing mechanisms and letter/A4 media size issues, HP
recommends that you use only the measurements and not a printed sheet to judge banding
issues.
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 327
Main wiring diagram
Figure 6-14 Main wiring (1 of 2)
328 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
Figure 6-15 Main wiring (2 of 2)
ENWW Troubleshooting tools 329
Updating or recovering the firmware code
The device has a flash-memory-based formatter that enables the firmware code to be updated in the
event that new firmware is released for the device. Using flash memory also provides a way to
recover the firmware in the event of code corruption or failure.
Firmware update by using flash executable
The Configuration page lists the firmware version of the device. On flash-memory-based devices,
you can update the firmware code by downloading the latest flash executable for the device and
running the program according to the readme instructions that come with it. Turn the device off and
then on before running the executable file. If the firmware becomes corrupted or fails (usually
because of an interruption when attempting to update the firmware), the device no longer functions.
In this case, a firmware-recovery DIMM is available from HP.
Firmware-recovery DIMM
A firmware-recovery DIMM can be obtained from HP in the rare event that the firmware in flash
memory becomes corrupted. When the DIMM is installed in the DIMM slot on the formatter and the
device is turned on, the DIMM loads the latest firmware code into the device.
1 Order a firmware-recovery DIMM (RDIMM) from HP.
2 Turn off the device.
3 Open the memory cover on the right side of the device, and then open the formatter cage
memory door.
330 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
4 Install the firmware-recovery DIMM into the DIMM slot (callout 1).
Figure 6-16 Install the firmware-recovery DIMM
5 Turn on the device. The firmware-recovery DIMM takes a few minutes to automatically restore
both blocks of firmware code. Wait until the message Complete appears on the control-panel
display.
6 Turn off the device and remove the recovery DIMM.
7 Turn on the device. It should start up normally. If the device does not start up normally, repeat
the recovery process.
ENWW Updating or recovering the firmware code 331
332 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW
7 Parts and diagrams
Chapter contents
● Ordering parts and supplies
●
Accessories
●
Covers
●
Internal assemblies
●
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs)
●
Alphabetical parts list
● Numerical parts list
ENWW Chapter contents 333
Ordering parts and supplies
Parts
Order replacement parts from the following Web sites:
h30074.www3.hp.com/csn-aux/srvcdlvry/epdo/default/ePDOLogin.asp (technicians)
h20141.www2.hp.com/hpparts (customers)
Related documentation and software
Order documentation and software from the companies listed in the following table; some
documentation and software are available at the following Web sites.
Table 7-1 Technical support Web sites
HP Customer Care Online
Software drivers, support documentation, and answers to
frequently asked questions
www.hp.com/support
HP Technical Training
(North America)
Classes and schedules
education.itrc.hp.com/TrainerII/en-US/index.jsp
Supplies
Device supplies are listed in Table 3-1 Life expectancies of components. Consumables are available
directly from HP at the following numbers.
■ US: 800-538-8787
■ Canada: 800-387-3154 (in Toronto: 416-671-8383)
■ United Kingdom: 0734-441212
■ Germany: 0130-3322
Contact your local HP Parts Coordinator for other local phone numbers.
334 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Accessories
Accessories
Table 7-2 Accessories
Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number
Print cartridges
Print cartridge
Black print cartridge Q3960A Q3960-67901
Q3960-67902 (EMEA)
N/A
Print cartridge Yellow print cartridge,
2k
Q3972A Q3972-67901
Q3972-67902 (EMEA)
N/A
Print cartridge Yellow print cartridge,
4k
Q3962A Q3962-67901
Q3962-67902 (EMEA)
N/A
Print cartridge Magenta print
cartridge, 2k
Q3973A Q3973-67901
Q3973-67902 (EMEA)
N/A
Print cartridge Magenta print
cartridge, 4k
Q3963A Q3963-67901
Q3963-67902 (EMEA)
N/A
Print cartridge Cyan print cartridge, 2k Q3971A Q3971-67901
Q3971-67902 (EMEA)
N/A
Print cartridge Cyan print cartridge, 4k Q3961A Q3961-67901
Q3961-67902 (EMEA)
N/A
Imaging drums
Imaging drum
Imaging drum Q3964A Q3964-67901 N/A
Trays and tray accessories
Optional 250-sheet tray
1 optional 250-sheet
tray
Q3709A Q3709-67901 N/A
Tray 1 kit 1 pickup roller and 1
separation pad
C9706-67901 C9706-67901 N/A
Tray 1 kit with extra
separation pads
1 pickup roller and 3
separation pads
C9706-67902 C9706-67902 N/A
Memory
SDRAM DIMM
128 MB SDRAM DIMM C9121A C9121A N/A
SDRAM DIMM 64 MB SDRAM DIMM C9680A C9680A N/A
SDRAM DIMM 32 MB SDRAM DIMM C7845A C7845A N/A
SDRAM DIMM Firmware recovery
DIMM
Q6482CA Q6482CA N/A
Cables
ENWW Accessories 335
Product name Description Product number Part number Exchange number
USB cable USB cable (a-b), 2-
meter
C6518A C6518A N/A
Accessory kits
ADF assembly
ADF assembly, errata
sheet
Q3948-60189 Q3948-60189 N/A
Scanner assembly Scanner assembly Q3948-60191 Q3948-60191 N/A
ADF cover
replacement kit
ADF cover, cover hinge Q3948-67901 Q3948-67901 N/A
Paper pick module
replacement kit
Pickup roller
assembly, screws
Q3948-67903 Q3948-67903 N/A
ADF pickup roller
replacement kit
Separation pad,
pickup roller, screws,
errata sheet
Q3948-67904 Q3948-67904 N/A
ADF flag replacement
kit
ADF input tray flag,
ADF input flag spring
Q3948-67902 Q3948-67902 N/A
ADF hinge
replacement kit
left hinge, right hinge,
screws
Q3948-67905 Q3948-67905 N/A
ADF window
replacement kit
ADF window, window
frame, screws
Q3948-67906 Q3948-67906 N/A
Formatter copy
exchange kit
Formatter cage, copy
formatter PCA,
screws, LIU cover plate
Q3948-69001 N/A Q3948-69001
Formatter US LIU
exchange kit
Formatter cage, Euro
LIU PCA, fax
formatter PCA,
screws, LIU cable
Q3948-69002 N/A Q3948-69002
Formatter Euro LIU
exchange kit
Formatter cage, US
LIU PCA, fax
formatter PCA,
screws, LIU cable
Q3948-69003 N/A Q3948-69003
Engine paper pick roll/
separation pad
replacement kit
Separation pad,
pickup roller, errata
sheet
Q3948-67907 Q3948-67907 N/A
Photo card assembly
kit
Memory card
assembly (HP Color
LaserJet 2840 all-in-
one only)
Q3948-67908 Q3948-67908 N/A
Table 7-2 Accessories (continued)
336 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Replacement kits
The table below shows replacement kits that are available from HP.
Table 7-3 Replacement kits
Kit—part number Parts (quantity) Part number
Right mount link kit—Q3948-67909 Spring, torsion (1) RS6-2772-000CN
Mount, right link (1) RB3-1158-000CN
Screw kit—Q3948-67910 Screw, RS, M3X8 (10) XA9-1291-000CN
Screw, P, M3X8 (5) XB4-5300-809CN
E-ring (5) XD2-1100-502CN
Screw, RS, M3X10 (5) XA9-1501-000CN
Retaining ring (5) XD2-1100-322CN
Screw, S, M3X8 (5) XA9-1500-000CN
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4X10 (15) XB4-7401-005CN
Screw, RS, M3X6 (5) XA9-0849-000CN
Clamp, cable (5) WT2-5700-000CN
Screw, RS, M3X6 (5) XA9-1495-000CN
Screw, RS, M3X8 (5) XA9-1449-000CN
Screw, RS, M3X6 (10) XA9-1495-010CN
Screw, w/ washer, M3X6 (5) XB2-4300-605CN
Screw, S, M3X8 (5) XA9-1500-010CN
Power switch kit—Q3948-67911 Spring, compression (1) RS6-2771-000CN
Rod, power button (1) RB3-1145-000CN
Mount, power button rod (1) RB3-1146-000CN
Multipurpose pickup roller kit—
Q3948-67912
Pad, paper separation (1) RF5-4012-000CN
Roller, multipurpose paper pickup (1) RB3-0160-000CN
Front frame gear kit—Q3948-67913 Gear, 20T/40T (1) RS7-0424-000CN
Gear, 26T (1) RS7-0429-000CN0
Bushing (1) RS5-1635-000CN
Gear assembly (1) RG5-6938-000CN
Upper multipurpose cover kit—
Q3948-67914
Cover, multipurpose, upper (1) RB3-1134-000CN
Label, image cartridge (1) RS6-8687-000CN
Fan duct kit—Q3948-67915 Duct fan (1) RB9-0901-000CN
Label, high voltage (1) RS6-8668-000CN
Output gear kit—Q3948-67916 Gear, 32T/37T (1) RS7-0435-000CN
Gear, 37T/43T (1) RS7-0436-000CN
ENWW Accessories 337
Kit—part number Parts (quantity) Part number
Gear, 51T (1) RS7-0437-000CN
Upper face down roller kit—
Q3948-67917
Spring, torsion (2) RB2-9905-000CN
Roller, face-down, upper (2) RF5-4068-000CN
Feed belt kit—Q3948-67918 Belt, timing (1) RB1-8668-030CN
Pulley (2) RB3-0061-000CN
Belt, paper feed (8) RB3-0063-000CN
Pulley (2) RB3-0067-000CN
Feed shaft kit—Q3948-67919 Shaft, feed drive (1) RB3-0011-000CN
Roller, SM belt (1) RB3-0012-000CN
Shaft, idler gear (1) RB3-0060-000CN
Gear, 23T (1) RB3-0022-000CN
Spring, torsion (1) RB2-9999-000CN
Transfer roll kit—Q3948-67920 Plate, transfer (2) RB3-0057-000CN
Roller, transfer (1) RF5-4067-000CN
Bushing (1) RB3-1094-000CN
Spring, compression (1) RB3-0015-000CN
Spring, compression (1) RB3-1092-000CN
250–sheet pickup roller kit—
Q3948-67921
Roller (2) RB2-2892-000CN
Roller, paper pickup (1) RB3-0161-000CN
Separation pad assembly (1) RF5-4258-000CN
Spring, compression (1) RS6-2769-000CN
Lower face-down roller kit—
Q3948-67922
Spring, torsion (2) RB3-1065-000CN
Roller, face-down (2) RB2-9909-000CN
Table 7-3 Replacement kits (continued)
338 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Automatic document feeder and scanner assembly
Figure 7-1 ADF and scanner assembly
ENWW Accessories 339
Table 7-4 ADF and scanner assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 ADF assembly Q3948-60189CN 1
2 Scanning assembly Q3948-60191CN 1
3 ADF input tray Q3948-60145CN 1
Not
pictured
ADF separation pad Q2665-60125CN 1
Not
pictured
ADF pickup roller Q3948-60140CN 1
Not
pictured
ADF cleanout part C7309-40153CN 1
Not
pictured
ADF input-tray flag C7309-40013CN 1
Not
pictured
ADF input-tray spring C7309-80013CN 1
4 ADF cover Q3948-40007CN 1
5 ADF scanning window C7296-00014CN 1
6 ADF scanning window frame Q1636-40037CN 1
7 Control panel, copy (HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one) Q3948-60111CN 1
7 Control panel, fax (HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one and
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one)
Q3949-60134CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, English Q3948-60136CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, English Q3950-60101CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, French Q3948-60149CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, French Q3950-60105CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, German Q3948-60148CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, German Q3950-60104CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Italian Q3948-60151CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Italian Q3950-60107CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Spanish Q3948-60146CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Spanish Q3950-60102CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Arabic Q3948-60164CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Arabic Q3950-60120CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Danish Q3948-60155CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Danish Q3950-60111CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Dutch Q3948-60150CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Dutch Q3950-60106CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Finnish Q3948-60154CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Finnish Q3950-60110CN 1
340 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Ref Description Part number Qty
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Hebrew Q3948-60163CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Hebrew Q3950-60119CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Norwegian Q3948-60153CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Norwegian Q3950-60109CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Portuguese Q3948-60147CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Portuguese Q3950-60103CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Swedish Q3950-60108CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Swedish Q3948-60152CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Czech Q3948-60157CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Czech Q3950-60113CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Hungarian Q3948-60158CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Hungarian Q3950-60114CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Polish Q3948-60159CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Polish Q3950-60115CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Russian Q3948-60156CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Russian Q3950-60112CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Slovak Q3948-60160CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Slovak Q3950-60116CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Turkish Q3948-60161CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Turkish Q3950-60117CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Korean Q3948-60166CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Korean Q3950-60122CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, simplified Chinese Q3948-60167CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, simplified Chinese Q3950-60123CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, traditional Chinese Q3948-60165CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, traditional Chinese Q3950-60121CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Thai Q3948-60168CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Thai Q3950-60124CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, copy, Vietnamese Q3948-60169CN 1
8 Control-panel bezel, fax, Vietnamese Q3950-60125CN 1
ENWW Accessories 341
Assembly locations (1 of 2)
Figure 7-2 Assembly locations (1 of 2)
342 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-5
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Rear frame assembly See
Covers 1
2 Middle frame assembly See
Middle frame assembly 1
3 Front frame assembly See
Front frame assembly 1
ENWW Accessories 343
Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Figure 7-3 Assembly locations (2 of 2)
344 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-6 Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Ref Description Part number Qty
4 Fuser, 110-127 V RG5-7602-000CN 1
4 Fuser, 220-240 V RG5-7603-000CN 1
1 Power-supply base assembly See
Power-supply base
assembly
1
1 Rotary assembly RG5-7587-000CN 1
1 Main drive assembly RG5-7579-000CN 1
1 Rotary drive assembly RG5-7592-000CN 1
ENWW Accessories 345
Covers
Figure 7-4 Covers
346 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-7 Covers
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Cover, rear RB3-1130-000CN 1
2 Spring, torsion RS6-2772-000CN 1
3 Cover, top (assembly) RG5-7597-000CN 1
3A Cover, rack RB3-0089-030CN 1
3B Cover, cartridge RF5-4055-000CN 1
4 Cover, face-down RB3-1136-000CN 1
5 Right cover assembly RG5-7599-000CN 1
5A Cover, memory RB3-1138-000CN 1
6 Link unit, left RG5-7645-000CN 1
7 Left cover assembly RG5-7598-000CN 1
7A Spring, compression RS6-2771-000CN 1
7B Rod, power button RB3-1145-000CN 1
7C Cover, left RB3-1128-000CN 1
7D Cover, vent RB3-1139-000CN 1
7E Mount, power button rod RB3-1146-000CN 1
8 Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1291-000CN 7
9 Cover, left upper RB3-1126-000CN 1
10 Cover, left rear RB3-1131-000CN 1
11 Cover, right rear RB3-1132-000CN 1
12 Cover, I/O RB3-1137-000CN 1
13 Foot, fall prevention RB3-1147-000CN 1
14 Mount, left link RB3-1154-000CN 1
15 Mount, right link RB3-1158-000CN 1
16 Cover, front RB3-1125-000CN 1
17 Arm, face-down RB3-1083-000CN 2
18 Link unit, right RG5-7630-000CN 1
501 Screw, P, M3x8 XB4-5300-809CN 2
502 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4X10 XB4-7401-005CN 2
A01 Cover, top
A02 Cover, right
A03 Button, power
A04 Cover, cartridge
A05 Sheet, noise-proof rubber
A06 Label, I/O operation
ENWW Covers 347
Ref Description Part number Qty
A07 Plate, interlock switch shield
A08 Plate, static eliminator
A09 Guide, cable
A10 Label, CRG
A11 Plate, formatter grounding
348 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
ENWW Covers 349
Internal assemblies
Figure 7-5 Front frame assembly
350 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-8 Front frame assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Spring, torsion RB2-9952-000CN 1
2 Hinge, multipurpose, right RB9-0890-000CN 1
3 Hinge, multipurpose, left RB9-0889-000CN 1
4 Bushing, left RB2-3043-000CN 1
5 Bushing, right RB2-3044-000CN 1
6 Damper assembly RB2-6248-000CN 1
7 Cover, multipurpose, upper RB3-1134-000CN 1
8 Cover, multipurpose, lower RB3-1135-000CN 1
9 Cover, multipurpose, roller RB3-0104-000CN 1
10 Flag, multipurpose sensor RB3-0111-000CN 1
11 Cable, waste toner RG5-7624-000CN 1
12 Cover, MP. gauss blocking RB3-0120-000CN 1
13 Spring, torsion RB3-0121-000CN 1
14 Spring, torsion RB3-0122-000CN 1
15 Flag, test print switch RB3-0135-000CN 1
16 Solenoid RH7-5383-000CN 1
17 Pad, paper separation RF5-4012-000CN 1
18 Spring, tension RS6-2030-000CN 2
19 Gear, 26T RS7-0418-000CN 1
20 Gear, 20T/40T RS7-0424-000CN 1
21 Gear, 26T/50T RS7-0426-000CN 1
22 Gear, 26T RS7-0429-000CN 1
23 Photo interrupter TLP1242 WG8-5593-000CN 1
24 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4X10 XB4-7401-005CN 11
25 Multipurpose cover assembly RG5-7601-000CN 1
26 Gear assembly RG5-6938-000CN 1
27 Multipurpose inner plate assembly RG5-7584-000CN 1
28 Multipurpose paper pickup roller assembly RG5-6952-000CN 1
28A Roller, multipurpose paper pickup RB3-0160-000CN 1
29 Clamp, cable WT2-5700-000CN 2
30 Tag contact PCA RG5-7131-000CN 1
31 Clip, cable WT2-5056-000CN 1
32 Gear, 30T RS7-0425-000CN 1
33 Bushing RS5-1635-000CN 1
ENWW Internal assemblies 351
Ref Description Part number Qty
34 Pad, light-blocking RF5-4047-000CN 1
35 Guide, paper feed, left RB2-9954-000CN 1
36 Label, image cartridge RS6-8687-000CN 1
37 Guide, paper feed, right RB2-9955-000CN 1
38 Bushing RS5-1638-000CN 1
501 Ring, E XD2-1100-502CN 1
A01 Shaft, paper pickup clutch gear
A02 Shaft
A03 Shaft
A04 Tray, expansion, 1
A05 Tray, expansion, 2
A06 Cover, multipurpose
A07 Sheet, dust-proof
A08 Frame, front
A09 Holder, gear
A10 Screw, TP, M3X6
A11 Gear, 20T/40T
A12 Gear, 31T
A13 Spring, compression
A14 Gear, 18T
A15 Sheet, separation
A16 Roller
A17 Rack, slide, right
A18 Rack, slide, left
A19 Plate, multipurpose inner
A20 Cam, roller
A21 Roller
A22 Holder, top sensor PCA
A23 Cam, multipurpose, right
A24 Cam, multipurpose, left
A25 Holder, separation pad
A26 Spring, torsion
A27 Holder, tag contact
A28 Holder, tag
A29 Support, tag pin
352 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Ref Description Part number Qty
A30 Pin, tag
A31 Spring, compression
A32 Pin, dowel
ENWW Internal assemblies 353
Figure 7-6 Internal components (1 of 2)
354 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-9 Internal components (1 of 2)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Tray, toner RB3-0019-000CN 1
2 Guard, fan shield RB2-9932-000CN 1
3 Duct, fan RB9-0901-000CN 1
4 Gear, 18T RB3-0091-000CN 1
5 Gear, 15T RB3-0092-000CN 1
6 Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1449-000CN 1
7 Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-1495-000CN 5
8 Plate, swing shaft grounding RB3-1113-000CN 1
9 Fan RH7-1630-000CN 1
10 Clutch, electromagnetic RH7-5389-000CN 1
11 Screw, RS, M3x10 XA9-1501-000CN 4
12 Sleeve thermistor unit RH7-7159-000CN 1
13 Cable, upper RG5-7160-000CN 1
14 Cable, front frame RG5-7145-000CN 1
15 Upper face-down roller assembly, RG5-7637-000CN 1
16 Cable, fuser motor RG5-7620-000CN 1
17 Motor, DC RH7-1628-000CN 1
18 Gear, 32T/37T RS7-0435-000CN 1
19 Gear, 37T/43T RS7-0436-000CN 1
20 Gear, 51T RS7-0437-000CN 1
21 Spring, torsion RB2-9905-000CN 2
22 Roller, face-down, upper RF5-4068-000CN 2
23 Label, high voltage caution RS6-8668-000CN 1
501 E-ring XD2-1100-322CN 1
502 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN 31
A01 Plate, rating
A02 Bushing
A03 Gear, 17T
A04 Holder, forming left
A05 Holder, forming right
A06 Roller, face-down, upper
ENWW Internal assemblies 355
Figure 7-7 Internal components (2 of 2)
356 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-10 Internal components (2 of 2)
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Flat cable, laser RH2-5524-000CN 1
2 Holder, interlock switch RB3-0023-000CN 1
3 Scanner crossmember assembly RG5-6907-000CN 1
4 Cable guide RB2-9903-000CN 1
5 Laser/scanner RG5-6890-000CN 1
6 Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-0849-000CN 18
7 Cable, motor RG5-7114-000CN 1
8 Guide, rotary release RB2-9852-000CN 1
9 Microswitch RH7-6051-000CN 1
10 Left cartridge guide assembly RG5-6935-000CN 1
11 Cable, sensor RG5-7117-000CN 1
12 Right support assembly RG5-7631-000CN 1
13 Left support assembly RG5-7632-000CN 1
14 Plate, photo card crossmember RB2-9976-000CN 1
15 Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-1495-000CN 15
16 Sheet, protective, A RB3-1379-000CN 1
17 Sheet, protective, B RB3-1380-000CN 1
A01 Crossmember, scanner
A02 Arm, shutter
A03 Crossmember, beam
A04 Spring, compression
A05 Left side plate assembly
A06 Spring, torsion
A07 Spring, torsion
A08 Gear, 34T
A09 Side plate, left
A10 Sheet
A11 Screw, RS, M3X6
A12 Guide, left cartridge
A13 Shaft, gear
A14 Cover, edge
A15 Plate, photo card mounting
ENWW Internal assemblies 357
Figure 7-8 Rear frame assembly
358 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-11 Rear frame assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Duct, fuser RB2-9904-000CN 1
2 Lower face-down roller assembly RG5-7595-000CN 1
3 Spring, torsion RB3-1065-000CN 2
4 Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-0849-000CN 2
5 Roller, face-down, lower RB2-9909-000CN 2
6 Cover, pressure motor RB2-9916-000CN 1
7 Motor, DC, 24 V RH7-1629-000CN 1
501 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN 3
A01 Gear, 17T
A02 Roller, face-down
A03 Bushing
A04 Frame, rear
ENWW Internal assemblies 359
Figure 7-9 Middle frame assembly
360 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-12 Middle frame assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Timing belt RB1-8668-030CN 1
2 Pulley RB3-0061-000CN 2
3 Paper feed belt RB3-0063-000CN 8
4 Rubber foot RB2-6297-000CN 2
5 Roller grounding plate RB3-0286-000CN 1
6 Static charge eliminator plate RB3-0009-000CN 1
7 Paper feed plate RB3-0010-000CN 1
8 Shaft, feed drive RB3-0011-000CN 1
9 Roller, belt RB3-0012-000CN 1
10 Shaft, idler gear RB3-0060-000CN 1
11 Spring, torsion RB3-0045-000CN 1
12 Spring, torsion RB3-0016-000CN 1
13 Gear, 23T RB3-0022-000CN 1
14 Spring, torsion RB3-0042-000CN 1
15 Spring, torsion RB3-0043-000CN 1
16 Spring, torsion RB3-0044-000CN 1
17 Spring, torsion RB3-0046-000CN 1
18 Spring, torsion RB3-0047-000CN 1
19 Spring, torsion RB3-0048-000CN 1
20 Bushing RS5-1637-000CN 1
21 Insulating sheet RB3-1110-000CN 1
22 Transfer slide plate RB3-0057-000CN 2
23 Drawer connector WS1-6336-000CN 1
24 Gear, 30T RS7-0428-000CN 1
25 Entrance guide assembly RF5-4065-000CN 1
26 Registration roller assembly RG5-6939-000CN 1
27 Cable, grounding RG5-7123-000CN 1
28 Registration shutter assembly RG5-6940-000CN 1
29 Cable, interface RG5-7122-000CN 1
30 Cover, gear RB3-0052-000CN 1
31 Grounding spring RB3-0065-000CN 1
32 Grounding spring RB3-0066-000CN 1
33 Sensor flag arm RB2-9925-000CN 1
34 Holder, transfer sensor RB2-9924-000CN 1
ENWW Internal assemblies 361
Ref Description Part number Qty
35 Roller, transfer sensor RB2-7195-000CN 1
36 Pulley RB3-0067-000CN 2
37 Paper sensor cable RG5-7128-000CN 1
38 Photo interrupter TLP1242 WG8-5593-000CN 1
39 Spring, tension RS6-2766-000CN 1
40 Mount, terminal RB2-9850-000CN 1
41 Mount, antenna contact RB2-9851-000CN 1
42 Clip, cable WT2-5610-000CN 2
43 Cable, high-voltage transformer RG5-7130-000CN 1
44 Clamp, cable WT2-5700-000CN 1
45 Spring, torsion RB2-9999-000CN 1
46 Roller, transfer RF5-4067-000CN 1
47 Bushing RB3-1094-000CN 1
48 Spring, compression RB3-1091-000CN 1
49 Spring, compression RB3-1092-000CN 1
50 Spring, compression RB3-0015-000CN 1
51 Resistor, 500MOHM, 0.3W RH5-3169-000CN 1
52 Guide, transfer inlet RB3-1088-000CN 1
501 Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN 13
502 Screw, w/washer, M3x6 XB2-4300-605CN 2
A01 Spring, torsion
A02 Bushing
A03 Flag, registration-sensor
A04 Registration roller
A05 Registration holder
A06 Registration front guide
A07 Registration shutter
A08 Registration roller
A09 Registration roller shaft
A10 Spring, torsion
A11 Bushing
A12 Spring, compression
A13 Registration pressure arm
A14 Middle frame
A15 Screw, B, M3x8
362 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Ref Description Part number Qty
A16 Spring, compression
A17 Gear, 26T/34T
ENWW Internal assemblies 363
Figure 7-10 Power-supply base assembly
364 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-13 Power-supply base assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Holder, fuser connector RB3-0006-000CN 1
2 Insulating sheet RB3-0007-000CN 1
3 Support, high-voltage PCA VT2-0012-005CN 6
4 Cable, high-voltage transformer RG5-7146-000CN 1
5 Clip, cable WT2-5737-000CN 2
6 Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1449-000CN 9
7 Cable, sub-high-voltage transformer RG5-7126-000CN 1
8 Cable, fuser connector, DC controller RG5-7109-000CN 1
9 Cable, fuser, power RG5-7161-000CN 1
10 Cable, video interface, power RG5-7106-000CN 1
11 Cable, power (1) RG5-7621-000CN 1
12 Cable, power (2) RG5-7108-000CN 1
13 Holder, high-voltage RB3-0062-000CN 1
14 Screw, S, M3x8 XA9-1500-000CN 4
15 Cable, formatter RG5-7156-000CN 1
A01 Crossmember, power supply base
ENWW Internal assemblies 365
Figure 7-11 Main drive assembly
366 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-14 Main drive assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
Main drive assembly RG5-7579-000CN 1
1 Right side plate front assembly RG5-7581-000CN 1
2 Motor unit RF5-4063-000CN 1
3 Clutch, electromagnetic RH7-5335-000CN 1
4 Rack RB3-0090-000CN 1
5 Cable, second, transfer sensor RG5-7115-000CN 1
6 Right side plate rear assembly RG5-7580-000CN 1
7 Gear, 32T/123T RS7-0574-000CN 1
8 Gear, 186T RS7-0573-000CN 1
9 Gear, 31T/90T RS7-0572-000CN 1
10 Gear, 23T/54T RS7-0571-000CN 1
11 Gear, 81T RS7-0570-000CN 1
A01 Coupling, drum
A02 Coupling, ITB
A03 Support, spring
A04 Gear, 35T
A05 Gear, 35T
A06 Bushing, gear drive shaft
A07 Bushing, IS drive shaft
A08 Pin, support
A09 E-ring
A10 Gear, 13T
A11 Gear, 13T
A12 Gear, 12T
A13 Gear, 21T/35T
A14 Support, spring
A15 Spring, compression
A16 Gear, 138T
A17 Spring, grounding
A18 Gear, 17T/98T
A19 Gear, 120T/20T
A20 Side plate, right rear
A21 Photo interrupter TLP1242
A22 Screw, S, M3X8
ENWW Internal assemblies 367
Ref Description Part number Qty
A23 Gear, 64T
A24 Screw, RS, M3X6
A25 Side plate, right front
A26 E-ring
A27 E-ring
A28 Pin, dowel
A29 Pin, dowel
A30 Spring, torsion
A31 Spring, torsion
A32 Guide, right cartridge
A33 Right cartridge guide assembly
A34 Side plate, right rear
A35 Shaft, main drive
A36 Shaft, image drive
A37 Shaft, gear drive
368 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
ENWW Internal assemblies 369
Figure 7-12 Rotary (carousel) assembly
370 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-15 Rotary assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
Rotary assembly RG5-7587-000CN 1
1 Tag contact assembly RG5-7132-000CN 1
2 Rotary left side plate assembly RG5-6942-000CN 1
3 Dev. rotary cable RG5-7129-000CN 1
4 Rotary pressure assembly RG5-7589-000CN 1
5 Busing, swing shaft, left RB2-9809-000CN 1
6 Bushing, swing shaft, right RB9-0879-000CN 1
7 Toner-sensor PCA RG5-6964-000CN 1
A01 Rotary center shaft
A02 Rotary swing shaft
A03 Reinforcement plate
A04 Gear, 75T
A05 Center shaft end support
A06 Stopper, A
A07 Gear, 28T
A08 Gear, 49T
A09 Gear, 28T
A10 Gear, 18T
A11 Screw, RS, M3x6
A12 Spring, torsion
A13 Spring, torsion
A14 Pin, dowel
A15 Cover, right side plate
A16 Bushing, center shaft, right
A17 Grounding plate
A18 Rotary side plate, right
A19 Gear, 93T
A20 Gear, 75T
A21 Gear, 27T
A22 Ball bearing
A23 Cap
A24 Rotary side plate, left
A25 Bushing, center shaft, left
A26 Spring, torsion
ENWW Internal assemblies 371
Ref Description Part number Qty
A27 Plate, spring positioning
A28 Spring, torsion
A29 Crossmember, rotary pressure
A30 Support, spring, right
A31 Support, spring, left
A32 Flag, pressure shaft
A33 Holder, pressure shaft, right
A34 Holder, pressure shaft, left
A35 Holder, tag contact
A36 Support, tag contact
A37 Plate, tag contact
A38 Spring, torsion
A39 Plate, pressure lock
A40 Spring, compression
A41 Spring, compression
A42 Gear, 25T
A43 Washer
A44 Cam, pressure
A45 Cam, tag contact drive
A46 Spring, torsion
A47 Shaft, rotary pressure
A48 Disc, rotary right
A49 Spring, torsion
A50 Label, rotary inlet
A51 Label, rotary inlet
A52 Label, rotary inlet
A53 Label, rotary inlet
A54 Disc, rotary left
A55 Spring, torsion
A56 Rotary right side plate assembly
A57 Rotary right disc assembly
A58 Rotary left disc assembly
A59 Screw, w/washer, M3x6
A60 Rotary pressure shaft assembly
A61 Stopper, B
372 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Ref Description Part number Qty
A62 Photo interrupter, TLP1242
A63 Pin, silencer
A64 Sheet, discharge
A65 Spring
A66 Screw, TP, M3x4
A67 Gear, 19T
A68 Plate, silencer pin
ENWW Internal assemblies 373
Figure 7-13 Rotary-drive assembly
374 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-16 Rotary-drive assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
Rotary drive assembly RG5-7842-000CN 1
1 Motor unit RH7-1651-000CN 1
2 Motor (DC 24V) RH7-1625-000CN 1
3 Solenoid RH7-5384-000CN 1
A01 Guide, rotary drive
A02 Cover, mount motor
A03 Mount, motor
A04 Gear, 20T/70T
A05 Gear, 48T
A06 Screw, TP, M3x4
A07 E-ring
A08 Screw, RS, M3x6
ENWW Internal assemblies 375
Figure 7-14 Fuser assembly
376 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-17 Fuser assembly
Ref Description Part number Qty
Fuser assembly, 110–127V RG5-7602-000CN 1
Fuser assembly, 220–240V RG5-7603-000CN 1
1 Bushing RB3-1026-000CN 1
2 Bushing RB3-1027-000CN 1
3 Lever, lock release, right RB3-0178-000CN 1
4 Lever, lock release, left RB3-0179-000CN 1
5 Guide, paper inlet RB3-0180-000CN 1
6 Pressure plate RB3-1024-000CN 2
7 High-temperature caution label RU5-8125-000CN 1
8 Roller, pressure RB3-1034-000CN 1
9 Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1500-000CN 4
10 Base plate, fixing RF5-4060-000CN 1
11 Spring, compression RB3-1025-000CN 2
12 Gear, 30T RS7-0580-000CN 1
13 Clamp, cable WT2-5700-000CN 1
14 Fuser film assembly RG5-7162-000CN 1
14 Fuser film assembly RG5-7163-000CN 1
15 Separation upper guide assembly RG5-7576-000CN 1
15A Roller, delivery RB2-9950-000CN 2
16 Lever, pressure-release, right RB3-1166-000CN 1
17 Face-up cover assembly RG5-7604-000CN 1
17A Cover, face-up, upper RB3-1140-000CN 1
18 Separation lower guide assembly RG5-7577-000CN 1
19 Lever, pressure-release, left RB3-1167-000CN 1
20 Spring, grounding RB3-1150-000CN 2
21 Holder, delivery idle gear shaft RB3-1029-000CN 1
22 Cover, fuser, upper RB3-1032-000CN 1
23 Shaft, lever RB2-4933-000CN 2
24 Cable, fuser AC RG5-7154-000CN 1
24 Cable, fuser AC RG5-7155-000CN 1
25 Gear, 28T RS7-0582-000CN 1
26 Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1449-000CN 2
27 Spacer, right RB2-9934-000CN 1
28 Spacer, left RB2-9935-000CN 1
ENWW Internal assemblies 377
Ref Description Part number Qty
A01 Frame, fuser
A02 Spring, torsion
A03 Cover, face-up, lower
A04 Guide, upper separation
A05 Guide, lower separation
A06 Flag, paper-delivery sensor
A07 Spring, torsion
A08 Bushing
A09 Roller, paper-delivery
A10 Spring, torsion
A11 Lever, pressure-release sensor, right
A12 Gear, 17T
A13 Lever, pressure-release sensor, left
A14 Photo interrupter, TLP1242
A15 Frame, separation, lower
A16 Screw, with washer, M4x12
378 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
ENWW Internal assemblies 379
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs)
Figure 7-15 PCAs
380 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Table 7-18 PCA assemblies
Ref Description Part number Qty
1 Top sensor PCA RG5-7612-000CN 1
2 DC Controller PCA RG5-7646-000CN 1
3 Low-voltage PCA, 110-127 V RH3-2260-000CN 1
3 Low-voltage PCA, 220-240 V RH3-2261-000CN 1
4 High-voltage transformer PCA RG5-7647-000CN 1
5 Waste-toner sensor PCA RG5-7648-000CN 1
6 Registration-sensor PCA RG5-7613-000CN 1
7 Density-sensor PCA RH7-7158-000CN 1
8 Toner-sensor PCA RG5-7609-000CN 1
9 Sub-high-voltage transformer PCA RG5-7616-000CN 1
ENWW Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) 381
Alphabetical parts list
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list
Description Part number Table and page
ADF assembly Q3948-60189CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF cleanout part C7309-40153CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF cover Q3948-40007CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF input tray Q3948-60145CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF input-tray flag C7309-40013CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF input-tray spring C7309-80013CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF pickup roller Q3948-60140CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF scanning window C7296-00014CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF scanning window frame Q1636-40037CN ADF and scanner assembly
ADF separation pad Q2665-60125CN ADF and scanner assembly
Arm, face-down RB3-1083-000CN Covers
Arm, shutter Internal components (2 of 2)
Ball bearing Rotary assembly
Base plate, fixing RF5-4060-000CN Fuser assembly
Bushing RS5-1635-000CN Front frame assembly
Bushing RS5-1638-000CN Front frame assembly
Bushing Internal components (1 of 2)
Bushing Rear frame assembly
Bushing RS5-1637-000CN Middle frame assembly
Bushing RB3-1094-000CN Middle frame assembly
Bushing Middle frame assembly
Bushing Middle frame assembly
Bushing RB3-1026-000CN Fuser assembly
Bushing RB3-1027-000CN Fuser assembly
Bushing Fuser assembly
Bushing, center shaft, left Rotary assembly
Bushing, center shaft, right Rotary assembly
Bushing, gear drive shaft Main drive assembly
Bushing, IS drive shaft Main drive assembly
Bushing, left RB2-3043-000CN Front frame assembly
Bushing, right RB2-3044-000CN Front frame assembly
382 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Bushing, swing shaft, right RB9-0879-000CN Rotary assembly
Busing, swing shaft, left RB2-9809-000CN Rotary assembly
Button, power Covers
Cable guide RB2-9903-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Cable, formatter RG5-7156-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, front frame RG5-7145-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Cable, fuser AC RG5-7154-000CN Fuser assembly
Cable, fuser AC RG5-7155-000CN Fuser assembly
Cable, fuser connector, DC controller RG5-7109-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, fuser motor RG5-7620-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Cable, fuser, power RG5-7161-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, grounding RG5-7123-000CN Middle frame assembly
Cable, high-voltage transformer RG5-7130-000CN Middle frame assembly
Cable, high-voltage transformer RG5-7146-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, interface RG5-7122-000CN Middle frame assembly
Cable, motor RG5-7114-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Cable, power (1) RG5-7621-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, power (2) RG5-7108-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, second, transfer sensor RG5-7115-000CN Main drive assembly
Cable, sensor RG5-7117-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Cable, sub-high-voltage transformer RG5-7126-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, upper RG5-7160-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Cable, video interface, power RG5-7106-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Cable, waste toner RG5-7624-000CN Front frame assembly
Cam, multipurpose, left Front frame assembly
Cam, multipurpose, right Front frame assembly
Cam, pressure Rotary assembly
Cam, roller Front frame assembly
Cam, tag contact drive Rotary assembly
Cap Rotary assembly
Center shaft end support Rotary assembly
Clamp, cable WT2-5700-000CN Front frame assembly
Clamp, cable WT2-5700-000CN Middle frame assembly
Clamp, cable WT2-5700-000CN Fuser assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 383
Description Part number Table and page
Clip, cable WT2-5056-000CN Front frame assembly
Clip, cable WT2-5610-000CN Middle frame assembly
Clip, cable WT2-5737-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Clutch, electromagnetic RH7-5389-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Clutch, electromagnetic RH7-5335-000CN Main drive assembly
Control panel, copy (HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one) Q3948-60111CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control panel, fax (HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one and
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one)
Q3949-60134CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Arabic Q3948-60164CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Czech Q3948-60157CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Danish Q3948-60155CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Dutch Q3948-60150CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, English Q3948-60136CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Finnish Q3948-60154CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, French Q3948-60149CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, German Q3948-60148CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Hebrew Q3948-60163CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Hungarian Q3948-60158CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Italian Q3948-60151CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Korean Q3948-60166CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Norwegian Q3948-60153CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Polish Q3948-60159CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Portuguese Q3948-60147CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Russian Q3948-60156CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, simplified Chinese Q3948-60167CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Slovak Q3948-60160CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Spanish Q3948-60146CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Swedish Q3950-60108CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Thai Q3948-60168CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, traditional Chinese Q3948-60165CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Turkish Q3948-60161CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, copy, Vietnamese Q3948-60169CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Arabic Q3950-60120CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Czech Q3950-60113CN ADF and scanner assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
384 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Control-panel bezel, fax, Danish Q3950-60111CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Dutch Q3950-60106CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, English Q3950-60101CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Finnish Q3950-60110CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, French Q3950-60105CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, German Q3950-60104CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Hebrew Q3950-60119CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Hungarian Q3950-60114CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Italian Q3950-60107CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Korean Q3950-60122CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Norwegian Q3950-60109CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Polish Q3950-60115CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Portuguese Q3950-60103CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Russian Q3950-60112CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, simplified Chinese Q3950-60123CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Slovak Q3950-60116CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Spanish Q3950-60102CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Swedish Q3948-60152CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Thai Q3950-60124CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, traditional Chinese Q3950-60121CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Turkish Q3950-60117CN ADF and scanner assembly
Control-panel bezel, fax, Vietnamese Q3950-60125CN ADF and scanner assembly
Coupling, drum Main drive assembly
Coupling, ITB Main drive assembly
Cover, cartridge RF5-4055-000CN Covers
Cover, cartridge Covers
Cover, edge Internal components (2 of 2)
Cover, face-down RB3-1136-000CN Covers
Cover, face-up, lower Fuser assembly
Cover, face-up, upper RB3-1140-000CN Fuser assembly
Cover, front RB3-1125-000CN Covers
Cover, fuser, upper RB3-1032-000CN Fuser assembly
Cover, gear RB3-0052-000CN Middle frame assembly
Cover, I/O RB3-1137-000CN Covers
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 385
Description Part number Table and page
Cover, left RB3-1128-000CN Covers
Cover, left rear RB3-1131-000CN Covers
Cover, left upper RB3-1126-000CN Covers
Cover, memory RB3-1138-000CN Covers
Cover, mount motor Rotary-drive assembly
Cover, MP. gauss blocking RB3-0120-000CN Front frame assembly
Cover, multipurpose Front frame assembly
Cover, multipurpose, lower RB3-1135-000CN Front frame assembly
Cover, multipurpose, roller RB3-0104-000CN Front frame assembly
Cover, multipurpose, upper RB3-1134-000CN Front frame assembly
Cover, pressure motor RB2-9916-000CN Rear frame assembly
Cover, rack RB3-0089-030CN Covers
Cover, rear RB3-1130-000CN Covers
Cover, right Covers
Cover, right rear RB3-1132-000CN Covers
Cover, right side plate Rotary assembly
Cover, top Covers
Cover, top (assembly) RG5-7597-000CN Covers
Cover, vent RB3-1139-000CN Covers
Crossmember, beam Internal components (2 of 2)
Crossmember, power supply base Power-supply base assembly
Crossmember, rotary pressure Rotary assembly
Crossmember, scanner Internal components (2 of 2)
Damper assembly RB2-6248-000CN Front frame assembly
DC Controller PCA RG5-7646-000CN PCA assemblies
Density-sensor PCA RH7-7158-000CN PCA assemblies
Dev. rotary cable RG5-7129-000CN Rotary assembly
Disc, rotary left Rotary assembly
Disc, rotary right Rotary assembly
Drawer connector WS1-6336-000CN Middle frame assembly
Duct, fan RB9-0901-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Duct, fuser RB2-9904-000CN Rear frame assembly
E-ring XD2-1100-322CN Internal components (1 of 2)
E-ring Main drive assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
386 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
E-ring Main drive assembly
E-ring Main drive assembly
E-ring Rotary-drive assembly
Entrance guide assembly RF5-4065-000CN Middle frame assembly
Face-up cover assembly RG5-7604-000CN Fuser assembly
Fan RH7-1630-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Flag, multipurpose sensor RB3-0111-000CN Front frame assembly
Flag, paper-delivery sensor Fuser assembly
Flag, pressure shaft Rotary assembly
Flag, registration-sensor Middle frame assembly
Flag, test print switch RB3-0135-000CN Front frame assembly
Flat cable, laser RH2-5524-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Foot, fall prevention RB3-1147-000CN Covers
Frame, front Front frame assembly
Frame, fuser Fuser assembly
Frame, rear Rear frame assembly
Frame, separation, lower Fuser assembly
Front frame assembly See Front frame
assembly
Fuser assembly, 110–127V RG5-7602-000CN Fuser assembly
Fuser assembly, 220–240V RG5-7603-000CN Fuser assembly
Fuser film assembly RG5-7162-000CN Fuser assembly
Fuser film assembly RG5-7163-000CN Fuser assembly
Fuser, 110-127 V RG5-7602-000CN Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Fuser, 220-240 V RG5-7603-000CN Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Gear assembly RG5-6938-000CN Front frame assembly
Gear, 120T/20T Main drive assembly
Gear, 12T Main drive assembly
Gear, 138T Main drive assembly
Gear, 13T Main drive assembly
Gear, 13T Main drive assembly
Gear, 15T RB3-0092-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Gear, 17T Internal components (1 of 2)
Gear, 17T Rear frame assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 387
Description Part number Table and page
Gear, 17T Fuser assembly
Gear, 17T/98T Main drive assembly
Gear, 186T RS7-0573-000CN Main drive assembly
Gear, 18T Front frame assembly
Gear, 18T RB3-0091-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Gear, 18T Rotary assembly
Gear, 19T Rotary assembly
Gear, 20T/40T RS7-0424-000CN Front frame assembly
Gear, 20T/40T Front frame assembly
Gear, 20T/70T Rotary-drive assembly
Gear, 21T/35T Main drive assembly
Gear, 23T RB3-0022-000CN Middle frame assembly
Gear, 23T/54T RS7-0571-000CN Main drive assembly
Gear, 25T Rotary assembly
Gear, 26T RS7-0418-000CN Front frame assembly
Gear, 26T RS7-0429-000CN Front frame assembly
Gear, 26T/34T Middle frame assembly
Gear, 26T/50T RS7-0426-000CN Front frame assembly
Gear, 27T Rotary assembly
Gear, 28T Rotary assembly
Gear, 28T Rotary assembly
Gear, 28T RS7-0582-000CN Fuser assembly
Gear, 30T RS7-0425-000CN Front frame assembly
Gear, 30T RS7-0428-000CN Middle frame assembly
Gear, 30T RS7-0580-000CN Fuser assembly
Gear, 31T Front frame assembly
Gear, 31T/90T RS7-0572-000CN Main drive assembly
Gear, 32T/123T RS7-0574-000CN Main drive assembly
Gear, 32T/37T RS7-0435-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Gear, 34T Internal components (2 of 2)
Gear, 35T Main drive assembly
Gear, 35T Main drive assembly
Gear, 37T/43T RS7-0436-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Gear, 48T Rotary-drive assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
388 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Gear, 49T Rotary assembly
Gear, 51T RS7-0437-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Gear, 64T Main drive assembly
Gear, 75T Rotary assembly
Gear, 75T Rotary assembly
Gear, 81T RS7-0570-000CN Main drive assembly
Gear, 93T Rotary assembly
Grounding plate Rotary assembly
Grounding spring RB3-0065-000CN Middle frame assembly
Grounding spring RB3-0066-000CN Middle frame assembly
Guard, fan shield RB2-9932-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Guide, cable Covers
Guide, left cartridge Internal components (2 of 2)
Guide, lower separation Fuser assembly
Guide, paper feed, left RB2-9954-000CN Front frame assembly
Guide, paper feed, right RB2-9955-000CN Front frame assembly
Guide, paper inlet RB3-0180-000CN Fuser assembly
Guide, right cartridge Main drive assembly
Guide, rotary drive Rotary-drive assembly
Guide, rotary release RB2-9852-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Guide, transfer inlet RB3-1088-000CN Middle frame assembly
Guide, upper separation Fuser assembly
High-temperature caution label RU5-8125-000CN Fuser assembly
High-voltage transformer PCA RG5-7647-000CN PCA assemblies
Hinge, multipurpose, left RB9-0889-000CN Front frame assembly
Hinge, multipurpose, right RB9-0890-000CN Front frame assembly
Holder, delivery idle gear shaft RB3-1029-000CN Fuser assembly
Holder, forming left Internal components (1 of 2)
Holder, forming right Internal components (1 of 2)
Holder, fuser connector RB3-0006-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Holder, gear Front frame assembly
Holder, high-voltage RB3-0062-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Holder, interlock switch RB3-0023-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Holder, pressure shaft, left Rotary assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 389
Description Part number Table and page
Holder, pressure shaft, right Rotary assembly
Holder, separation pad Front frame assembly
Holder, tag Front frame assembly
Holder, tag contact Front frame assembly
Holder, tag contact Rotary assembly
Holder, top sensor PCA Front frame assembly
Holder, transfer sensor RB2-9924-000CN Middle frame assembly
Insulating sheet RB3-1110-000CN Middle frame assembly
Insulating sheet RB3-0007-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Label, CRG Covers
Label, high voltage caution RS6-8668-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Label, I/O operation Covers
Label, image cartridge RS6-8687-000CN Front frame assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Laser/scanner RG5-6890-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Left cartridge guide assembly RG5-6935-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Left cover assembly RG5-7598-000CN Covers
Left side plate assembly Internal components (2 of 2)
Left support assembly RG5-7632-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Lever, lock release, left RB3-0179-000CN Fuser assembly
Lever, lock release, right RB3-0178-000CN Fuser assembly
Lever, pressure-release sensor, left Fuser assembly
Lever, pressure-release sensor, right Fuser assembly
Lever, pressure-release, left RB3-1167-000CN Fuser assembly
Lever, pressure-release, right RB3-1166-000CN Fuser assembly
Link unit, left RG5-7645-000CN Covers
Link unit, right RG5-7630-000CN Covers
Low-voltage PCA, 110-127 V RH3-2260-000CN PCA assemblies
Low-voltage PCA, 220-240 V RH3-2261-000CN PCA assemblies
Lower face-down roller assembly RG5-7595-000CN Rear frame assembly
Main drive assembly RG5-7579-000CN Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
390 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Main drive assembly RG5-7579-000CN Main drive assembly
Microswitch RH7-6051-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Middle frame Middle frame assembly
Middle frame assembly See Middle frame
assembly
Motor (DC 24V) RH7-1625-000CN Rotary-drive assembly
Motor unit RF5-4063-000CN Main drive assembly
Motor unit RH7-1651-000CN Rotary-drive assembly
Motor, DC RH7-1628-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Motor, DC, 24 V RH7-1629-000CN Rear frame assembly
Mount, antenna contact RB2-9851-000CN Middle frame assembly
Mount, left link RB3-1154-000CN Covers
Mount, motor Rotary-drive assembly
Mount, power button rod RB3-1146-000CN Covers
Mount, right link RB3-1158-000CN Covers
Mount, terminal RB2-9850-000CN Middle frame assembly
Multipurpose cover assembly RG5-7601-000CN Front frame assembly
Multipurpose inner plate assembly RG5-7584-000CN Front frame assembly
Multipurpose paper pickup roller assembly RG5-6952-000CN Front frame assembly
Pad, light-blocking RF5-4047-000CN Front frame assembly
Pad, paper separation RF5-4012-000CN Front frame assembly
Paper feed belt RB3-0063-000CN Middle frame assembly
Paper feed plate RB3-0010-000CN Middle frame assembly
Paper sensor cable RG5-7128-000CN Middle frame assembly
Photo interrupter TLP1242 WG8-5593-000CN Front frame assembly
Photo interrupter TLP1242 WG8-5593-000CN Middle frame assembly
Photo interrupter TLP1242 Main drive assembly
Photo interrupter, TLP1242 Rotary assembly
Photo interrupter, TLP1242 Fuser assembly
Pin, dowel Front frame assembly
Pin, dowel Main drive assembly
Pin, dowel Main drive assembly
Pin, dowel Rotary assembly
Pin, silencer Rotary assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 391
Description Part number Table and page
Pin, support Main drive assembly
Pin, tag Front frame assembly
Plate, formatter grounding Covers
Plate, interlock switch shield Covers
Plate, multipurpose inner Front frame assembly
Plate, photo card crossmember RB2-9976-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Plate, photo card mounting Internal components (2 of 2)
Plate, pressure lock Rotary assembly
Plate, rating Internal components (1 of 2)
Plate, silencer pin Rotary assembly
Plate, spring positioning Rotary assembly
Plate, static eliminator Covers
Plate, swing shaft grounding RB3-1113-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Plate, tag contact Rotary assembly
Power-supply base assembly See Power-supply base
assembly
Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Pressure plate RB3-1024-000CN Fuser assembly
Pulley RB3-0061-000CN Middle frame assembly
Pulley RB3-0067-000CN Middle frame assembly
Rack RB3-0090-000CN Main drive assembly
Rack, slide, left Front frame assembly
Rack, slide, right Front frame assembly
Rear frame assembly See Covers
Registration front guide Middle frame assembly
Registration holder Middle frame assembly
Registration pressure arm Middle frame assembly
Registration roller Middle frame assembly
Registration roller Middle frame assembly
Registration roller assembly RG5-6939-000CN Middle frame assembly
Registration roller shaft Middle frame assembly
Registration shutter Middle frame assembly
Registration shutter assembly RG5-6940-000CN Middle frame assembly
Registration-sensor PCA RG5-7613-000CN PCA assemblies
Reinforcement plate Rotary assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
392 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Resistor, 500MOHM, 0.3W RH5-3169-000CN Middle frame assembly
Right cartridge guide assembly Main drive assembly
Right cover assembly RG5-7599-000CN Covers
Right side plate front assembly RG5-7581-000CN Main drive assembly
Right side plate rear assembly RG5-7580-000CN Main drive assembly
Right support assembly RG5-7631-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Ring, E XD2-1100-502CN Front frame assembly
Rod, power button RB3-1145-000CN Covers
Roller Front frame assembly
Roller Front frame assembly
Roller grounding plate RB3-0286-000CN Middle frame assembly
Roller, belt RB3-0012-000CN Middle frame assembly
Roller, delivery RB2-9950-000CN Fuser assembly
Roller, face-down Rear frame assembly
Roller, face-down, lower RB2-9909-000CN Rear frame assembly
Roller, face-down, upper RF5-4068-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Roller, face-down, upper Internal components (1 of 2)
Roller, multipurpose paper pickup RB3-0160-000CN Front frame assembly
Roller, paper-delivery Fuser assembly
Roller, pressure RB3-1034-000CN Fuser assembly
Roller, transfer RF5-4067-000CN Middle frame assembly
Roller, transfer sensor RB2-7195-000CN Middle frame assembly
Rotary assembly RG5-7587-000CN Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Rotary assembly RG5-7587-000CN Rotary assembly
Rotary center shaft Rotary assembly
Rotary drive assembly RG5-7592-000CN Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Rotary drive assembly RG5-7842-000CN Rotary-drive assembly
Rotary left disc assembly Rotary assembly
Rotary left side plate assembly RG5-6942-000CN Rotary assembly
Rotary pressure assembly RG5-7589-000CN Rotary assembly
Rotary pressure shaft assembly Rotary assembly
Rotary right disc assembly Rotary assembly
Rotary right side plate assembly Rotary assembly
Rotary side plate, left Rotary assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 393
Description Part number Table and page
Rotary side plate, right Rotary assembly
Rotary swing shaft Rotary assembly
Rubber foot RB2-6297-000CN Middle frame assembly
Scanner crossmember assembly RG5-6907-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Scanning assembly Q3948-60191CN ADF and scanner assembly
Screw, B, M3x8 Middle frame assembly
Screw, P, M3x8 XB4-5300-809CN Covers
Screw, RS, M3x10 XA9-1501-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Screw, RS, M3X6 Internal components (2 of 2)
Screw, RS, M3X6 Main drive assembly
Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-1495-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-0849-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-1495-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Screw, RS, M3x6 XA9-0849-000CN Rear frame assembly
Screw, RS, M3x6 Rotary assembly
Screw, RS, M3x6 Rotary-drive assembly
Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1291-000CN Covers
Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1449-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1449-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1500-000CN Fuser assembly
Screw, RS, M3x8 XA9-1449-000CN Fuser assembly
Screw, S, M3X8 Main drive assembly
Screw, S, M3x8 XA9-1500-000CN Power-supply base assembly
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4X10 XB4-7401-005CN Covers
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4X10 XB4-7401-005CN Front frame assembly
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN Rear frame assembly
Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 XB4-7401-005CN Middle frame assembly
Screw, TP, M3x4 Rotary assembly
Screw, TP, M3x4 Rotary-drive assembly
Screw, TP, M3X6 Front frame assembly
Screw, w/washer, M3x6 XB2-4300-605CN Middle frame assembly
Screw, w/washer, M3x6 Rotary assembly
Screw, with washer, M4x12 Fuser assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
394 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Sensor flag arm RB2-9925-000CN Middle frame assembly
Separation lower guide assembly RG5-7577-000CN Fuser assembly
Separation upper guide assembly RG5-7576-000CN Fuser assembly
Shaft Front frame assembly
Shaft Front frame assembly
Shaft, feed drive RB3-0011-000CN Middle frame assembly
Shaft, gear Internal components (2 of 2)
Shaft, gear drive Main drive assembly
Shaft, idler gear RB3-0060-000CN Middle frame assembly
Shaft, image drive Main drive assembly
Shaft, lever RB2-4933-000CN Fuser assembly
Shaft, main drive Main drive assembly
Shaft, paper pickup clutch gear Front frame assembly
Shaft, rotary pressure Rotary assembly
Sheet Internal components (2 of 2)
Sheet, discharge Rotary assembly
Sheet, dust-proof Front frame assembly
Sheet, noise-proof rubber Covers
Sheet, protective, A RB3-1379-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Sheet, protective, B RB3-1380-000CN Internal components (2 of 2)
Sheet, separation Front frame assembly
Side plate, left Internal components (2 of 2)
Side plate, right front Main drive assembly
Side plate, right rear Main drive assembly
Side plate, right rear Main drive assembly
Sleeve thermistor unit RH7-7159-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Solenoid RH7-5383-000CN Front frame assembly
Solenoid RH7-5384-000CN Rotary-drive assembly
Spacer, left RB2-9935-000CN Fuser assembly
Spacer, right RB2-9934-000CN Fuser assembly
Spring Rotary assembly
Spring, compression RS6-2771-000CN Covers
Spring, compression Front frame assembly
Spring, compression Front frame assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 395
Description Part number Table and page
Spring, compression Internal components (2 of 2)
Spring, compression RB3-1091-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, compression RB3-1092-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, compression RB3-0015-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, compression Middle frame assembly
Spring, compression Middle frame assembly
Spring, compression Main drive assembly
Spring, compression Rotary assembly
Spring, compression Rotary assembly
Spring, compression RB3-1025-000CN Fuser assembly
Spring, grounding Main drive assembly
Spring, grounding RB3-1150-000CN Fuser assembly
Spring, tension RS6-2030-000CN Front frame assembly
Spring, tension RS6-2766-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RS6-2772-000CN Covers
Spring, torsion RB2-9952-000CN Front frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0121-000CN Front frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0122-000CN Front frame assembly
Spring, torsion Front frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB2-9905-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Spring, torsion Internal components (2 of 2)
Spring, torsion Internal components (2 of 2)
Spring, torsion RB3-1065-000CN Rear frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0045-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0016-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0042-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0043-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0044-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0046-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0047-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB3-0048-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion RB2-9999-000CN Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
396 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Description Part number Table and page
Spring, torsion Main drive assembly
Spring, torsion Main drive assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Fuser assembly
Spring, torsion Fuser assembly
Spring, torsion Fuser assembly
Static charge eliminator plate RB3-0009-000CN Middle frame assembly
Stopper, A Rotary assembly
Stopper, B Rotary assembly
Sub-high-voltage transformer PCA RG5-7616-000CN PCA assemblies
Support, high-voltage PCA VT2-0012-005CN Power-supply base assembly
Support, spring Main drive assembly
Support, spring Main drive assembly
Support, spring, left Rotary assembly
Support, spring, right Rotary assembly
Support, tag contact Rotary assembly
Support, tag pin Front frame assembly
Tag contact assembly RG5-7132-000CN Rotary assembly
Tag contact PCA RG5-7131-000CN Front frame assembly
Timing belt RB1-8668-030CN Middle frame assembly
Toner-sensor PCA RG5-6964-000CN Rotary assembly
Toner-sensor PCA RG5-7609-000CN PCA assemblies
Top sensor PCA RG5-7612-000CN PCA assemblies
Transfer slide plate RB3-0057-000CN Middle frame assembly
Tray, expansion, 1 Front frame assembly
Tray, expansion, 2 Front frame assembly
Tray, toner RB3-0019-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
ENWW Alphabetical parts list 397
Description Part number Table and page
Upper face-down roller assembly, RG5-7637-000CN Internal components (1 of 2)
Washer Rotary assembly
Waste-toner sensor PCA RG5-7648-000CN PCA assemblies
Table 7-19 Alphabetical parts list (continued)
398 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Numerical parts list
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list
Part number Description Table and page
Cover, top Covers
Cover, right Covers
Button, power Covers
Cover, cartridge Covers
Sheet, noise-proof rubber Covers
Label, I/O operation Covers
Plate, interlock switch shield Covers
Plate, static eliminator Covers
Guide, cable Covers
Label, CRG Covers
Plate, formatter grounding Covers
Shaft, paper pickup clutch gear Front frame assembly
Shaft Front frame assembly
Shaft Front frame assembly
Tray, expansion, 1 Front frame assembly
Tray, expansion, 2 Front frame assembly
Cover, multipurpose Front frame assembly
Sheet, dust-proof Front frame assembly
Frame, front Front frame assembly
Holder, gear Front frame assembly
Screw, TP, M3X6 Front frame assembly
Gear, 20T/40T Front frame assembly
Gear, 31T Front frame assembly
Spring, compression Front frame assembly
Gear, 18T Front frame assembly
Sheet, separation Front frame assembly
Roller Front frame assembly
Rack, slide, right Front frame assembly
Rack, slide, left Front frame assembly
Plate, multipurpose inner Front frame assembly
Cam, roller Front frame assembly
ENWW Numerical parts list 399
Part number Description Table and page
Roller Front frame assembly
Holder, top sensor PCA Front frame assembly
Cam, multipurpose, right Front frame assembly
Cam, multipurpose, left Front frame assembly
Holder, separation pad Front frame assembly
Spring, torsion Front frame assembly
Holder, tag contact Front frame assembly
Holder, tag Front frame assembly
Support, tag pin Front frame assembly
Pin, tag Front frame assembly
Spring, compression Front frame assembly
Pin, dowel Front frame assembly
Plate, rating Internal components (1 of 2)
Bushing Internal components (1 of 2)
Gear, 17T Internal components (1 of 2)
Holder, forming left Internal components (1 of 2)
Holder, forming right Internal components (1 of 2)
Roller, face-down, upper Internal components (1 of 2)
Crossmember, scanner Internal components (2 of 2)
Arm, shutter Internal components (2 of 2)
Crossmember, beam Internal components (2 of 2)
Spring, compression Internal components (2 of 2)
Left side plate assembly Internal components (2 of 2)
Spring, torsion Internal components (2 of 2)
Spring, torsion Internal components (2 of 2)
Gear, 34T Internal components (2 of 2)
Side plate, left Internal components (2 of 2)
Sheet Internal components (2 of 2)
Screw, RS, M3X6 Internal components (2 of 2)
Guide, left cartridge Internal components (2 of 2)
Shaft, gear Internal components (2 of 2)
Cover, edge Internal components (2 of 2)
Plate, photo card mounting Internal components (2 of 2)
Gear, 17T Rear frame assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
400 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
Roller, face-down Rear frame assembly
Bushing Rear frame assembly
Frame, rear Rear frame assembly
Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
Bushing Middle frame assembly
Flag, registration-sensor Middle frame assembly
Registration roller Middle frame assembly
Registration holder Middle frame assembly
Registration front guide Middle frame assembly
Registration shutter Middle frame assembly
Registration roller Middle frame assembly
Registration roller shaft Middle frame assembly
Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
Bushing Middle frame assembly
Spring, compression Middle frame assembly
Registration pressure arm Middle frame assembly
Middle frame Middle frame assembly
Screw, B, M3x8 Middle frame assembly
Spring, compression Middle frame assembly
Gear, 26T/34T Middle frame assembly
Crossmember, power supply base Power-supply base assembly
Coupling, drum Main drive assembly
Coupling, ITB Main drive assembly
Support, spring Main drive assembly
Gear, 35T Main drive assembly
Gear, 35T Main drive assembly
Bushing, gear drive shaft Main drive assembly
Bushing, IS drive shaft Main drive assembly
Pin, support Main drive assembly
E-ring Main drive assembly
Gear, 13T Main drive assembly
Gear, 13T Main drive assembly
Gear, 12T Main drive assembly
Gear, 21T/35T Main drive assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 401
Part number Description Table and page
Support, spring Main drive assembly
Spring, compression Main drive assembly
Gear, 138T Main drive assembly
Spring, grounding Main drive assembly
Gear, 17T/98T Main drive assembly
Gear, 120T/20T Main drive assembly
Side plate, right rear Main drive assembly
Photo interrupter TLP1242 Main drive assembly
Screw, S, M3X8 Main drive assembly
Gear, 64T Main drive assembly
Screw, RS, M3X6 Main drive assembly
Side plate, right front Main drive assembly
E-ring Main drive assembly
E-ring Main drive assembly
Pin, dowel Main drive assembly
Pin, dowel Main drive assembly
Spring, torsion Main drive assembly
Spring, torsion Main drive assembly
Guide, right cartridge Main drive assembly
Right cartridge guide assembly Main drive assembly
Side plate, right rear Main drive assembly
Shaft, main drive Main drive assembly
Shaft, image drive Main drive assembly
Shaft, gear drive Main drive assembly
Rotary center shaft Rotary assembly
Rotary swing shaft Rotary assembly
Reinforcement plate Rotary assembly
Gear, 75T Rotary assembly
Center shaft end support Rotary assembly
Stopper, A Rotary assembly
Gear, 28T Rotary assembly
Gear, 49T Rotary assembly
Gear, 28T Rotary assembly
Gear, 18T Rotary assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
402 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
Screw, RS, M3x6 Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Pin, dowel Rotary assembly
Cover, right side plate Rotary assembly
Bushing, center shaft, right Rotary assembly
Grounding plate Rotary assembly
Rotary side plate, right Rotary assembly
Gear, 93T Rotary assembly
Gear, 75T Rotary assembly
Gear, 27T Rotary assembly
Ball bearing Rotary assembly
Cap Rotary assembly
Rotary side plate, left Rotary assembly
Bushing, center shaft, left Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Plate, spring positioning Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Crossmember, rotary pressure Rotary assembly
Support, spring, right Rotary assembly
Support, spring, left Rotary assembly
Flag, pressure shaft Rotary assembly
Holder, pressure shaft, right Rotary assembly
Holder, pressure shaft, left Rotary assembly
Holder, tag contact Rotary assembly
Support, tag contact Rotary assembly
Plate, tag contact Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Plate, pressure lock Rotary assembly
Spring, compression Rotary assembly
Spring, compression Rotary assembly
Gear, 25T Rotary assembly
Washer Rotary assembly
Cam, pressure Rotary assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 403
Part number Description Table and page
Cam, tag contact drive Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Shaft, rotary pressure Rotary assembly
Disc, rotary right Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Label, rotary inlet Rotary assembly
Disc, rotary left Rotary assembly
Spring, torsion Rotary assembly
Rotary right side plate assembly Rotary assembly
Rotary right disc assembly Rotary assembly
Rotary left disc assembly Rotary assembly
Screw, w/washer, M3x6 Rotary assembly
Rotary pressure shaft assembly Rotary assembly
Stopper, B Rotary assembly
Photo interrupter, TLP1242 Rotary assembly
Pin, silencer Rotary assembly
Sheet, discharge Rotary assembly
Spring Rotary assembly
Screw, TP, M3x4 Rotary assembly
Gear, 19T Rotary assembly
Plate, silencer pin Rotary assembly
Guide, rotary drive Rotary-drive assembly
Cover, mount motor Rotary-drive assembly
Mount, motor Rotary-drive assembly
Gear, 20T/70T Rotary-drive assembly
Gear, 48T Rotary-drive assembly
Screw, TP, M3x4 Rotary-drive assembly
E-ring Rotary-drive assembly
Screw, RS, M3x6 Rotary-drive assembly
Frame, fuser Fuser assembly
Spring, torsion Fuser assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
404 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
Cover, face-up, lower Fuser assembly
Guide, upper separation Fuser assembly
Guide, lower separation Fuser assembly
Flag, paper-delivery sensor Fuser assembly
Spring, torsion Fuser assembly
Bushing Fuser assembly
Roller, paper-delivery Fuser assembly
Spring, torsion Fuser assembly
Lever, pressure-release sensor, right Fuser assembly
Gear, 17T Fuser assembly
Lever, pressure-release sensor, left Fuser assembly
Photo interrupter, TLP1242 Fuser assembly
Frame, separation, lower Fuser assembly
Screw, with washer, M4x12 Fuser assembly
C7296-00014CN ADF scanning window ADF and scanner assembly
C7309-40013CN ADF input-tray flag ADF and scanner assembly
C7309-40153CN ADF cleanout part ADF and scanner assembly
C7309-80013CN ADF input-tray spring ADF and scanner assembly
Q1636-40037CN ADF scanning window frame ADF and scanner assembly
Q2665-60125CN ADF separation pad ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-40007CN ADF cover ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60111CN Control panel, copy (HP Color LaserJet 2820 all-in-one) ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60136CN Control-panel bezel, copy, English ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60140CN ADF pickup roller ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60145CN ADF input tray ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60146CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Spanish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60147CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Portuguese ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60148CN Control-panel bezel, copy, German ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60149CN Control-panel bezel, copy, French ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60150CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Dutch ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60151CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Italian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60152CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Swedish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60153CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Norwegian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60154CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Finnish ADF and scanner assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 405
Part number Description Table and page
Q3948-60155CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Danish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60156CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Russian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60157CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Czech ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60158CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Hungarian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60159CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Polish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60160CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Slovak ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60161CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Turkish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60163CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Hebrew ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60164CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Arabic ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60165CN Control-panel bezel, copy, traditional Chinese ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60166CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Korean ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60167CN Control-panel bezel, copy, simplified Chinese ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60168CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Thai ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60169CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Vietnamese ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60189CN ADF assembly ADF and scanner assembly
Q3948-60191CN Scanning assembly ADF and scanner assembly
Q3949-60134CN Control panel, fax (HP Color LaserJet 2830 all-in-one and
HP Color LaserJet 2840 all-in-one)
ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60101CN Control-panel bezel, fax, English ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60102CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Spanish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60103CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Portuguese ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60104CN Control-panel bezel, fax, German ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60105CN Control-panel bezel, fax, French ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60106CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Dutch ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60107CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Italian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60108CN Control-panel bezel, copy, Swedish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60109CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Norwegian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60110CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Finnish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60111CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Danish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60112CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Russian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60113CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Czech ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60114CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Hungarian ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60115CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Polish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60116CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Slovak ADF and scanner assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
406 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
Q3950-60117CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Turkish ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60119CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Hebrew ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60120CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Arabic ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60121CN Control-panel bezel, fax, traditional Chinese ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60122CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Korean ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60123CN Control-panel bezel, fax, simplified Chinese ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60124CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Thai ADF and scanner assembly
Q3950-60125CN Control-panel bezel, fax, Vietnamese ADF and scanner assembly
RB1-8668-030CN Timing belt Middle frame assembly
RB2-3043-000CN Bushing, left Front frame assembly
RB2-3044-000CN Bushing, right Front frame assembly
RB2-4933-000CN Shaft, lever Fuser assembly
RB2-6248-000CN Damper assembly Front frame assembly
RB2-6297-000CN Rubber foot Middle frame assembly
RB2-7195-000CN Roller, transfer sensor Middle frame assembly
RB2-9809-000CN Busing, swing shaft, left Rotary assembly
RB2-9850-000CN Mount, terminal Middle frame assembly
RB2-9851-000CN Mount, antenna contact Middle frame assembly
RB2-9852-000CN Guide, rotary release Internal components (2 of 2)
RB2-9903-000CN Cable guide Internal components (2 of 2)
RB2-9904-000CN Duct, fuser Rear frame assembly
RB2-9905-000CN Spring, torsion Internal components (1 of 2)
RB2-9909-000CN Roller, face-down, lower Rear frame assembly
RB2-9916-000CN Cover, pressure motor Rear frame assembly
RB2-9924-000CN Holder, transfer sensor Middle frame assembly
RB2-9925-000CN Sensor flag arm Middle frame assembly
RB2-9932-000CN Guard, fan shield Internal components (1 of 2)
RB2-9934-000CN Spacer, right Fuser assembly
RB2-9935-000CN Spacer, left Fuser assembly
RB2-9950-000CN Roller, delivery Fuser assembly
RB2-9952-000CN Spring, torsion Front frame assembly
RB2-9954-000CN Guide, paper feed, left Front frame assembly
RB2-9955-000CN Guide, paper feed, right Front frame assembly
RB2-9976-000CN Plate, photo card crossmember Internal components (2 of 2)
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 407
Part number Description Table and page
RB2-9999-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0006-000CN Holder, fuser connector Power-supply base assembly
RB3-0007-000CN Insulating sheet Power-supply base assembly
RB3-0009-000CN Static charge eliminator plate Middle frame assembly
RB3-0010-000CN Paper feed plate Middle frame assembly
RB3-0011-000CN Shaft, feed drive Middle frame assembly
RB3-0012-000CN Roller, belt Middle frame assembly
RB3-0015-000CN Spring, compression Middle frame assembly
RB3-0016-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0019-000CN Tray, toner Internal components (1 of 2)
RB3-0022-000CN Gear, 23T Middle frame assembly
RB3-0023-000CN Holder, interlock switch Internal components (2 of 2)
RB3-0042-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0043-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0044-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0045-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0046-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0047-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0048-000CN Spring, torsion Middle frame assembly
RB3-0052-000CN Cover, gear Middle frame assembly
RB3-0057-000CN Transfer slide plate Middle frame assembly
RB3-0060-000CN Shaft, idler gear Middle frame assembly
RB3-0061-000CN Pulley Middle frame assembly
RB3-0062-000CN Holder, high-voltage Power-supply base assembly
RB3-0063-000CN Paper feed belt Middle frame assembly
RB3-0065-000CN Grounding spring Middle frame assembly
RB3-0066-000CN Grounding spring Middle frame assembly
RB3-0067-000CN Pulley Middle frame assembly
RB3-0089-030CN Cover, rack Covers
RB3-0090-000CN Rack Main drive assembly
RB3-0091-000CN Gear, 18T Internal components (1 of 2)
RB3-0092-000CN Gear, 15T Internal components (1 of 2)
RB3-0104-000CN Cover, multipurpose, roller Front frame assembly
RB3-0111-000CN Flag, multipurpose sensor Front frame assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
408 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
RB3-0120-000CN Cover, MP. gauss blocking Front frame assembly
RB3-0121-000CN Spring, torsion Front frame assembly
RB3-0122-000CN Spring, torsion Front frame assembly
RB3-0135-000CN Flag, test print switch Front frame assembly
RB3-0160-000CN Roller, multipurpose paper pickup Front frame assembly
RB3-0178-000CN Lever, lock release, right Fuser assembly
RB3-0179-000CN Lever, lock release, left Fuser assembly
RB3-0180-000CN Guide, paper inlet Fuser assembly
RB3-0286-000CN Roller grounding plate Middle frame assembly
RB3-1024-000CN Pressure plate Fuser assembly
RB3-1025-000CN Spring, compression Fuser assembly
RB3-1026-000CN Bushing Fuser assembly
RB3-1027-000CN Bushing Fuser assembly
RB3-1029-000CN Holder, delivery idle gear shaft Fuser assembly
RB3-1032-000CN Cover, fuser, upper Fuser assembly
RB3-1034-000CN Roller, pressure Fuser assembly
RB3-1065-000CN Spring, torsion Rear frame assembly
RB3-1083-000CN Arm, face-down Covers
RB3-1088-000CN Guide, transfer inlet Middle frame assembly
RB3-1091-000CN Spring, compression Middle frame assembly
RB3-1092-000CN Spring, compression Middle frame assembly
RB3-1094-000CN Bushing Middle frame assembly
RB3-1110-000CN Insulating sheet Middle frame assembly
RB3-1113-000CN Plate, swing shaft grounding Internal components (1 of 2)
RB3-1125-000CN Cover, front Covers
RB3-1126-000CN Cover, left upper Covers
RB3-1128-000CN Cover, left Covers
RB3-1130-000CN Cover, rear Covers
RB3-1131-000CN Cover, left rear Covers
RB3-1132-000CN Cover, right rear Covers
RB3-1134-000CN Cover, multipurpose, upper Front frame assembly
RB3-1135-000CN Cover, multipurpose, lower Front frame assembly
RB3-1136-000CN Cover, face-down Covers
RB3-1137-000CN Cover, I/O Covers
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 409
Part number Description Table and page
RB3-1138-000CN Cover, memory Covers
RB3-1139-000CN Cover, vent Covers
RB3-1140-000CN Cover, face-up, upper Fuser assembly
RB3-1145-000CN Rod, power button Covers
RB3-1146-000CN Mount, power button rod Covers
RB3-1147-000CN Foot, fall prevention Covers
RB3-1150-000CN Spring, grounding Fuser assembly
RB3-1154-000CN Mount, left link Covers
RB3-1158-000CN Mount, right link Covers
RB3-1166-000CN Lever, pressure-release, right Fuser assembly
RB3-1167-000CN Lever, pressure-release, left Fuser assembly
RB3-1379-000CN Sheet, protective, A Internal components (2 of 2)
RB3-1380-000CN Sheet, protective, B Internal components (2 of 2)
RB9-0879-000CN Bushing, swing shaft, right Rotary assembly
RB9-0889-000CN Hinge, multipurpose, left Front frame assembly
RB9-0890-000CN Hinge, multipurpose, right Front frame assembly
RB9-0901-000CN Duct, fan Internal components (1 of 2)
RF5-4012-000CN Pad, paper separation Front frame assembly
RF5-4047-000CN Pad, light-blocking Front frame assembly
RF5-4055-000CN Cover, cartridge Covers
RF5-4060-000CN Base plate, fixing Fuser assembly
RF5-4063-000CN Motor unit Main drive assembly
RF5-4065-000CN Entrance guide assembly Middle frame assembly
RF5-4067-000CN Roller, transfer Middle frame assembly
RF5-4068-000CN Roller, face-down, upper Internal components (1 of 2)
RG5-6890-000CN Laser/scanner Internal components (2 of 2)
RG5-6907-000CN Scanner crossmember assembly Internal components (2 of 2)
RG5-6935-000CN Left cartridge guide assembly Internal components (2 of 2)
RG5-6938-000CN Gear assembly Front frame assembly
RG5-6939-000CN Registration roller assembly Middle frame assembly
RG5-6940-000CN Registration shutter assembly Middle frame assembly
RG5-6942-000CN Rotary left side plate assembly Rotary assembly
RG5-6952-000CN Multipurpose paper pickup roller assembly Front frame assembly
RG5-6964-000CN Toner-sensor PCA Rotary assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
410 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
RG5-7106-000CN Cable, video interface, power Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7108-000CN Cable, power (2) Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7109-000CN Cable, fuser connector, DC controller Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7114-000CN Cable, motor Internal components (2 of 2)
RG5-7115-000CN Cable, second, transfer sensor Main drive assembly
RG5-7117-000CN Cable, sensor Internal components (2 of 2)
RG5-7122-000CN Cable, interface Middle frame assembly
RG5-7123-000CN Cable, grounding Middle frame assembly
RG5-7126-000CN Cable, sub-high-voltage transformer Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7128-000CN Paper sensor cable Middle frame assembly
RG5-7129-000CN Dev. rotary cable Rotary assembly
RG5-7130-000CN Cable, high-voltage transformer Middle frame assembly
RG5-7131-000CN Tag contact PCA Front frame assembly
RG5-7132-000CN Tag contact assembly Rotary assembly
RG5-7145-000CN Cable, front frame Internal components (1 of 2)
RG5-7146-000CN Cable, high-voltage transformer Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7154-000CN Cable, fuser AC Fuser assembly
RG5-7155-000CN Cable, fuser AC Fuser assembly
RG5-7156-000CN Cable, formatter Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7160-000CN Cable, upper Internal components (1 of 2)
RG5-7161-000CN Cable, fuser, power Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7162-000CN Fuser film assembly Fuser assembly
RG5-7163-000CN Fuser film assembly Fuser assembly
RG5-7576-000CN Separation upper guide assembly Fuser assembly
RG5-7577-000CN Separation lower guide assembly Fuser assembly
RG5-7579-000CN Main drive assembly Assembly locations (2 of 2)
RG5-7579-000CN Main drive assembly Main drive assembly
RG5-7580-000CN Right side plate rear assembly Main drive assembly
RG5-7581-000CN Right side plate front assembly Main drive assembly
RG5-7584-000CN Multipurpose inner plate assembly Front frame assembly
RG5-7587-000CN Rotary assembly Assembly locations (2 of 2)
RG5-7587-000CN Rotary assembly Rotary assembly
RG5-7589-000CN Rotary pressure assembly Rotary assembly
RG5-7592-000CN Rotary drive assembly Assembly locations (2 of 2)
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 411
Part number Description Table and page
RG5-7595-000CN Lower face-down roller assembly Rear frame assembly
RG5-7597-000CN Cover, top (assembly) Covers
RG5-7598-000CN Left cover assembly Covers
RG5-7599-000CN Right cover assembly Covers
RG5-7601-000CN Multipurpose cover assembly Front frame assembly
RG5-7602-000CN Fuser, 110-127 V Assembly locations (2 of 2)
RG5-7602-000CN Fuser assembly, 110–127V Fuser assembly
RG5-7603-000CN Fuser, 220-240 V Assembly locations (2 of 2)
RG5-7603-000CN Fuser assembly, 220–240V Fuser assembly
RG5-7604-000CN Face-up cover assembly Fuser assembly
RG5-7609-000CN Toner-sensor PCA PCA assemblies
RG5-7612-000CN Top sensor PCA PCA assemblies
RG5-7613-000CN Registration-sensor PCA PCA assemblies
RG5-7616-000CN Sub-high-voltage transformer PCA PCA assemblies
RG5-7620-000CN Cable, fuser motor Internal components (1 of 2)
RG5-7621-000CN Cable, power (1) Power-supply base assembly
RG5-7624-000CN Cable, waste toner Front frame assembly
RG5-7630-000CN Link unit, right Covers
RG5-7631-000CN Right support assembly Internal components (2 of 2)
RG5-7632-000CN Left support assembly Internal components (2 of 2)
RG5-7637-000CN Upper face-down roller assembly, Internal components (1 of 2)
RG5-7645-000CN Link unit, left Covers
RG5-7646-000CN DC Controller PCA PCA assemblies
RG5-7647-000CN High-voltage transformer PCA PCA assemblies
RG5-7648-000CN Waste-toner sensor PCA PCA assemblies
RG5-7842-000CN Rotary drive assembly Rotary-drive assembly
RH2-5524-000CN Flat cable, laser Internal components (2 of 2)
RH3-2260-000CN Low-voltage PCA, 110-127 V PCA assemblies
RH3-2261-000CN Low-voltage PCA, 220-240 V PCA assemblies
RH5-3169-000CN Resistor, 500MOHM, 0.3W Middle frame assembly
RH7-1625-000CN Motor (DC 24V) Rotary-drive assembly
RH7-1628-000CN Motor, DC Internal components (1 of 2)
RH7-1629-000CN Motor, DC, 24 V Rear frame assembly
RH7-1630-000CN Fan Internal components (1 of 2)
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
412 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
RH7-1651-000CN Motor unit Rotary-drive assembly
RH7-5335-000CN Clutch, electromagnetic Main drive assembly
RH7-5383-000CN Solenoid Front frame assembly
RH7-5384-000CN Solenoid Rotary-drive assembly
RH7-5389-000CN Clutch, electromagnetic Internal components (1 of 2)
RH7-6051-000CN Microswitch Internal components (2 of 2)
RH7-7158-000CN Density-sensor PCA PCA assemblies
RH7-7159-000CN Sleeve thermistor unit Internal components (1 of 2)
RS5-1635-000CN Bushing Front frame assembly
RS5-1637-000CN Bushing Middle frame assembly
RS5-1638-000CN Bushing Front frame assembly
RS6-2030-000CN Spring, tension Front frame assembly
RS6-2766-000CN Spring, tension Middle frame assembly
RS6-2771-000CN Spring, compression Covers
RS6-2772-000CN Spring, torsion Covers
RS6-8668-000CN Label, high voltage caution Internal components (1 of 2)
RS6-8687-000CN Label, image cartridge Front frame assembly
RS7-0418-000CN Gear, 26T Front frame assembly
RS7-0424-000CN Gear, 20T/40T Front frame assembly
RS7-0425-000CN Gear, 30T Front frame assembly
RS7-0426-000CN Gear, 26T/50T Front frame assembly
RS7-0428-000CN Gear, 30T Middle frame assembly
RS7-0429-000CN Gear, 26T Front frame assembly
RS7-0435-000CN Gear, 32T/37T Internal components (1 of 2)
RS7-0436-000CN Gear, 37T/43T Internal components (1 of 2)
RS7-0437-000CN Gear, 51T Internal components (1 of 2)
RS7-0570-000CN Gear, 81T Main drive assembly
RS7-0571-000CN Gear, 23T/54T Main drive assembly
RS7-0572-000CN Gear, 31T/90T Main drive assembly
RS7-0573-000CN Gear, 186T Main drive assembly
RS7-0574-000CN Gear, 32T/123T Main drive assembly
RS7-0580-000CN Gear, 30T Fuser assembly
RS7-0582-000CN Gear, 28T Fuser assembly
RU5-8125-000CN High-temperature caution label Fuser assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 413
Part number Description Table and page
See Covers Rear frame assembly
See Middle frame
assembly
Middle frame assembly
See Front frame
assembly
Front frame assembly
See Power-supply base
assembly
Power-supply base assembly Assembly locations (2 of 2)
VT2-0012-005CN Support, high-voltage PCA Power-supply base assembly
WG8-5593-000CN Photo interrupter TLP1242 Front frame assembly
WG8-5593-000CN Photo interrupter TLP1242 Middle frame assembly
WS1-6336-000CN Drawer connector Middle frame assembly
WT2-5056-000CN Clip, cable Front frame assembly
WT2-5610-000CN Clip, cable Middle frame assembly
WT2-5700-000CN Clamp, cable Front frame assembly
WT2-5700-000CN Clamp, cable Middle frame assembly
WT2-5700-000CN Clamp, cable Fuser assembly
WT2-5737-000CN Clip, cable Power-supply base assembly
XA9-0849-000CN Screw, RS, M3x6 Internal components (2 of 2)
XA9-0849-000CN Screw, RS, M3x6 Rear frame assembly
XA9-1291-000CN Screw, RS, M3x8 Covers
XA9-1449-000CN Screw, RS, M3x8 Internal components (1 of 2)
XA9-1449-000CN Screw, RS, M3x8 Power-supply base assembly
XA9-1449-000CN Screw, RS, M3x8 Fuser assembly
XA9-1495-000CN Screw, RS, M3x6 Internal components (1 of 2)
XA9-1495-000CN Screw, RS, M3x6 Internal components (2 of 2)
XA9-1500-000CN Screw, S, M3x8 Power-supply base assembly
XA9-1500-000CN Screw, RS, M3x8 Fuser assembly
XA9-1501-000CN Screw, RS, M3x10 Internal components (1 of 2)
XB2-4300-605CN Screw, w/washer, M3x6 Middle frame assembly
XB4-5300-809CN Screw, P, M3x8 Covers
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4X10 Covers
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4X10 Front frame assembly
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 Internal components (1 of 2)
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 Rear frame assembly
XB4-7401-005CN Screw, tapping, truss head, M4x10 Middle frame assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
414 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Part number Description Table and page
XD2-1100-322CN E-ring Internal components (1 of 2)
XD2-1100-502CN Ring, E Front frame assembly
Table 7-20 Numerical parts list (continued)
ENWW Numerical parts list 415
416 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
Index
A
accessibility features 5
accessories, part numbers 335
acoustic emissions 20
activity log, fax 307
adding paper 48
ADF
door open error 244
jam detection 106
jams, clearing 260
loading originals 51
locating 6
operations 105
paper specifications 24
part numbers 336, 339
pickup-roller assembly,
replacing 124
replacing 123
scanner glass, replacing 132
separation pad, replacing 130
adhesive labels
loading 48
output paths 47
specifications 23, 28
air duct, removing 223
alerts, HP Toolbox 54
Apple LaserWriter 8 driver 15
applications, settings 14
assembly locations 342
automatic document feeder. See
ADF
B
back cover, removing 161
background, gray 266
bands, troubleshooting 266
belts, feed-drive shaft, removing
205
bezel, control panel
part numbers 339
replacing 134
billing filters, fax 110
bins, output
jams, clearing 258
locating 6
using 47
black and white printing,
troubleshooting 271
blank copies, troubleshooting 283
blank pages, troubleshooting 274
blank scans, troubleshooting 278
brake solenoid 196
buttons, control panel 44
C
cables
connecting 43
part numbers 335
USB, troubleshooting 274
calibration, printer 326
call report, fax 307
Canadian DOC statements 38
Canceled copy error message 244
Canceled scan error message 244
Canceled send error message 244
capacity, trays 23
Card is not fully inserted error
message 245
cardstock 23, 25
carousel
error messages 254
gears, aligning 203
removing 199
rotary assembly, part numbers
370
carousel-engagement motor,
removing 223
cartridges
carousel gears, aligning 203
carousel, removing 199
features 2
high-voltage contacts, checking
299
life expectancy 19, 62
non-HP supplies policy 69
operations 102
part numbers 335
recycling 32, 69
refilled 32
replacing 119
status, checking 68
status, viewing with HP Toolbox
54
storage specifications 20
storing 69
supplies status page 306
warranty 31
characters, troubleshooting 268
classes 334
cleaning
exterior 64
glass 64
lid backing 65
paper path 318
separation pads 67
cleaning operations, image
formation 98, 99
cleaning page, printing 65
clutches 81, 87
CO operations 107, 110
CODEC circuitry 108
color, troubleshooting 271
Comm. error messages 245
configuration page 306
configurations, device 2
connecting cables 43
connectors, locating 322
continuous self-test 301
control panel
about 44
ENWW Index 417
bezel, replacing 134
bezels, part numbers 339
description 44
locating 6
messages, troubleshooting 244
removing 172
supply status, checking 68
testing 304
Copy Settings tab, HP Toolbox 57
copy-quality test 117
copying
ADF, loading originals 51
loading originals on flatbed
scanner 51
quality, troubleshooting 280
size, troubleshooting 284
troubleshooting 283
country/region of origin 7
coverage, printer 32
covers
back, removing 161
I/O, removing 158
left rear, removing 153
left upper, removing 153
left, removing 142
lower multipurpose, removing
169
multipurpose roller, removing
168
open, detection operations 84
part numbers 347
right rear, removing 146
right upper, removing 155
right, removing 145
top assembly, removing 162
upper multipurpose, removing
165
creases, troubleshooting 269
critical error messages 253
crooked pages 268, 273
curl, troubleshooting 268, 319
current control, fax line 110
customer support 334
D
dark copies, troubleshooting 281
DC controller
connections 325
E-label operations 103
engine control system 76
jam detection operations 84
laser/scanner operations 80
pickup and feed operations 81
removing 187
sequence of operations 76
tray operations 83
declaration of conformity 36
delay jams 84
delivery delay jams 84
delivery stationary jams 84
demo page 306
density sensor, removing 167
developer motor 102, 196
developing rotary detection PCA
102
developing system operations
91, 95
Device error message 245
device location, resetting 303
Device Settings, HP Toolbox 56
dialing, pulse 110
dimensions, device 19
DIMMs
expansion slots 2
firmware recovery 330
part numbers 335
document feeder. See ADF
Document Viewer 17
Documentation tab, HP Toolbox
55
door open detection 84
dots per inch (dpi)
print settings 263
specifications 4
dots, troubleshooting 265
downloading drivers 14
dpi (dots per inch)
print settings 263
specifications 4
drivers
downloading 14
help 15
included 2
installing 16
Macintosh 15
operating systems supported
12
settings 14
system requirements 12
uninstalling 17
Windows, features 15
drum, imaging
cleaning operations 100
E-label 103, 185
life expectancy 62, 68
non-HP supplies policy 69
operations 80, 91, 94
part number 335
replacing 121
specifications 19
status, checking 68
storing 69
supplies status page 306
warranty 31
DSP circuitry 108
E
E-label
operations 102, 103
removing 185
e-mail alerts 54
electrical specifications 19
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 115
embedded Web server 16, 59
encoder motor 196
energy consumption 19
Energy Star compliance 5
Engine comm. error message 246
engine control system 76
engine error messages 255
engine test 295
envelopes
output paths 47
specifications 23, 27
speed 25
environmental specifications
device 20, 42
paper 26
error log, printing 307
error messages
control panel 244
critical 253
Low cartridge 68
ESD (electrostatic discharge) 115
EU statement 34
F
face-down output bin. See top
output bin
418 Index ENWW
face-up output door. See rear
output door
factory defaults, restoring 318
faded print 265
fans
diagrams 79
error messages 255
removing 223
fax
billing (metering) tone filters
110
data path 109
device location, resetting 303
downstream current detection
109
error codes 308
error messages 246, 249
flash memory storage 111
hook state 109
hook switch control 109
jams, troubleshooting 289
line current control 110
modem, models including 2
operations 107
page storage 110
receiving, troubleshooting
285, 308
reports, printing 307
reports, troubleshooting 290
ring detect 110
safety isolation 108
safety protection circuitry 108
sending, troubleshooting 287,
312
specifications 21
Fax Settings tab, HP Toolbox 57
Fax tab, HP Toolbox 54
fax-quality test 117
FCC requirements 33
features 2, 4
feed system
engine control system 76
operations 81
feed system, paper
ADF operations 105
feed-drive shaft, removing 205
feeding problems, troubleshooting
273
Finnish laser statement 39
firmware code
recovering or updating 330
Fit to Page error message 248
flash memory, fax 111
flatbed scanner
cleaning 64
loading 50
fonts, included 4
form sensor, ADF 106
formatter
fax subsystem 108
part numbers 335
removing 182
formatter cage, removing 180
fraud hotline 70
front frame assembly, diagrams
and part numbers 350
fuser
control circuit 76
diagram 91
diagrams and part numbers
376
error messages 253
life expectancy 62
operations 98
replacing 133
wrap sensor, removing 219
fuser motor
diagrams 81
removing 222
fusing delivery paper sensor (PS1)
81, 84
G
gear assembly, replacing 192
gear-train motor (DCM701) 83
glass, cleaning 64
glossy paper 25
gray background, troubleshooting
266
grayscale printing, troubleshooting
271
H
half self-test 296
heating element test 296
heavy media 23, 25
help, drivers 15
high-voltage power supply
locating 76
removing 226
hook state 109
hook switch control 110
HP Customer Care Online 334
HP Document Viewer 17
HP fraud hotline 70
HP Image Zone 17
HP Technical Training 334
HP Toolbox
Copy Settings tab 57
Device Settings 56
Documentation tab 55
Fax Settings tab 57
Fax tab 54
HP Toolbox links 58
Network Settings tab 57
opening 53
operating systems supported
13
Other links 58
Print Settings tab 57
Scan to tab 55
Status tab 54
System Settings tab 56
Troubleshooting tab 55
humidity specifications
device environment 20
paper, storing 26
I
I/O cover, removing 158
IBM OS/2 support 13
IC CS-03 requirements 34
image formation
developing stage 95
engine control system 76
fusing stage 98
laser beam operations 94
primary charging stage 94
separation stage 97
stages 93
system components 91
transfer stage 96
image quality
cleaning page, printing 65
copy, troubleshooting 280
print, troubleshooting 263, 264
scans, troubleshooting 276,
277
specifications 4
Image Zone 17
ENWW Index 419
imaging drum
cleaning operations 100
E-label 103, 185
life expectancy 62, 68
non-HP supplies policy 69
operations 80, 91, 94
part number 335
replacing 121
specifications 19
status, checking 68
storing 69
supplies status page 306
warranty 31
index page, troubleshooting 291
input trays. See trays
insert memory card error message
249
installing software 16
interface ports
connecting to 43
locating 6
types included 4
internal components, diagrams
and part numbers 355
INTR (initial rotation) sequence 76
invalid error messages 249
ITB cleaning operations 91, 98, 99
J
jams
ADF detection operations 106
ADF, clearing 260
causes of 256
clearing 257
detection operations 84
fax 289
locating 256
output areas, clearing 258
preventing 256
K
keys, control panel 44
Korean EMI statement 38
L
labels
loading 48
output paths 47
specifications 23, 28
languages, printer 4
laser beam operations 94
laser errors 254
laser safety statements 38
laser/scanner
engine control system 76
operations 80
replacing 175
LaserWriter 8 driver 15
latent image formation 80, 91
left cover, removing 142
left rear cover, removing 153
left support assembly, removing
173
left upper cover, removing 153
lid, cleaning 65
life expectancies
components 62
recycling used print cartridges
32
supplies 19
light copies, troubleshooting 281
light print, troubleshooting 265
line current control, fax 110
lines, troubleshooting
copies 281
printed pages 266
scans 279
links, HP Toolbox 58
LINUX support 13
LIU
data path operations 109
hook switch control 110
regional versions 108
removing 182
ring detect 110
safety isolation 108
safety-protection circuitry 108
loading
originals in ADF 51
originals on flatbed scanner 50
tray 1 48
tray 2 49
long-document jams, ADF 106
loose toner, troubleshooting 267
Low cartridge message 68
low-voltage power supply
locating 76
removing 226
lower multipurpose cover, removing
169
LSTR (last rotation) sequence 77
M
Macintosh
software features 15
system requirements 12
uninstalling software 18
versions supported 12
mailing labels
loading 48
output paths 47
specifications 23, 28
main drive assembly, diagrams
and part numbers 367
main motor 81
margins
envelopes 27
minimum 21
media
ADF feeding operations 105
ADF, sizes supported 287
curled, troubleshooting 268,
319
envelopes 27
jams 256
labels 28
loading trays 48
long 48
output paths 47
selecting 24
specifications 23, 25
transparencies 29
troubleshooting 272, 282
wrinkled 269
memory
cover, locating 6
error messages 249
expansion slots 2
fax storage 2
flash, fax 111
NVRAM initialization 301
part numbers 335
memory cards
error messages 245, 249, 253
printing pictures 293
troubleshooting 291
Memory Enhancement technology
(MEt) 5
memory-card assembly, replacing
157
memory-card test 117
messages
420 Index ENWW
control panel 244
Low cartridge 68
middle frame assembly, diagrams
and part numbers 360
minimum installation 17
model number 7
models 2
motors
carousel-engagement,
removing 223
diagrams 79
error messages 254
fuser, removing 222
print cartridge 102
removing 196
tray 2 83
multipurpose roller cover, removing
168
N
Network Settings tab, HP Toolbox
57
New Zealand telecom statements
34
no dial tone 249
No images error message 251
No paper pickup, troubleshooting
251
No Proof Sheet error message
252
noise specifications 20
noise, normal operations 72
non-HP supplies 69
O
off-hook 110
on-hook 110
on/off switch, locating 6
online help, drivers 15
online support 334
operating environment
specifications 20, 42
operating systems supported 12
operations
ADF 105
clutches 87
E-label 103
engine control system 76
fans 79
fax 107
image formation process 93
image formation system 91
jam detection 84
motors 79
optical system 104
paper trays 83
pickup and feed system 81
power-on 78
print cartridges 102
printed circuit assemblies
(PCAs) 89
sensors and switches 85
sequences 76
solenoids 87
timing chart 320
optical system operations 104
ordering
parts 334
supplies 69, 334
originals, loading
ADF 51
flatbed scanner 50
OS/2 support 13
output bins
jams, clearing 258
locating 6
using 47
output quality
cleaning page, printing 65
copy, troubleshooting 280
print, troubleshooting 263, 264
scans, troubleshooting 276,
277
specifications 4
P
Page too complex error message
252
pages
blank 274
not printing 274
printing slowly 274
skewed 268, 273
pages per minute 2, 4, 25
paper
ADF feeding operations 105
ADF, sizes supported 287
curled, troubleshooting 268,
319
jams 256
loading trays 48
long 48
output paths 47
selecting 24
specifications 23, 25
troubleshooting 272, 282
wrinkled 269
paper input trays. See trays
paper jams. See jams
paper path
ADF feeding operations 105
cleaning 318
paper-path test 299
paper-present sensor, ADF 106
paper-top sensor, removing 218
parts
ordering 334
removing and replacing 114,
116
PCAs (printed circuit assemblies)
89, 380
PCL drivers
features 4
operating systems supported
13
PDEs, Macintosh 16
personalities, included 4
phone numbers
fraud hotline 70
ordering supplies 334
Photos Not Found error message
252
photos, troubleshooting
index page 291
memory cards 291
printing 293
scanning 276
photosensors
density, removing 167
diagrams 85
error messages 255
fuser-wrap, removing 219
jam detection 84
paper-top, removing 218
pickup and feed system 81
top-of-page, removing 167
tray 2 83
waste toner, replacing 195
physical specifications 19, 42
pickup and feed system
ENWW Index 421
ADF 105
engine control system 76
operations 81
pickup delay jams 84
pickup rollers
ADF, replacing 124
cleaning 66
life expectancies 62
tray 1, replacing 135
tray 2, removing 233
pickup stationary jams 84
pictures. See photos,
troubleshooting
platforms supported 12
ports
connecting to 43
locating 6
types included 4
post-service tests 116
PostScript drivers 13
power connector, locating 6
power specifications 19
power supplies
base assembly, diagrams and
part numbers 364
fax line current control 110
high-voltage, removing 226
locating 76
low-voltage, removing 226
operations 78
sub-high-voltage, removing 225
power supply cover plate,
removing 214
power switch, locating 6
PowerSave settings 319
PPDs, Macintosh 15
primary charging stage, image
formation 94
primary transfer roller 96
print cartridges
carousel gears, aligning 203
carousel, removing 199
features 2
high-voltage contacts, checking
299
life expectancy 19, 62
non-HP supplies policy 69
operations 102
part numbers 335
recycling 32, 69
refilled 32
replacing 119
status, checking 68
status, viewing with HP Toolbox
54
storage specifications 20
storing 69
supplies status page 306
warranty 31
print quality
cleaning page, printing 65
settings 263
specifications 4
troubleshooting 263, 264
PRINT sequence 77
Print Settings tab, HP Toolbox 57
print-quality test 116
printable area specifications 21
printed circuit assemblies (PCAs)
89, 380
printer drivers
downloading 14
help 15
included 2
installing 16
Macintosh 15
operating systems supported
12
settings 14
system requirements 12
uninstalling 17
Windows, features 15
printing
troubleshooting 274
printing, troubleshooting 274
production code 7
programs, settings 14
proof sheet, troubleshooting
252, 292
PS drivers 13
PSTN operations 107
pulse dialing 110
Q
quality
cleaning page, printing 65
copy, troubleshooting 280
print settings 263
print, troubleshooting 263, 264
scans, troubleshooting 276,
277
specifications 4
R
rear frame assembly, diagrams
and part numbers 358
rear output door
locating 6
using 47
receiving faxes, troubleshooting
285, 308
recovering firmware 330
recycling
print cartridges 32
supplies 69
refilled print cartridges 32
refilling paper 48
registration clutch (CL1) 81
registration sensor (PS711) 81, 84
registration-roller assembly,
removing 204
regulatory statements 33
removing parts 114, 116
removing software 17
repetitive defects, troubleshooting
269, 327
replacement intervals
recycling used print cartridges
32
supplies 19
replacing parts 114, 116
replacment intervals
components 62
reports, fax 290
residual paper jam detection 84
resolution
print settings 263
specifications 4
restoring default settings 318
revision level 7
right cover, removing 145
right rear cover, removing 146
right support assembly, removing
174
right upper cover, removing 155
ring detect 110
RING operations 107, 109, 110
roller engaging clutch (CL2) 81
rollers
422 Index ENWW
ADF pickup, replacing 124
cleaning pickup 66
life expectancies 62
pickup, replacing 135
primary charging 94
registration assembly, removing
204
transfer 96, 178
transfer belt cleaning 98
transfer plate, removing 177
tray 2 pickup, removing 233
rotary assembly, diagrams and
part numbers 370
rotary-drive assembly
diagrams and part numbers
374
removing 196
S
Scan to tab, HP Toolbox 55
scanline reports 301
scanner
error messages 252, 254
operations 104
part numbers 336, 339
PowerSave settings 319
removing 148
scanner release button, locating 6
scanning
ADF, loading originals 51
blank pages, troubleshooting
278
loading originals on flatbed
scanner 50
proof sheet, troubleshooting
292
quality, troubleshooting 276,
277
speed, troubleshooting 277
scatter, troubleshooting 269
screwdrivers, required 114
screws, types of 115
secondary service menu 301
secondary service reports 303
secondary transfer roller 96
self test 301
sending faxes, troubleshooting
249, 287, 312
sensors
ADF 105
density, removing 167
diagrams 85
error messages 255
fuser-wrap, removing 219
jam detection 84
paper-top, removing 218
pickup and feed system 81
top-of-page, removing 167
tray 2 83
waste toner, replacing 195
separation pads
ADF, replacing 130
cleaning 67
life expectancies 62
tray 1, replacing 135
tray 2, replacing 235
separation stage, image formation
97
serial number 7
setting up device 42
settings
changing 14
NVRAM initialization 301
restoring factory defaults 318
saving to file 56
SHUNT function 110
size, device 19
skew
specifications 20
troubleshooting 268, 273
slow speed, troubleshooting
faxing 289
printing 274
scanning 277
smeared toner, troubleshooting
266
software
downloading 14
HP Toolbox 53
installing 16
Macintosh, features 15
operating systems supported
12
system requirements 12
uninstalling 17
Windows, features 15
solenoids
diagrams 87
tray 1 81
tray 2 83
sounds, normal operations 72
space requirements 42
special media
envelopes 27
labels 28
output paths 47
print speeds 25
transparencies 29
specifications
acoustic emissions 20
electrical 19
envelopes 27
environmental 20, 42
fax 21
features 4
labels 28
margins 21
media 23
model and serial number 7
output paths 47
paper 23, 25
physical 19
printer 19
skew 20
supplies 19
transparencies 29
specks, troubleshooting 265
speed
fax, troubleshooting 289
print, troubleshooting 274
scanning, troubleshooting 277
special media 25
specifications 2, 4
spots, troubleshooting 265
stall jams, ADF 106
static precautions 115
stationary jams 84
status
alerts, HP Toolbox 54
non-HP supplies 69
supplies, checking 68
viewing with HP Toolbox 54
Status tab, HP Toolbox 54
STBY (standby) sequence 76
stored fax pages 111
storing
device 20
envelopes 27
paper 26
supplies 69
ENWW Index 423
streaks, troubleshooting 266
sub-high-voltage transformer
PCA, removing 225
supplies
fraud hotline 70
life expectancies 62
non-HP 69
ordering 69, 334
part numbers 335
recycling 69
specifications 19
status, checking 68
status, viewing with HP Toolbox
54
storing 69
supplies status page 306
support 334
support assemblies, removing 173
switches
diagrams 85
engine test 295
system requirements 12
System Settings tab, HP Toolbox
56
T
T.30 protocol trace 308
technical support 334
Technical Training, HP 334
Telephone Consumer Protection
Act 34
telephone numbers
fraud hotline 70
ordering supplies 334
temperature specifications
device environment 20
paper, storing 26
tests
continuous self-test 301
control-panel display 304
copy-quality 117
engine 295
fax-quality 117
half self-test 296
heating element 296
memory-card 117
paper-path 299
post-service 116
print-quality 116
text, troubleshooting 268
timing chart 320
TIP operations 107, 109, 110
toner
developing stage operations 95
level detection PCA 102
loose, troubleshooting 267
scatter, troubleshooting 269
smeared, troubleshooting 266
specks, troubleshooting 265
transfer operations 96
waste cleaning operations
98, 99, 100
toner cartridges. See print
cartridges
toner-catch tray, removing 204
Toolbox. See HP Toolbox
tools, required 114
top cover
open, detection operations 84
removing 162
top output bin
locating 6
using 47
top plate, replacing 189
top-of-page sensor, removing 167
trailing edge detection, ADF 106
transfer belt cleaning operations
98
transfer belt operations
charging 96
cleaning 98, 99
separating 97
transfer operations, image
formation 91, 96
transfer roller
life expectancy 62
replacing 178
transfer roller plate, removing 177
transparencies
loading 48
output paths 47
specifications 23, 29
tray 1
default selection 46
loading 48
locating 6
paper specifications 23
part numbers 335
pickup roller, replacing 135
replacing 229
sensors 81
separation pad, replacing 135
solenoids 81
tray 2
default selection 46
loading 49
locating 6
models including 2, 3, 46
operations 83
paper specifications 23
paper-length adjustment control
6
part number 335
pickup roller, removing 233
removing 230
separation pad, replacing 62,
235
size specifications 19
trays
default selection 46
feeding problems,
troubleshooting 273
included 2
loading 48
locating 6
No paper pickup,
troubleshooting 251
operations 83
paper specifications 23
part numbers 335
removing 230
replacing 229
specifications 23
toner-catch, removing 204
troubleshooting
checklist 239
cleaning page 65
color 271
control-panel messages 244
copy quality 280
copy size 284
copying 283
curled media 268, 319
engine test 295
error log, printing 307
faded print 265
fax jams 289
fax reports 290
feeding problems 273
half self-test 296
424 Index ENWW
heating element test 296
index page 291
jams 256
lines, copies 281
lines, printed pages 266
lines, scans 279
loose toner 267
media 282
memory cards 291
noise 72
NVRAM initialization 301
pages not printing 274
pages printing slowly 274
paper 272
paper-path test 299
print quality 263
printing photos 293
proof sheets 292
receiving faxes 285, 308
repetitive defects 269, 327
scan quality 276, 277
secondary service menu 301
sending faxes 249, 287, 312
skewed pages 268, 273
speed, faxing 289
text 268
toner scatter 269
toner smear 266
toner specks 265
USB cables 274
wiring diagrams 328
wrinkles 269
Troubleshooting tab, HP Toolbox
55
TrueType fonts, included 4
Typical installation 16
U
Unauthorized error message 252
uninstalling software 17
UNIX support 13
updating firmware code 330
upper multipurpose cover,
removing 165
usage page 306
USB cable, part number 335
USB port
connecting to 43
locating 6
troubleshooting 274
type included 4
user-replaceable parts
ADF 123
imaging drum 121
life expectancies 62
print cartridges 119
tray 2 separation pad 235
V
vertical lines, troubleshooting 266
vertical white or faded stripes 280
voltage specifications 19
W
WAIT sequence 76
warranty
HP all-in-one 30
imaging drum 31
print cartridge 31
refilled cartridges, impact on 32
waste toner
cleaning operations 98, 99
drum cleaning 100
sensor, replacing 195
wavy paper, troubleshooting 268
Web sites, ordering parts 334
weight
device 19
paper specifications 23
white or faded stripes 280
Windows
drivers 15
system requirements 12
uninstalling software 17
versions supported 12
wire harnesses, replacing 114
wiring diagrams 328
wrap jam sensor (PS720) 81
wrinkles, troubleshooting 269
ENWW Index 425
426 Index ENWW
© 2004 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
www.hp.com
*Q3948-90943*
*Q3948-90943*
Q3948-90943
… 306 …


Need help? Post your question in this forum.

Forumrules


Report abuse

Libble takes abuse of its services very seriously. We're committed to dealing with such abuse according to the laws in your country of residence. When you submit a report, we'll investigate it and take the appropriate action. We'll get back to you only if we require additional details or have more information to share.

Product:

For example, Anti-Semitic content, racist content, or material that could result in a violent physical act.

For example, a credit card number, a personal identification number, or an unlisted home address. Note that email addresses and full names are not considered private information.

Forumrules

To achieve meaningful questions, we apply the following rules:

Register

Register getting emails for HP Color Laserjet 2820 at:


You will receive an email to register for one or both of the options.


Get your user manual by e-mail

Enter your email address to receive the manual of HP Color Laserjet 2820 in the language / languages: English as an attachment in your email.

The manual is 14,66 mb in size.

 

You will receive the manual in your email within minutes. If you have not received an email, then probably have entered the wrong email address or your mailbox is too full. In addition, it may be that your ISP may have a maximum size for emails to receive.

Others manual(s) of HP Color Laserjet 2820

HP Color Laserjet 2820 Quick start guide - English - 48 pages

HP Color Laserjet 2820 User Manual - English - 334 pages

HP Color Laserjet 2820 Quick start guide - German, Dutch - 48 pages

HP Color Laserjet 2820 User Manual - Dutch - 352 pages

HP Color Laserjet 2820 User Manual - French - 52 pages

HP Color Laserjet 2820 Quick start guide - French, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish - 48 pages


The manual is sent by email. Check your email

If you have not received an email with the manual within fifteen minutes, it may be that you have a entered a wrong email address or that your ISP has set a maximum size to receive email that is smaller than the size of the manual.

The email address you have provided is not correct.

Please check the email address and correct it.

Your question is posted on this page

Would you like to receive an email when new answers and questions are posted? Please enter your email address.



Info